From 6fab0bf5d80191fb0748006da3cbdf4561541484 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Hans Hagen Date: Wed, 4 Jul 2012 10:42:00 +0200 Subject: beta 2012.07.04 10:42 --- tex/context/base/anch-pgr.mkiv | 8 +- tex/context/base/anch-tab.mkiv | 184 ++--- tex/context/base/buff-ver.mkiv | 2 +- tex/context/base/catc-ini.mkiv | 64 +- tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv | 2 +- tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii | 2 +- tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv | 57 +- tex/context/base/context-version.pdf | Bin 4146 -> 4141 bytes tex/context/base/context-version.png | Bin 106156 -> 105732 bytes tex/context/base/context.mkii | 2 +- tex/context/base/context.mkiv | 14 +- tex/context/base/core-con.mkiv | 159 ++-- tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv | 114 ++- tex/context/base/core-env.mkiv | 47 ++ tex/context/base/core-ini.mkiv | 223 +++++- tex/context/base/core-var.mkiv | 254 ------ tex/context/base/enco-ini.mkiv | 2 +- tex/context/base/file-ini.mkvi | 20 +- tex/context/base/file-job.mkvi | 7 +- tex/context/base/font-sty.mkvi | 2 +- tex/context/base/grph-raw.mkiv | 14 +- tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv | 137 ++-- tex/context/base/lang-lab.mkiv | 19 +- tex/context/base/lang-mis.mkiv | 2 +- tex/context/base/luat-ini.mkiv | 8 +- tex/context/base/lxml-ini.mkiv | 2 +- tex/context/base/math-ali.mkiv | 87 +-- tex/context/base/math-arr.mkiv | 379 ++++----- tex/context/base/math-for.mkiv | 15 - tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv | 18 +- tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv | 36 +- tex/context/base/mult-def.mkiv | 4 + tex/context/base/mult-low.lua | 3 +- tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv | 120 +-- tex/context/base/pack-bck.mkvi | 2 +- tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv | 859 ++++++++++----------- tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv | 19 +- tex/context/base/page-bck.mkiv | 132 ++-- tex/context/base/page-col.mkiv | 75 +- tex/context/base/page-com.mkiv | 176 +++-- tex/context/base/page-fac.mkiv | 48 +- tex/context/base/page-flt.mkiv | 175 ++--- tex/context/base/page-flw.mkiv | 186 +++-- tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv | 3 +- tex/context/base/page-ini.mkiv | 4 +- tex/context/base/page-ins.mkiv | 90 +-- tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv | 76 +- tex/context/base/page-lin.lua | 9 + tex/context/base/page-lin.mkiv | 523 ++++++------- tex/context/base/page-mbk.mkvi | 4 +- tex/context/base/page-mis.lua | 78 -- tex/context/base/page-mis.mkiv | 95 --- tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv | 76 +- tex/context/base/page-not.mkiv | 10 +- tex/context/base/page-one.mkiv | 105 +-- tex/context/base/page-plg.mkiv | 101 +-- tex/context/base/page-pst.lua | 78 ++ tex/context/base/page-pst.mkiv | 102 +++ tex/context/base/page-sel.mkiv | 347 --------- tex/context/base/page-sel.mkvi | 368 +++++++++ tex/context/base/page-set.mkiv | 42 +- tex/context/base/page-sid.mkiv | 9 +- tex/context/base/page-spr.mkiv | 90 ++- tex/context/base/page-str.mkiv | 10 +- tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi | 100 +-- tex/context/base/regi-ini.lua | 3 + tex/context/base/scrn-pag.mkvi | 6 - tex/context/base/scrn-wid.lua | 12 +- tex/context/base/scrn-wid.mkvi | 107 +-- tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv | 36 +- tex/context/base/spac-grd.mkiv | 6 +- tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv | 6 +- tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv | 53 +- tex/context/base/status-files.pdf | Bin 24466 -> 24505 bytes tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf | Bin 182510 -> 182713 bytes tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua | 138 ++-- tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex | 35 +- tex/context/base/strc-flt.mkvi | 74 +- tex/context/base/strc-ind.mkiv | 12 +- tex/context/base/strc-mat.mkiv | 450 ++++++----- tex/context/base/strc-num.mkiv | 26 +- tex/context/base/strc-pag.mkiv | 64 +- tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua | 1 - tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi | 36 +- tex/context/base/strc-reg.mkiv | 2 +- tex/context/base/strc-tag.mkiv | 8 + tex/context/base/supp-mat.mkiv | 7 +- tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv | 73 +- tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv | 26 +- tex/context/base/tabl-ntb.mkiv | 8 +- tex/context/base/tabl-tab.mkiv | 154 ++-- tex/context/base/tabl-tsp.mkiv | 6 +- tex/context/base/typo-brk.mkiv | 16 +- tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv | 25 +- tex/context/base/typo-del.mkiv | 31 +- tex/context/base/typo-spa.mkiv | 17 +- tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua | 2 +- 97 files changed, 3842 insertions(+), 3597 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 tex/context/base/core-var.mkiv delete mode 100644 tex/context/base/page-mis.lua delete mode 100644 tex/context/base/page-mis.mkiv create mode 100644 tex/context/base/page-pst.lua create mode 100644 tex/context/base/page-pst.mkiv delete mode 100644 tex/context/base/page-sel.mkiv create mode 100644 tex/context/base/page-sel.mkvi (limited to 'tex') diff --git a/tex/context/base/anch-pgr.mkiv b/tex/context/base/anch-pgr.mkiv index 130116bc7..01ef25dc4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/anch-pgr.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/anch-pgr.mkiv @@ -365,11 +365,11 @@ \let\stopMPpositiongraphic\relax \def\anch_positions_meta_graphic_prepare - {\ifcsname\??gv\currentmpvariableclass:self\endcsname \else - \letvalue{\??gv\currentmpvariableclass:self}\currentposition + {\ifcsname\??graphicvariable\currentmpvariableclass:self\endcsname \else + \letvalue{\??graphicvariable\currentmpvariableclass:self}\currentposition \fi - \ifcsname\??gv\currentmpvariableclass:from\endcsname \else - \letvalue{\??gv\currentmpvariableclass:from}\currentposition + \ifcsname\??graphicvariable\currentmpvariableclass:from\endcsname \else + \letvalue{\??graphicvariable\currentmpvariableclass:from}\currentposition \fi} \def\anch_positions_meta_graphic_use#1#2#3% diff --git a/tex/context/base/anch-tab.mkiv b/tex/context/base/anch-tab.mkiv index 1b90d2476..2fb6938a2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/anch-tab.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/anch-tab.mkiv @@ -13,6 +13,9 @@ \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Anchoring Macros / Table Extensions} +%D This is just a playground and functionality might change or even +%D dissappear in favour of better solutions. + \unprotect \newcount\c_anch_tabs @@ -57,23 +60,22 @@ \global\advance\c_anch_tabs\plusone \to \everytabulate -%D Beware, the following code is somewhat weird and experimental -%D and might be dropped or become a loadable module. +%D Beware, the following code is somewhat weird and experimental and might be +%D dropped or become a loadable module. %D \macros %D {GFC, GTC, GSC} %D -%D The next macros extend tables and tabulation with -%D backgrounds and position related features. Areas are -%D specified with symbolic names, and symbolic references to -%D the graphics involved. Each table has its own namespace. +%D The next macros extend tables and tabulation with backgrounds and position +%D related features. Areas are specified with symbolic names, and symbolic +%D references to the graphics involved. Each table has its own namespace. \newconditional\tablehaspositions -\newcount\noftabpositions -\newtoks \posXCtoks +\newcount \noftabpositions +\newtoks \posXCtoks -\def\dotablebpos{\bpos} -\def\dotableepos{\epos} +\def\anch_tabulate_bpos{\bpos} +\def\anch_tabulate_epos{\epos} \installcorenamespace{positiontables} @@ -85,74 +87,80 @@ \let\tabulatepos\tablepos -\def\dodododoGSC[#1:#2]% - {\remappositionframed{#2}{\tbPOSprefix#1}% - \dotablebpos{\tbPOSprefix#1}% - \doglobal\appendtoks\@EA\dotableepos\@EA{\tbPOSprefix#1}\to\posXCtoks} +\unexpanded\def\tbXC {\dosingleempty\anch_tables_XC } +\unexpanded\def\tbGSC{\dosingleempty\anch_tables_GSC} +\unexpanded\def\tbGFC{\dosingleempty\anch_tables_GFC} +\unexpanded\def\tbGTC{\dosingleempty\anch_tables_GTC} -\def\dododoGSC[#1:#2:#3]% - {\doglobal\appendtoks\dodododoGSC[#1:#2]\to\posXCtoks\NC} +\def\anch_table_check_state + {\iftrialtypesetting + \global\settrue\tablehaspositions + \firstargumentfalse + \fi} -\def\dodoGSC[#1]% - {\def\docommand##1{\dododoGSC[##1:##1]}% - \processcommalist[#1]\docommand} +\def\anch_tables_XC [#1]{\anch_table_check_state\iffirstargument\anch_tables_indeed_XC [#1]\else\expandafter\fi\NC} +\def\anch_tables_GSC[#1]{\anch_table_check_state\iffirstargument\anch_tables_indeed_GSC[#1]\else\expandafter\NC\fi} +\def\anch_tables_GFC[#1]{\anch_table_check_state\iffirstargument\anch_tables_indeed_GFC[#1]\else\expandafter\NC\fi} +\def\anch_tables_GTC[#1]{\anch_table_check_state\iffirstargument\anch_tables_indeed_GTC[#1]\else\expandafter\NC\fi} -\def\dodododoGFC[#1:#2:#3]% - {\remappositionframed{#2}{\tbPOSprefix#1}% - \dotablebpos{\tbPOSprefix#1}} +\def\anch_tables_indeed_XC[#1]% + {{\let\NC\relax\processcommalist[#1]\anch_tables_step_XC}} -\def\dododoGFC[#1]% - {\def\docommand##1{\dodododoGFC[##1:##1]}% - \processcommalist[#1]\docommand} +\def\anch_tables_step_XC#1% + {\anch_tables_step_indeed_XC[#1]} -\def\dodoGFC[#1]% - {\doglobal\appendtoks\dododoGFC[#1]\to\posXCtoks\NC} +\def\anch_tables_step_indeed_XC[#1#2]% + {\if#1>\anch_tables_indeed_GFC [#2:#2]\else + \if#1+\anch_tables_indeed_GFC [#2:#2]\else + \if#1<\anch_tables_indeed_GTC [#2:#2]\else + \if#1-\anch_tables_indeed_GTC [#2:#2]\else + \if#1=\anch_tables_indeed_GSC [#2:#2]\else + \anch_tables_indeed_GSC[#1#2:#1#2]\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} -\def\dododododoGTC[#1:#2]% - {\dotableepos{\tbPOSprefix#1}} +\def\anch_tables_indeed_GSC[#1]% + {\processcommalist[#1]\anch_tables_step_GSC} -\def\dodododoGTC[#1]% - {\def\docommand##1{\dododododoGTC[##1:##1]}% - \processcommalist[#1]\docommand} +\def\anch_tables_step_GSC#1% + {\anch_tables_append_GSC[#1:#1]} -\def\dododoGTC[#1]% - {\doglobal\appendtoks\dodododoGTC[#1]\to\posXCtoks} +\def\anch_tables_append_GSC[#1:#2:#3]% + {\doglobal\appendtoks\anch_tables_process_GSC[#1:#2]\to\posXCtoks\NC} -\def\dodoGTC[#1]% - {\doglobal\appendtoks\dododoGTC[#1]\to\posXCtoks\NC} +\def\anch_tables_process_GSC[#1:#2]% + {\remappositionframed{#2}{\tbPOSprefix#1}% + \anch_tabulate_bpos{\tbPOSprefix#1}% + \doglobal\appendtoks\@EA\anch_tabulate_epos\@EA{\tbPOSprefix#1}\to\posXCtoks} -\def\dodododoXC[#1#2]% - {\if#1>\dodoGFC [#2:#2]\else - \if#1+\dodoGFC [#2:#2]\else - \if#1<\dodoGTC [#2:#2]\else - \if#1-\dodoGTC [#2:#2]\else - \if#1=\dodoGSC [#2:#2]\else - \dodoGSC[#1#2:#1#2]\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} +\def\anch_tables_indeed_GFC[#1]% + {\doglobal\appendtoks\anch_tables_delayed_GFC[#1]\to\posXCtoks\NC} -\def\dododoXC#1% - {\dodododoXC[#1]} +\def\anch_tables_delayed_GFC[#1]% + {\processcommalist[#1]\anch_tables_step_GFC} -\def\dodoXC[#1]% - {{\let\NC\relax\processcommalist[#1]\dododoXC}} +\def\anch_tables_step_GFC#1% + {\anch_tables_process_GFC[#1:#1]} -\def\@@checktablepositionstate - {\iftrialtypesetting - \global\settrue\tablehaspositions - \firstargumentfalse - \fi} +\def\anch_tables_process_GFC[#1:#2:#3]% + {\remappositionframed{#2}{\tbPOSprefix#1}% + \anch_tabulate_bpos{\tbPOSprefix#1}} + +\def\anch_tables_indeed_GTC[#1]% + {\doglobal\appendtoks\anch_tables_delayed_GTC[#1]\to\posXCtoks\NC} -\def\doGSC[#1]{\@@checktablepositionstate\iffirstargument\dodoGSC[#1]\else\expandafter\NC\fi} -\def\doGFC[#1]{\@@checktablepositionstate\iffirstargument\dodoGFC[#1]\else\expandafter\NC\fi} -\def\doGTC[#1]{\@@checktablepositionstate\iffirstargument\dodoGTC[#1]\else\expandafter\NC\fi} -\def\doXC [#1]{\@@checktablepositionstate\iffirstargument\dodoXC [#1]\else\expandafter\fi\NC} +\def\anch_tables_delayed_GTC[#1]% + {\doglobal\appendtoks\anch_tables_process_GTC[#1]\to\posXCtoks} -\def\tbGSC{\dosingleempty\doGSC} -\def\tbGFC{\dosingleempty\doGFC} -\def\tbGTC{\dosingleempty\doGTC} -\def\tbXC {\dosingleempty\doXC } +\def\anch_tables_process_GTC[#1]% + {\processcommalist[#1]\anch_tables_step_GTC} -%D The amount of code to support tables and tabulation is -%D rather minimalistic. +\def\anch_tables_step_GTC#1% + {\anch_tables_step_indeed_GTC[#1:#1]} + +\def\anch_tables_step_indeed_GTC[#1:#2]% + {\anch_tabulate_epos{\tbPOSprefix#1}} + +%D The amount of code to support tables and tabulation is rather +%D minimalistic. \let\tabulatepos\tablepos @@ -187,31 +195,30 @@ % We need to handle paragraphs as well. -\let\doflushtabulateepos\relax +\let\anch_tabulate_flush_epos\relax -\def\dotabulatebpos +\def\anch_tabulate_bpos_indeed {\bpos} -\def\dotabulateepos#1% +\def\anch_tabulate_epos_indeed#1% {\ifvoid\b_tabl_tabulate_current\c_tabl_tabulate_column \epos{#1}% - \glet\doflushtabulateepos\relax + \glet\anch_tabulate_flush_epos\relax \else - \gdef\doflushtabulateepos{\epos{#1}}% + \gdef\anch_tabulate_flush_epos{\epos{#1}}% \fi} \def\flushtabulatesplitbox {\box\b_tabl_tabulate - \iftrialtypesetting\else\ifconditional\tablehaspositions\doflushtabulateepos\fi\fi} + \iftrialtypesetting\else\ifconditional\tablehaspositions\anch_tabulate_flush_epos\fi\fi} \appendtoks - \let\dotablebpos\dotabulatebpos % ? - \let\dotableepos\dotabulateepos % ? - \glet\doflushtabulateepos\relax + \let\anch_tabulate_bpos\anch_tabulate_bpos_indeed % ? + \let\anch_tabulate_epos\anch_tabulate_epos_indeed % ? + \glet\anch_tabulate_flush_epos\relax \to \everytabulate -%D In order to prevent potential clashes with abbreviations, -%D postpone the mapping. +%D In order to prevent potential clashes with abbreviations, postpone the mapping. \appendtoks \let\GSC\tbGSC @@ -223,8 +230,8 @@ %D \macros %D {definepositionframed} %D -%D The next example show how to provide backgrounds to table -%D cells. First we define some framed backgrounds. +%D The next example show how to provide backgrounds to table cells. First we define +%D some framed backgrounds. %D %D \startbuffer %D \definepositionframed[x][background=color,backgroundcolor=red] @@ -244,8 +251,7 @@ %D \stoptabulate %D \stopbuffer %D -%D The table itself defines three areas (a, b and~c) using -%D these frames. +%D The table itself defines three areas (a, b and~c) using these frames. %D %D \typebuffer %D % \getbuffer @@ -270,9 +276,8 @@ \let\XC \tbXC \to \everytable -%D In the previous example, we could have provided an overlay to -%D the framed definition. A more direct approach is demonstrated -%D below: +%D In the previous example, we could have provided an overlay to the framed definition. +%D A more direct approach is demonstrated below: %D %D \startbuffer %D \def\cw#1{\color[white]{#1}} @@ -291,8 +296,7 @@ %D %D \typebuffer \getbuffer %D -%D The definition of the table looks about the same as the -%D previous one: +%D The definition of the table looks about the same as the previous one: %D %D \startbuffer %D \starttable[|c|c|c|] @@ -347,22 +351,26 @@ % \definepositionframed[y][background=color,fillcolor=green] % \definepositionframed[z][background=color,fillcolor=blue] -\def\remappositionframed#1#2% from to +\unexpanded\def\remappositionframed#1#2% from to {\copyposition{b:#1}{b:#2}% \copyposition{e:#1}{e:#2}% \anch_positions_set_action{b:#2}{\dopositionaction{b:#1}}} \unexpanded\def\definepositionframed - {\dodoubleargument\dodefinepositionframed} + {\dodoubleargument\anch_framed_define} -\def\dodefinepositionframed[#1][#2]% - {\anch_positions_set_action{b:#1}{\dopositionframed[#1][#2]}} +\def\anch_framed_define[#1][#2]% + {\anch_positions_set_action{b:#1}{\anch_framed_handle[#1][#2]}} + +\unexpanded\def\anch_framed_handle + {\bgroup + \anch_framed_indeed} \unexpanded\def\positionframed {\bgroup - \dodoubleempty\dopositionframed} + \dodoubleempty\anch_framed_indeed} -\def\dopositionframed[#1][#2]% +\def\anch_framed_indeed[#1][#2]% {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\scratchwidth \dimexpr\MPx{e:#1}-\MPx{b:#1}\relax \scratchdepth \dimexpr\MPy{b:#1}-\MPy{e:#1}+\MPd{e:#1}\relax diff --git a/tex/context/base/buff-ver.mkiv b/tex/context/base/buff-ver.mkiv index d8fbe31b4..36de37669 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/buff-ver.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/buff-ver.mkiv @@ -839,6 +839,6 @@ \appendtoks \def\type#1{\letterbackslash\checkedstrippedcsname#1}% or maybe detokenize \def\tex #1{\letterbackslash#1}% -\to \simplifiedcommands +\to \everysimplifycommands \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/catc-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/catc-ini.mkiv index 26c3ceee9..791ce31c4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/catc-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/catc-ini.mkiv @@ -87,6 +87,17 @@ \xdef\outputnewlinechar{^^J}% \endgroup} +%D We predefine some prefixes ahead of syst-aux and mult-sys. We reserve 8 slots +%D for catcodes. + +\def\??catcodelet {1>>} % let : \let +\def\??catcodedef {2>>} % def : \def +\def\??catcodeued {3>>} % ued : \unexpanded\def +\def\??catcodeget {4>>} % \meaning + +\def\??catcodetablet{5>>} +\def\??catcodetablen{6>>} + \newcount\c_syst_catcodes_n \c_syst_catcodes_n\zerocount % 0 = signal, so advance before allocate \newcount\c_syst_catcodes_a \newcount\c_syst_catcodes_b @@ -94,7 +105,7 @@ \normalprotected\def\newcatcodetable#1% we could move the cctdefcounter to lua {\global\advance\c_syst_catcodes_n\plusone - \expandafter\xdef\csname\??qm:n:\number\c_syst_catcodes_n\endcsname{\string#1}% logging + \expandafter\xdef\csname\??catcodetablen\number\c_syst_catcodes_n\endcsname{\string#1}% logging \newconstant#1% #1\c_syst_catcodes_n \ctxlua{catcodes.register("\expandafter\gobbleoneargument\string#1",\number#1)}} @@ -151,12 +162,7 @@ \setnewconstant\c_syst_catcodes_hack\tildeasciicode %D Once a catcode is assigned, the next assignments will happen -%D faster. We predefine some prefixes ahead of mult-sys. - -\def\??ql{@@ql} % let : \let -\def\??qd{@@qd} % def : \def -\def\??qu{@@qu} % ued : \unexpanded\def -\def\??qm{@@qm} % \meaning +%D faster. \def\letcatcodecommand{\afterassignment\syst_catcodes_let_a\c_syst_catcodes_a} \def\defcatcodecommand{\afterassignment\syst_catcodes_def_a\c_syst_catcodes_a} @@ -167,46 +173,46 @@ \def\syst_catcodes_ued_a{\afterassignment\syst_catcodes_ued_b\c_syst_catcodes_b} \def\syst_catcodes_let_b % each time - {\ifcsname\??ql:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname - \csname\??ql:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??catcodelet\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname + \csname\??catcodelet\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname \else \expandafter\syst_catcodes_let_c \fi} \def\syst_catcodes_def_b % each time - {\ifcsname\??qd:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname - \csname\??qd:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??catcodedef\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname + \csname\??catcodedef\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname \else \expandafter\syst_catcodes_def_c \fi} \def\syst_catcodes_ued_b % each time - {\ifcsname\??qu:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname - \csname\??qu:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??catcodeued\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname + \csname\??catcodeued\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname \else \expandafter\syst_catcodes_ued_c \fi} \def\syst_catcodes_let_c % only first time - {\expandafter\gdef\csname\??ql:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter - {\expandafter\let\csname\??qm:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname}% + {\expandafter\gdef\csname\??catcodelet\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname\expandafter + {\expandafter\let\csname\??catcodeget\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname}% \syst_catcodes_reinstate_unexpanded - \csname\??ql:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname} + \csname\??catcodelet\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname} \def\syst_catcodes_def_c % only first time (we could use \normalexpanded here) - {\expandafter\gdef\csname\??qd:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname + {\expandafter\gdef\csname\??catcodedef\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname \expandafter##\expandafter1\expandafter - {\expandafter\def\csname\??qm:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname{##1}}% + {\expandafter\def\csname\??catcodeget\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname{##1}}% \syst_catcodes_reinstate_normal - \csname\??qd:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname} + \csname\??catcodedef\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname} \def\syst_catcodes_ued_c % only first time - {\expandafter\gdef\csname\??qu:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname + {\expandafter\gdef\csname\??catcodeued\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\expandafter\endcsname \expandafter##\expandafter1\expandafter - {\expandafter\normalprotected\expandafter\def\csname\??qm:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname{##1}}% + {\expandafter\normalprotected\expandafter\def\csname\??catcodeget\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname{##1}}% \syst_catcodes_reinstate_unexpanded - \csname\??qu:\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname} + \csname\??catcodeued\number\c_syst_catcodes_a:\number\c_syst_catcodes_b\endcsname} \def\reinstatecatcodecommand{\afterassignment\syst_catcodes_reinstate_normal\c_syst_catcodes_b} @@ -227,8 +233,8 @@ \newconstant\defaultcatcodetable \def\catcodecommand#1% - {\csname\??qm:\number - \ifcsname\??qm:\number\currentcatcodetable:\number#1\endcsname + {\csname\??catcodeget\number + \ifcsname\??catcodeget\number\currentcatcodetable:\number#1\endcsname \currentcatcodetable \else \defaultcatcodetable \fi :\number#1\endcsname} @@ -251,13 +257,13 @@ \normalprotected\def\pushcatcodetable {\advance\c_syst_catcodes_level\plusone \syst_catcodes_trace_push - \expandafter\chardef\csname\??qm:t:\number\c_syst_catcodes_level\endcsname\currentcatcodetable} + \expandafter\chardef\csname\??catcodetablet\number\c_syst_catcodes_level\endcsname\currentcatcodetable} \normalprotected\def\popcatcodetable {\ifcase\c_syst_catcodes_level \syst_catcodes_trace_nesting_error \else - \expandafter\catcodetable\csname\??qm:t:\number\c_syst_catcodes_level\endcsname + \expandafter\catcodetable\csname\??catcodetablet\number\c_syst_catcodes_level\endcsname \syst_catcodes_trace_pop \advance\c_syst_catcodes_level\minusone \fi} @@ -269,7 +275,7 @@ \normalprotected\def\restorecatcodes % takes previous level {\ifnum\c_syst_catcodes_level>\plusone - \expandafter\catcodetable\csname\??qm:t:\number\numexpr\c_syst_catcodes_level-1\relax\endcsname + \expandafter\catcodetable\csname\??catcodetablet\number\numexpr\c_syst_catcodes_level-1\relax\endcsname \fi} % \newtoks\everycatcodetable @@ -294,14 +300,14 @@ \def\syst_catcodes_prev {\ifnum\numexpr\c_syst_catcodes_level-1\relax>\zerocount - \csname\??qm:n:\number\csname\??qm:t:\number\numexpr\c_syst_catcodes_level-1\relax\endcsname\endcsname + \csname\??catcodetablen\number\csname\??catcodetablet\number\numexpr\c_syst_catcodes_level-1\relax\endcsname\endcsname \else -% \fi} \def\catcodetablename {\ifnum\currentcatcodetable>\zerocount - \csname\??qm:n:\number\currentcatcodetable\endcsname + \csname\??catcodetablen\number\currentcatcodetable\endcsname \else -% \fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv b/tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv index 5baa05bee..a83417ffd 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-log.mkiv @@ -276,6 +276,6 @@ \def\MetaFont{MetaFont}% \def\MetaFun {MetaFun}% \def\TeX {TeX}% -\to \simplifiedcommands +\to \everysimplifycommands \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii b/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii index 6cb0f0bdc..eea9250ad 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkii @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\newcontextversion{2012.06.30 12:32} +\newcontextversion{2012.07.04 10:42} %D This file is loaded at runtime, thereby providing an %D excellent place for hacks, patches, extensions and new diff --git a/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv b/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv index 442b42222..794733f23 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/cont-new.mkiv @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -\newcontextversion{2012.06.30 12:32} +\newcontextversion{2012.07.04 10:42} %D This file is loaded at runtime, thereby providing an %D excellent place for hacks, patches, extensions and new @@ -124,47 +124,6 @@ % \markpage[nobackgrounds] % \doifmarkedpageelse{nobackgrounds} -% Just a simple and fast hanger, for usage in macros. - -\def\setuphanging - {\dodoubleempty\getparameters[\??ha]} - -\setuphanging - [\c!distance=.5em] - -\def\starthanging - {\noindent\bgroup - \dowithnextbox - {\setbox\nextbox\hbox{\flushnextbox\hskip\@@hadistance}% - \hangindent\nextboxwd - \hangafter\plusone - \flushnextbox\ignorespaces} - \hbox} - -\def\stophanging - {\endgraf - \egroup} - -% experimental - -\def\stophangaround - {\endgraf - \egroup} - -\def\starthangaround - {\noindent\bgroup - \dowithnextbox - {\ifdim\nextboxht>\strutht\setbox\nextbox\tbox{\flushnextbox}\fi - \setbox\nextbox\hbox{\flushnextbox\hskip\@@hadistance}% - \getboxheight\scratchdimen\of\box\nextbox - \getnoflines\scratchdimen - \nextboxht\strutht - \nextboxdp\strutdp - \hangindent\nextboxwd - \hangafter-\noflines - \llap{\flushnextbox}\ignorespaces} - \hbox} - \def\modevalue#1#2#3% {\@EA\ifx\csname\@mode@\systemmodeprefix#1\endcsname\endcsname\enabledmode#2\else#2\fi} @@ -179,7 +138,7 @@ % \placefloatplaceholder} \def\placefloatplaceholder - {\ifroomforfloat \else + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_room \else \scratchdimen\pagegoal \advance\scratchdimen-\pagetotal \advance\scratchdimen-3\lineheight @@ -328,12 +287,12 @@ % \the\dimexpr(\dimchoice{11pt}{{<10pt}{8pt}{<12pt}{9pt}{<15pt}{10pt}{=11pt}{12pt}}) % \the\dimexpr(\dimchoice{14pt}{{<10pt}{8pt}{<12pt}{9pt}{<15pt}{10pt}{=11pt}{12pt}}) -\def\tabulaterule % to be redone, not correct - {\dotabulaterule - {\hrule\!!height.5\scratchdimen\!!depth.5\scratchdimen\relax - \doifvalue{\??tt\currenttabulate\c!distance}\v!grid - {\kern-\scratchdimen}}} % experimental tm-prikkels -% so far +%\def\tabulaterule % to be redone, not correct +% {\dotabulaterule +% {\hrule\!!height.5\scratchdimen\!!depth.5\scratchdimen\relax +% \doif{\tabulateparameter\c!distance}\v!grid +% {\kern-\scratchdimen}}} % experimental tm-prikkels +% % between alignment lines certain rules apply, and even a % simple test can mess up a table, which is why we have a diff --git a/tex/context/base/context-version.pdf b/tex/context/base/context-version.pdf index b0e91f6fa..f95cc016a 100644 Binary files a/tex/context/base/context-version.pdf and b/tex/context/base/context-version.pdf differ diff --git a/tex/context/base/context-version.png b/tex/context/base/context-version.png index 2a2f8a374..70c4214dc 100644 Binary files a/tex/context/base/context-version.png and b/tex/context/base/context-version.png differ diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.mkii b/tex/context/base/context.mkii index c547b109d..232902240 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/context.mkii +++ b/tex/context/base/context.mkii @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ %D your styles an modules. \edef\contextformat {\jobname} -\edef\contextversion{2012.06.30 12:32} +\edef\contextversion{2012.07.04 10:42} %D For those who want to use this: diff --git a/tex/context/base/context.mkiv b/tex/context/base/context.mkiv index bcaa34449..9f6d4e3c3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/context.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/context.mkiv @@ -19,11 +19,13 @@ %D 2004.8.30 the low level interface is english. Watch out and adapt %D your styles an modules. +% \everypar{\writestatus{!!!!}{some spurious input in line \the\inputlineno}\wait} + %D The order of loading will change when all modules have been cleaned %D up and the dependencies are more consistent. \edef\contextformat {\jobname} -\edef\contextversion{2012.06.30 12:32} +\edef\contextversion{2012.07.04 10:42} %D For those who want to use this: @@ -121,7 +123,7 @@ \loadmarkfile{attr-ini} -\loadmarkfile{core-var} +\loadmarkfile{core-ini} \loadmarkfile{core-env} \loadmarkfile{layo-ini} @@ -275,7 +277,7 @@ \loadmkvifile{strc-flt} -\loadmarkfile{page-mis} +\loadmarkfile{page-pst} \loadmkvifile{page-mbk} \loadmarkfile{page-mul} \loadmarkfile{page-set} @@ -304,14 +306,15 @@ \loadmarkfile{strc-blk} \loadmarkfile{page-imp} -\loadmarkfile{page-sel} % optional -\loadmarkfile{page-com} % optional +\loadmkvifile{page-sel} % optional \loadmkvifile{scrn-pag} \loadmkvifile{scrn-wid} \loadmkvifile{scrn-but} \loadmkvifile{scrn-bar} +\loadmarkfile{page-com} % optional (after scrn-pag) + \loadmarkfile{strc-bkm} % bookmarks \loadmarkfile{tabl-com} @@ -461,7 +464,6 @@ \loadmarkfile{core-ctx} % this order might change but we need to check depedencies / move to another namespace -\loadmarkfile{core-ini} \loadmarkfile{core-def} %usemodule[x][res-04] % xml resource libraries diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-con.mkiv b/tex/context/base/core-con.mkiv index 241d43165..5979bfe37 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-con.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/core-con.mkiv @@ -20,35 +20,27 @@ \ifdefined\currentlanguage \else \let\currentlanguage\empty \fi \ifdefined\labeltext \else \let\labeltext \firstofoneargument \fi -%D This module deals with all kind of conversions from numbers -%D and dates. I considered splitting this module in a support -%D one and a core one, but to keep things simple as well as -%D preserve the overview, I decided against splitting. +%D This module deals with all kind of conversions from numbers and dates. I +%D considered splitting this module in a support one and a core one, but to keep +%D things simple as well as preserve the overview, I decided against splitting. \let\spr\firstofoneargument % separator \let\stp\firstofoneargument % stopper -% cleaner, some day: -% -% \def\isolateseparators % etex only, even works with list separator overloading -% {\unexpanded\def\spr##1{{##1}}% -% \unexpanded\def\stp##1{{##1}}} - -% needed for arab : +% needed for arab: \unexpanded\def\isolateseparators % even works with list separator overloading - {\def\spr##1{{##1}}% - \def\stp##1{{##1}}} + {\def\spr##1{{##1}}% % we can probably best mess around with zwj + \def\stp##1{{##1}}} % and friends %D \macros %D {numbers} %D -%D First we deal with the dummy conversion of numbers using the -%D \TEX\ primitive \type{\number}. The uppercase alternative is -%D only there for compatibility with the other conversion -%D macros. We could do without \type{#1} but this way we get -%D rid of unwanted braces. For the savety we also define a -%D non||sence uppercase alternative. +%D First we deal with the dummy conversion of numbers using the \TEX\ primitive +%D \type{\number}. The uppercase alternative is only there for compatibility with +%D the other conversion macros. We could do without \type{#1} but this way we get +%D rid of unwanted braces. For the savety we also define a non||sence uppercase +%D alternative. %D %D \showsetup{numbers} %D @@ -57,8 +49,8 @@ %D \def\Numbers#1{\number#1} %D \stoptyping %D -%D Due to read ahead, as in \type{[\pagenumber\space]} the space will -%D disappear, unless we use: +%D Due to read ahead, as in \type{[\pagenumber\space]} the space will disappear, +%D unless we use: \def\numbers#1{\purenumber{#1}} \def\Numbers#1{\purenumber{#1}} @@ -66,10 +58,9 @@ %D \macros %D {romannumerals,Romannumerals} %D -%D \TEX\ the program uses a rather tricky conversion from -%D numbers to their roman counterparts. This conversion could -%D of course be programmed in \TEX\ itself, but I guess Knuth -%D found the programming trick worth presenting. +%D \TEX\ the program uses a rather tricky conversion from numbers to their roman +%D counterparts. This conversion could of course be programmed in \TEX\ itself, but +%D I guess Knuth found the programming trick worth presenting. %D %D \showsetup{romannumerals} %D \showsetup{Romannumerals} @@ -113,9 +104,9 @@ %D \macros %D {character,Character} %D -%D Converting a number into a character can of course only -%D be done with numbers less or equal to~26. At the cost of -%D much more macros a faster conversion is possible, using: +%D Converting a number into a character can of course only be done with numbers +%D less or equal to~26. At the cost of much more macros a faster conversion is +%D possible, using: %D %D \starttyping %D \setvalue{char1}{a} \def\character#1{\getvalue{char#1}} @@ -134,9 +125,8 @@ %D \macros %D {characters,Characters} %D -%D Converting large numbers is supported by the next two -%D macros. This time we just count on: $\cdots$~x, y, z, aa, -%D ab, ac~$\cdots$. +%D Converting large numbers is supported by the next two macros. This time we +%D just count on: $\cdots$~x, y, z, aa, ab, ac~$\cdots$. %D %D \showsetup{characters} %D \showsetup{Characters} @@ -174,9 +164,8 @@ %D \macros %D {protectconversion} %D -%D The previous two commands are not robust enough to be -%D passed to \type{\write} en \type{\message}. That's why we -%D introduce: +%D The previous two commands are not robust enough to be passed to \type +%D {\write} en \type{\message}. That's why we introduce: \unexpanded\def\protectconversion {\let\doconvertcharacters\firstofoneargument} @@ -184,10 +173,9 @@ %D \macros %D {normaltime,normalyear,normalmonth,normalday} %D -%D The last part of this module is dedicated to converting -%D dates. Because we want to use as meaningful commands as -%D possible, and because \TEX\ already uses up some of those, -%D we save the original meanings. +%D The last part of this module is dedicated to converting dates. Because we +%D want to use as meaningful commands as possible, and because \TEX\ already +%D uses up some of those, we save the original meanings. \savenormalmeaning\time \savenormalmeaning\year @@ -197,10 +185,9 @@ %D \macros %D {month,MONTH} %D -%D Converting the month number into a month name is done -%D using a case statement, abstact values and the label -%D mechanism. This way users can easily redefine a label from -%D for instance german into austrian. +%D Converting the month number into a month name is done using a case statement, +%D abstact values and the label mechanism. This way users can easily redefine a +%D label from for instance german into austrian. %D %D \starttyping %D \setuplabeltext [de] [january=J\"anner] @@ -224,11 +211,9 @@ \def\MONTHLONG #1{\WORD{\monthlong {#1}}} \def\MONTHSHORT#1{\WORD{\monthshort{#1}}} -%D We never explicitly needed this, but Tobias Burnus pointed -%D out that it would be handy to convert to the day of the -%D week. In doing so, we have to calculate the total number of -%D days, taking leapyears into account. For those who are -%D curious: +%D We never explicitly needed this, but Tobias Burnus pointed out that it would be +%D handy to convert to the day of the week. In doing so, we have to calculate the +%D total number of days, taking leapyears into account. For those who are curious: %D %D \startitemize[packed] %D \item years that can be divided by 4 are leapyears @@ -239,8 +224,7 @@ %D \macros %D {weekday,WEEKDAY} %D -%D The first one is sort of redundant. It takes the day -%D number argument. +%D The first one is sort of redundant. It takes the day number argument. %D %D \showsetup{weekday} %D \showsetup{WEEKDAY} @@ -277,15 +261,15 @@ %D \getbuffer %D \stoplines %D -%D The macro \type {\getdayoftheweek} can be used to calculate -%D the number \type {\normalweekday}. +%D The macro \type {\getdayoftheweek} can be used to calculate the number +%D \type {\normalweekday}. %D \macros %D {doifleapyearelse, %D getdayspermonth} %D -%D Sometimes we need to know if we're dealing with a -%D leapyear, so here is a testmacro: +%D Sometimes we need to know if we're dealing with a leapyear, so here is a +%D testmacro: %D %D \starttyping %D \doifleapyearelse{year}{yes}{no} @@ -297,8 +281,7 @@ %D \getdayspermonth{year}{month} %D \stoptyping %D -%D The number of days is available in the macro \type -%D {\numberofdays}. +%D The number of days is available in the macro \type {\numberofdays}. \def\doifleapyearelse#1% {\ctxcommand{doifleapyearelse(\number#1)}} @@ -320,13 +303,11 @@ %D \macros %D {currentdate, rawdate, date} %D -%D We use these conversion macros in the date formatting -%D macro: +%D We use these conversion macros in the date formatting macro: %D %D \showsetup{currentdate} %D -%D This macro takes care of proper spacing and delivers for -%D instance: +%D This macro takes care of proper spacing and delivers for instance: %D %D \startbuffer %D \currentdate[weekday,day,month,year] % still dutch example @@ -351,8 +332,8 @@ %D %D or typeset: \getbuffer. %D -%D When no argument is passed, the current date is given as -%D specified per language (using \type{\installlanguage}). +%D When no argument is passed, the current date is given as specified per +%D language (using \type{\installlanguage}). %D %D \showsetup{currentdate} %D @@ -367,8 +348,8 @@ %D %D \typebuffer %D -%D The date is specified by one character keys. When no date -%D is given, we get the current date. +%D The date is specified by one character keys. When no date is given, we +%D get the current date. %D %D \startlines %D \getbuffer @@ -430,10 +411,13 @@ \def\syst_converters_date[#1][#2]% {\begingroup \iffirstargument - \getparameters[\??da][d=\normalday,m=\normalmonth,y=\normalyear,#1]% - \normalday \@@dad\relax - \normalmonth\@@dam\relax - \normalyear \@@day\relax + \letdummyparameter\c!d\normalday + \letdummyparameter\c!m\normalmonth + \letdummyparameter\c!y\normalyear + \getdummyparameters[#1]% + \normalday \directdummyparameter\c!d\relax + \normalmonth\directdummyparameter\c!m\relax + \normalyear \directdummyparameter\c!y\relax \fi \syst_converters_current_date[#2]% \endgroup} @@ -444,9 +428,8 @@ %D \macros %D {currenttime} %D -%D The currenttime is actually the jobtime. You can specify -%D a pattern similar to the previous date macro using the -%D keys \type {h}, \type {m} and a separator. +%D The currenttime is actually the jobtime. You can specify a pattern similar +%D to the previous date macro using the keys \type {h}, \type {m} and a separator. \unexpanded\def\calculatecurrenttime {\edef\currenthour {\ctxcommand{hour ()}}% @@ -462,7 +445,6 @@ \unexpanded\def\currenttime {\doifnextoptionalelse\syst_converters_current_time_yes\syst_converters_current_time_nop} - \unexpanded\def\syst_converters_current_time_yes[#1]% {\calculatecurrenttime \processallactionsinset[#1][h=>\currenthour,m=>\currentminute,\s!unknown=>\commalistelement]} @@ -471,16 +453,15 @@ {\normalexpanded{\syst_converters_current_time_yes[\currenttimespecification]}} -%D Because we're dealing with dates, we also introduce a few -%D day loops: +%D Because we're dealing with dates, we also introduce a few day loops: %D %D \starttyping %D \processmonth{year}{month}{command} %D \processyear{year}{command}{before}{after} %D \stoptyping %D -%D The counters \type {\normalyear}, \type {\normalmonth} and -%D \type{\normalday} can be used for for date manipulations. +%D The counters \type {\normalyear}, \type {\normalmonth} and \type {\normalday} +%D can be used for for date manipulations. \unexpanded\def\processmonth#1#2#3% year month command {\begingroup @@ -505,15 +486,13 @@ %D \macros %D {defineconversion, convertnumber} %D -%D Conversion involves the macros that we implemented earlier -%D in this module. +%D Conversion involves the macros that we implemented earlier in this module. %D %D \showsetup{defineconversion} %D \showsetup{convertnumber} %D -%D We can feed this command with conversion macros as well as -%D a set of conversion symbols. Both need a bit different -%D treatment. +%D We can feed this command with conversion macros as well as a set of conversion +%D symbols. Both need a bit different treatment. %D %D \starttyping %D \defineconversion [roman] [\romannumerals] @@ -549,9 +528,9 @@ \def\syst_converters_checked_conversion#1#2% {\ctxcommand{checkedconversion("#1",#2)}} -%D If a conversion is just a font switch then we need to make sure -%D that the number is indeed end up as number in the input, so we -%D need to handle the second argument. +%D If a conversion is just a font switch then we need to make sure that the +%D number is indeed end up as number in the input, so we need to handle the +%D second argument. \def\convertnumber#1#2% expandable {\csname\??conversionarguments @@ -600,19 +579,17 @@ %D \macros %D {ordinaldaynumber, highordinalstr, ordinalstr} %D -%D Efficient general ordinal number converters are sometimes -%D difficult to implement. Fortunately dates never exceed the -%D number~31. +%D Efficient general ordinal number converters are sometimes difficult to +%D implement. Fortunately dates never exceed the number~31. \def\highordinalstr #1{\high{\notsmallcapped{#1}}} \def\ordinalstr #1{\notsmallcapped{#1}} \def\ordinaldaynumber #1{\ctxcommand{ordinal(#1,"\currentlanguage")}} -%D As longs as symbols are linked to levels or numbers, we can -%D also use the conversion mechanism, but in for instance the -%D itemization macros, we prefer symbols because they can more -%D easier be (partially) redefined. Symbols are implemented -%D in another module. +%D As longs as symbols are linked to levels or numbers, we can also use the +%D conversion mechanism, but in for instance the itemization macros, we prefer +%D symbols because they can more easier be (partially) redefined. Symbols are +%D implemented in another module. \def\smallcappedromannumerals#1{\smallcapped{\romannumerals{#1}}} \def\smallcappedcharacters #1{\smallcapped{\characters {#1}}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv b/tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv index 5423b97aa..d418689ef 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/core-def.mkiv @@ -24,38 +24,87 @@ \setupinteraction[\c!symbolset=navigation 1] +% what a mess + +\everypar \emptytoks +\neverypar \emptytoks + +\appendtoks + % \flushnotes + \page_otr_command_synchronize_side_floats % an otr specific command + \checkindentation + \showparagraphnumber + \restoreinterlinepenalty + % \flushmargincontents + % \flushcommentanchors + \flushnotes + \synchronizenotes + \OTRSETshowstatus + \registerparoptions + % \flushsyncpositions + \flushpostponednodedata + \typo_delimited_repeat + \insertparagraphintro +\to \everypar + +\appendtoks + \flushnotes +\to \everydisplay + +\appendtoks + \adjustsidefloatdisplaylines +\to \everydisplay + +% \appendtoks +% \flushsyncpositions +% \to \everyheadstart + +% \appendtoks +% \flushsyncresets +% \to \everyendoftextbody + +\appendtoks + \ignorespaces +\to \everybeginofpar + +\appendtoks + \removeunwantedspaces + % \strut % option ? + % \flushsyncresets + % \setlastlinewidth % gone, will be done in lua + \endgraf +\to \everyendofpar + % initialization order: \ifdefined\font_preloads_at_every_job \else \let\font_preloads_at_every_job \relax \fi \ifdefined\font_preloads_at_start_text \else \let\font_preloads_at_start_text\relax \fi \ifdefined\font_preloads_at_stop_text \else \let\font_preloads_at_stop_text \relax \fi -\appendtoks \font_preloads_at_start_text \to \everystarttext -\appendtoks \font_preloads_at_stop_text \to \everystoptext - -\appendtoks \showcontextbanner \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \initializenewlinechar \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \calculatecurrenttime \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \loadsystemfiles \to \everyjob - -\appendtoks \loadoptionfile \to \everyjob % obsolete \appendtoks - \job_options_get_commandline % expands some commands - \job_options_get_ctxfile % might expand some commands -\to \everyjob % ok here? - -\appendtoks \font_preloads_at_every_job \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \settopskip \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \initializemainlanguage \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \xmlinitialize \to \everyjob % is this still needed? -\appendtoks \setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_new \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_some \to \everyjob -\appendtoks \initializepagecounters \to \everyjob + \font_preloads_at_start_text +\to \everystarttext -\appendtoks \directsetup{*runtime:options} \to \everyjob % obsolete -\appendtoks \directsetup{*runtime:modules} \to \everyjob % obsolete +\appendtoks + \font_preloads_at_stop_text +\to \everystoptext \appendtoks + \showcontextbanner + \initializenewlinechar + \calculatecurrenttime + \loadsystemfiles + % \loadoptionfile % obsolete, but nice to keep as reference of when/how + \job_options_get_commandline % expands some commands + \job_options_get_ctxfile % might expand some commands + \font_preloads_at_every_job + \settopskip % brrr + \initializemainlanguage + \initializexmlprocessing % is this still needed? + \initializepagebackgrounds + \initializepagecounters + % \directsetup{*runtime:options}% % obsolete as the option file is replaced by a more direct mechanism + % \directsetup{*runtime:modules}% % obsolete as the option file is replaced by a more direct mechanism \job_options_set_modes \job_options_set_modules \job_options_set_environments @@ -65,14 +114,25 @@ \job_options_log \to \everystarttext -\appendtoks \ifarrangingpages\poparrangedpages\fi \to \everybye +\appendtoks + \ifarrangingpages\poparrangedpages\fi +\to \everybye + +\prependtoks + \resetallattributes +\to \everybeforeoutput -\prependtoks \resetallattributes \to \everybeforeoutput +\appendtoks + \the\everybackendshipout +\to \everyshipout -\appendtoks \the\everybackendshipout \to \everyshipout -\prependtoks \the\everylastbackendshipout \to \everylastshipout +\prependtoks + \the\everylastbackendshipout +\to \everylastshipout -\prependtoks \lefttoright \to \everybeforeoutput +\prependtoks + \lefttoright +\to \everybeforeoutput % temporary here: diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-env.mkiv b/tex/context/base/core-env.mkiv index 1819d084d..6b369b29a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-env.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/core-env.mkiv @@ -625,4 +625,51 @@ \def\env {\getvariable \s!environment} \def\envvar {\getvariabledefault\s!environment} +%D \macros +%D {defineselector,setupselector,select,directselect} +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \defineselector[caption][max=2,n=2] +%D +%D \start +%D \setupselector[caption][n=1] +%D \placelist[figure][criterium=all] +%D \stop +%D +%D \starttext +%D \placefigure +%D {\select{caption}{zapf}{\input zapf \relax}} +%D {} +%D \stoptext +%D \stoptyping + +\installcorenamespace{selector} + +\unexpanded\def\defineselector{\dodoubleargument\syst_selectors_define} +\unexpanded\def\setupselector {\dodoubleargument\syst_selectors_setup} + +% \def\syst_selectors_define[#1][#2]{\getparameters[\??selector#1][\c!max=\plusone,\c!n=\plusone,#2]} +% \def\syst_selectors_setup [#1][#2]{\getparameters[\??selector#1][#2]} + +\def\syst_selectors_define[#1][{\getparameters[\??selector#1][\c!max=\plustwo,\c!n=\plusone,} +\def\syst_selectors_setup [#1][{\getparameters[\??selector#1][} + +\unexpanded\def\select % unexpandable + {\directselect} + +% \def\directselect#1% expandable +% {\filterfromnext % maybe add an \expanded +% {\csname\??selector\ifcsname\??selector#1\c!max\endcsname#1\fi\c!max\endcsname}% +% {\csname\??selector\ifcsname\??selector#1\c!n \endcsname#1\fi\c!n \endcsname}} +% +% this is more efficient when the arguments are used a few times (or passed along): + +\def\directselect#1% expandable + {\expandafter\filterfromnext + \csname\??selector\ifcsname\??selector#1\c!max\endcsname#1\fi\c!max\expandafter\endcsname + \csname\??selector\ifcsname\??selector#1\c!n \endcsname#1\fi\c!n \endcsname} + +\letvalue{\??selector\c!max}\plusone +\letvalue{\??selector\c!n }\plusone + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/core-ini.mkiv index 6235d5bde..7b32cb3a2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/core-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/core-ini.mkiv @@ -13,58 +13,199 @@ \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Core Macros / Additional Initialization} -%D We will move more code to here, so that we become less dependent of the -%D orde in which modules are loaded. - \unprotect -\everypar \emptytoks -\neverypar \emptytoks +%D We introduce a couple of variables that are used all over \CONTEXT. Alternatively +%D we could define them in each module but as they are part of the bigger picture we +%D prefer to do it here. Ideally we should hav ea proper dependency tree but it might +%D be that we want to make versions with a smaller footprints in which case one would +%D still need to define the token list registers (unless we could do that runtime). -\appendtoks - %flushnotes - \page_otr_command_synchronize_side_floats % an otr specific command - \checkindentation - \showparagraphnumber - \restoreinterlinepenalty - %flushmargincontents - %flushcommentanchors - \flushnotes - \synchronizenotes - \OTRSETshowstatus - \registerparoptions - %\flushsyncpositions - \flushpostponednodedata - \typo_delimited_repeat - \insertparagraphintro -\to \everypar +%D \macros +%D {every...} +%D +%D A few every's. -\appendtoks - \flushnotes -\to \everydisplay +%D Output routine: + +\newtoks \everybeforeoutput +\newtoks \everyafteroutput + +%D Shipout: + +\newtoks \everyshipout +\newtoks \everybeforeshipout +\newtoks \everyaftershipout +\newtoks \everyfirstshipout +\newtoks \everylastshipout + +%D End of run: + +\newtoks \everybye +\newtoks \everygoodbye +\newtoks \everynotabene + +%D Document: + +\newtoks \everysetupdocument +\newtoks \everyendoftextbody + +\newtoks \everystarttext +\newtoks \everystoptext + +%D Purity: + +\newtoks \everyforgetall +\newtoks \everycleanupfeatures +\newtoks \everysimplifycommands + +\let\simplifiedcommands\everysimplifycommands % backward compatible, will stay as it's used in styles + +\unexpanded\def\forgetall {\the\everyforgetall} +\unexpanded\def\cleanupfeatures {\the\everycleanupfeatures} +\unexpanded\def\simplifycommands{\the\everysimplifycommands} \appendtoks - \adjustsidefloatdisplaylines -\to \everydisplay + \everypar\emptytoks % pretty important +\to \everyforgetall + +%D Page building: + +\newtoks \everybeforepagebody +\newtoks \everyafterpagebody + +\let\everypagebody\everybeforepagebody % backward compatible, will become obsolete + +%D Floats: + +\newtoks \everyinsidefloat + +%D Sectioning: + +\newtoks \everyheadstart + +%D Par building (experimental, used in xml

..

) + +\newtoks \everybeginofpar +\newtoks \everyendofpar +%newtoks \everyparflush + +\unexpanded\def\bpar{\the\everybeginofpar\ignorespaces} % may interfere with \everypar +\unexpanded\def\epar{\ifhmode\removeunwantedspaces\the\everyendofpar\fi} % test prevents problems with \bpar\epar + +%D Lists: + +\newtoks \everylistentry +\newtoks \everysavesortkeys + +%D Marks: -% \appendtoks -% \flushsyncpositions -% \to \everyheadstart +\newtoks \everymarking -% \appendtoks -% \flushsyncresets -% \to \everyendoftextbody +%D Fonts: + +\newtoks \everyfont +\newtoks \everyglobalbodyfont +\newtoks \everydefinedfont + +\newevery \everybodyfont \EveryBodyFont +\newevery \everyfontswitch \EveryFontSwitch + +\newtoks \everysetupbodyfont +\newtoks \everyswitchtobodyfont + +%D Math: + +\newtoks \everybeforedisplayformula +\newtoks \everymathematics + +\prependtoks \the\everymathematics \to \everymath +\prependtoks \the\everymathematics \to \everydisplay + +%D Tables: + +\newtoks \everytable % we need to disstinguish kinds + +%D State mess: + +\newtoks \everypushsomestate +\newtoks \everypopsomestate + +\unexpanded\def\pushsomestates{\the\everypushsomestate} +\unexpanded\def\popsomestates {\the\everypopsomestate } + +%D More generic (used to be pushcolor etc) + +\newtoks\everystarttextproperties +\newtoks\everystoptextproperties + +\unexpanded\def\starttextproperties{\the\everystarttextproperties} +\unexpanded\def\stoptextproperties {\the\everystoptextproperties} + +%D \macros +%D {trialtypesetting} +%D +%D We disable trial typesetting in the output routine, +%D just to be sure. + +\prependtoks + \resettrialtypesetting +\to \everybeforepagebody + +%D \macros +%D {ifinpagebody,ifinsidecolumns,ifdoublesided,ifsinglesided} +%D +%D These will become system modes and conditionals + +\newif \ifinpagebody +\newif \ifinsidecolumns +\newif \ifdoublesided \doublesidedfalse +\newif \ifsinglesided \singlesidedtrue +\newif \ifinsidefloat +\newif \ifdoingblocks +\newif \ifgridsnapping + +%D \macros +%D {ifproductionrun} +%D +%D This boolean can be used to bypass certain initializations. + +\newif\ifproductionrun \appendtoks - \ignorespaces -\to \everybeginofpar + \productionruntrue +\to \everydump + +%D \macros +%D {everyboxedcontent, ifboxedcontent, +%D startboxedcontent, stopboxedcontent} +%D +%D This one is relatively new and will be used as a more robust test for inner +%D situations. + +\newif \ifboxedcontent +\newtoks\everyboxedcontent \appendtoks - \removeunwantedspaces - %strut % option ? - % \flushsyncresets - %setlastlinewidth % gone, will be done in lua - \endgraf -\to \everyendofpar + \boxedcontenttrue +\to \everyboxedcontent + +\unexpanded\def\startboxedcontent{\bgroup\the\everyboxedcontent} + +\let\stopboxedcontent\egroup + +%D We store some original meanings, maybe in \type {math-ini}. + +\let\normalat \at +\let\normalin \in +\let\normalfrom \from +%let\normalover \over +\let\normalabout\about + +%D This will be implemented way later: + +\let\setlayoutcomponentattribute \gobbleoneargument +\let\resetlayoutcomponentattribute\relax +\let\layoutcomponentboxattribute \empty \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/core-var.mkiv b/tex/context/base/core-var.mkiv deleted file mode 100644 index f9baa8995..000000000 --- a/tex/context/base/core-var.mkiv +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -%D \module -%D [ file=core-var, -%D version=1998.02.21, -%D title=\CONTEXT\ Core Macros, -%D subtitle=Variables, -%D author=Hans Hagen, -%D date=\currentdate, -%D copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}] -%C -%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. - -\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Core Macros / Variables} - -\unprotect - -%D Much of this will move to *-ini files. - -%D We introduce a couple of variables that are used all over -%D \CONTEXT. Alternatively we could define them in each module -%D but as they are part of the bigger picture we prefer to do -%D it here. - -%D \macros -%D {every...} -%D -%D A few every's. Some are only used in \MKII\ or \MKIV. - -%D Output routine: - -\newtoks \everybeforeoutput -\newtoks \everyafteroutput - -%D Shipout: - -\newtoks \everyshipout -\newtoks \everybeforeshipout -\newtoks \everyaftershipout -\newtoks \everyfirstshipout -\newtoks \everylastshipout - -%D End of run: - -\newtoks \everybye -\newtoks \everygoodbye -\newtoks \everynotabene - -%D Document - -\newtoks \everysetupdocument -\newtoks \everyendoftextbody - -\newtoks \everystarttext -\newtoks \everystoptext - -%D Purity: - -\newtoks \everyforgetall -\newtoks \everycleanupfeatures - -\unexpanded\def\cleanupfeatures{\the\everycleanupfeatures} -\unexpanded\def\forgetall {\the\everyforgetall} - -\appendtoks - \everypar\emptytoks % pretty important -\to \everyforgetall - -%D Page building: - -\newtoks \everybeforepagebody -\newtoks \everyafterpagebody - -\let \everypagebody \everybeforepagebody % backward compatible, will become obsolete - -%D Floats: - -\newtoks \everyinsidefloat - -%D Sectioning: - -\newtoks \everyheadstart - -%D Par building (experimental, used in xml

..

) - -\newtoks \everybeginofpar -\newtoks \everyendofpar -%newtoks \everyparflush - -\unexpanded\def\bpar{\dostarttagged\t!paragraph\empty\the\everybeginofpar\ignorespaces} % may interfere with \everypar -\unexpanded\def\epar{\ifhmode\removeunwantedspaces\the\everyendofpar\fi\dostoptagged } % test prevents problems with \bpar\epar - -%D Lists: - -\newtoks \everylistentry -\newtoks \everysavesortkeys - -%D Marks: - -\newtoks \everymarking - -%D Fonts: - -\newtoks \everyfont -\newtoks \everyglobalbodyfont -\newtoks \everydefinedfont - -\newevery \everybodyfont \EveryBodyFont -\newevery \everyfontswitch \EveryFontSwitch - -\newtoks \everysetupbodyfont -\newtoks \everyswitchtobodyfont - -%D Math: - -\newtoks \everybeforedisplayformula -\newtoks \everymathematics - -\prependtoks \the\everymathematics \to \everymath -\prependtoks \the\everymathematics \to \everydisplay - -%D Tables - -\newtoks \everytable - -%D Simplification: - -\newtoks \simplifiedcommands - -\unexpanded\def\simplifycommands - {\the\simplifiedcommands} - -\appendtoks - \let\ =\space -\to \simplifiedcommands - -%D State mess: - -\newtoks \everypushsomestate -\newtoks \everypopsomestate - -\def\pushsomestates{\the\everypushsomestate} -\def\popsomestates {\the\everypopsomestate } - -%D More generic (used to be pushcolor etc) - -\newtoks\everystarttextproperties -\newtoks\everystoptextproperties - -\unexpanded\def\starttextproperties{\the\everystarttextproperties} -\unexpanded\def\stoptextproperties {\the\everystoptextproperties} - -%D \macros -%D {trialtypesetting} -%D -%D We disable trial typesetting in the output routine, -%D just to be sure. - -\prependtoks \resettrialtypesetting \to \everybeforepagebody - -%D \macros -%D {ifinpagebody,ifinsidecolumns,ifdoublesided,ifsinglesided} - -\newif \ifinpagebody -\newif \ifinsidecolumns -\newif \ifdoublesided \doublesidedfalse -\newif \ifsinglesided \singlesidedtrue -\newif \ifinsidefloat -\newif \ifdoingblocks -\newif \ifgridsnapping - -%D \macros -%D {ifprocessingXML} -%D -%D We need this one even if no \XML\ is supported. - -% \newif\ifprocessingXML % old way - -%D \macros -%D {ifproductionrun} -%D -%D This boolean can be used to bypass certain -%D initializations. - -\newif\ifproductionrun \appendtoks \productionruntrue \to \everydump - -%D \macros -%D {everyboxedcontent, ifboxedcontent, -%D startboxedcontent, stopboxedcontent} -%D -%D This one is relatively new and will be used as a more -%D robust test for inner situations. - -\newif \ifboxedcontent -\newtoks\everyboxedcontent - -\appendtoks \boxedcontenttrue \to \everyboxedcontent - -\unexpanded\def\startboxedcontent{\bgroup\the\everyboxedcontent} -\let\stopboxedcontent \egroup - -%D \macros -%D {fastmode,silentmode} -%D -%D These commands are obsolete. - -\let\fastmode \relax -\let\silentmode\relax - -%D \macros -%D {defineselector,setupselector} -%D -%D \starttyping -%D \defineselector[caption][max=2,n=2] -%D -%D \start -%D \setupselector[caption][n=1] -%D \placelist[figure][criterium=all] -%D \stop -%D -%D \starttext -%D \placefigure -%D {\select{caption}{zapf}{\input zapf \relax}} -%D {} -%D \stoptext -%D \stoptyping - -\unexpanded\def\defineselector{\dodoubleargument\dodefineselector} -\unexpanded\def\setupselector {\dodoubleargument\dosetupselector} - -\def\dodefineselector[#1][#2]{\getparameters[\??sx#1][\c!max=2,\c!n=1,#2]} -\def\dosetupselector [#1][#2]{\getparameters[\??sx#1][#2]} - -\unexpanded\def\select#1% - {\filterfromnext - {\executeifdefined{\??sx#1\c!max}1} - {\executeifdefined{\??sx#1\c!n }1}} - -%D We store some original meanings, maybe in \type -%D {math-ini}. - -\let\normalat \at -\let\normalin \in -\let\normalfrom \from -%let\normalover \over -\let\normalabout\about - -%D Add-ons: - -\let\setlayoutcomponentattribute \gobbleoneargument -\let\resetlayoutcomponentattribute\relax -\let\layoutcomponentboxattribute \empty - -\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/enco-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/enco-ini.mkiv index 816e59d9d..aca70f0c0 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/enco-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/enco-ini.mkiv @@ -385,6 +385,6 @@ \appendtoks \let\buildtextaccent\secondoftwoarguments -\to \simplifiedcommands +\to \everysimplifycommands \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/file-ini.mkvi b/tex/context/base/file-ini.mkvi index b0f6244aa..989241dd1 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/file-ini.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/file-ini.mkvi @@ -73,15 +73,17 @@ %D \popendofline %D \stoptyping +\installsystemnamespace{eolstack} + \newcount\c_system_files_eol_level \unexpanded\def\pushendofline {\advance\c_system_files_eol_level\plusone - \expandafter\chardef\csname\??fi:eol:\number\c_system_files_eol_level\endcsname\catcode\endoflineasciicode + \expandafter\chardef\csname\??eolstack\number\c_system_files_eol_level\endcsname\catcode\endoflineasciicode \catcode\endoflineasciicode\commentcatcode} \unexpanded\def\popendofline - {\catcode\endoflineasciicode\csname\??fi:eol:\number\c_system_files_eol_level\endcsname + {\catcode\endoflineasciicode\csname\??eolstack\number\c_system_files_eol_level\endcsname \advance\c_system_files_eol_level\minusone} \unexpanded\def\restoreendofline @@ -101,11 +103,11 @@ \the\everystartreadingfile \pushcatcodetable % saveguard \setcatcodetable\ctxcatcodes - \ctxlua{regimes.push()}}% temporarily this way + \ctxcommand{pushregime()}}% temporarily this way \unexpanded\def\stopreadingfile {\popcatcodetable % saveguard - \ctxlua{regimes.pop()}% temporarily this way + \ctxcommand{popregime()}% temporarily this way \the\everystopreadingfile \global\advance\readingfilelevel\minusone} @@ -203,11 +205,13 @@ %D This command obeys the standard method for locating files. We could %D move this function to the \LUA\ end. +\installsystemnamespace {fileonce} + \unexpanded\def\doonlyonce#whatever% - {\ifcsname\??fi:#whatever\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??fileonce#whatever\endcsname \expandafter\gobbleoneargument \else - \letgvalue{\??fi:#whatever}\relax + \letgvalue{\??fileonce#whatever}\relax \expandafter\firstofoneargument \fi} @@ -215,11 +219,11 @@ {\doonlyonce{#name}{\doiffileelse{#name}{\inputgivenfile{#name}}\donothing}} \unexpanded\def\doendinputonce#name% - {\ifcsname\??fi:#name\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??fileonce#name\endcsname \expandafter\endinput \fi} \unexpanded\def\forgetdoingonce#whatever% - {\global\letbeundefined{\??fi:#whatever}} + {\global\letbeundefined{\??fileonce#whatever}} \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/file-job.mkvi b/tex/context/base/file-job.mkvi index 4a54c6b2f..3bde3f268 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/file-job.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/file-job.mkvi @@ -75,17 +75,14 @@ \def\syst_files_load#name% only mkiv files {\readsysfile{#name.\mksuffix}{\showmessage\m!system2{#name.\mksuffix}}\donothing} +% obsolete, but we keep it as reference of what happened +% % \unexpanded\def\loadoptionfile % {\readjobfile{\jobname.\f!optionextension} % {\writestatus\m!system{\jobname.\f!optionextension\space loaded}% % \ctxcommand{copyfiletolog("\jobname.\f!optionextension")}}% % {\writestatus\m!system{no \jobname.\f!optionextension}}} -\unexpanded\def\loadoptionfile % this one is soon obsolete - {\readjobfile{\jobname.\f!optionextension} - {\ctxcommand{copyfiletolog("\jobname.\f!optionextension")}}% - {}} - % document structure \ifdefined\textlevel\else \newcount\textlevel \fi % might go away diff --git a/tex/context/base/font-sty.mkvi b/tex/context/base/font-sty.mkvi index d8f01afa7..3e1bb96da 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/font-sty.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/font-sty.mkvi @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ % \appendtoks % \let\groupedcommand\thirdofthreearguments -% \to \simplifiedcommands +% \to \everysimplifycommands %D This command also defines the keyword as command. This means %D that the example definition of \type{bold} we gave before, diff --git a/tex/context/base/grph-raw.mkiv b/tex/context/base/grph-raw.mkiv index 5b488cf58..a40b78455 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/grph-raw.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/grph-raw.mkiv @@ -45,14 +45,14 @@ \unexpanded\def\bitmapimage[#1]#2% {\hbox\bgroup - \getparameters[\??gb][\c!color=rgb,\c!width=,\c!height=,\c!x=,\c!y=,#1]% - \ctxlua{figures.bitmapimage { + \getdummyparameters[\c!color=rgb,\c!width=,\c!height=,\c!x=,\c!y=,#1]% + \ctxlua{figures.bitmapimage { % we could pass #1 directly ... todo data = \!!bs#2\!!es, - xresolution = "\@@gbx", - yresolution = "\@@gby", - colorspace = "\@@gbcolor", - width = "\@@gbwidth", - height = "\@@gbheight" + colorspace = "\directdummyparameter\c!color", + width = "\directdummyparameter\c!width", + height = "\directdummyparameter\c!height" + xresolution = "\directdummyparameter\c!x", + yresolution = "\directdummyparameter\c!y", }}% \egroup} diff --git a/tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv b/tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv index 4474eb8f1..87193ae4d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/grph-trf.mkiv @@ -575,8 +575,9 @@ %D %D \showsetup{setupclipping} -\unexpanded\def\setupclipping - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??cp]} +\installcorenamespace{clipping} + +\installdirectcommandhandler \??clipping {clipping} \unexpanded\def\clip {\dosingleempty\grph_clip} @@ -584,62 +585,106 @@ \def\grph_clip[#1]% nb top->bottom left->right {\bgroup \iffirstargument - \getparameters[\??cp][#1]% + \setupcurrentclipping[#1]% \fi \dowithnextboxcs\grph_clip_finish\hbox} \def\grph_clip_finish - {\doifelse\@@cpstate\v!start + {\doifelse{\clippingparameter\c!state}\v!start \grph_clip_yes_finish \grph_clip_nop_finish} +% \def\grph_clip_yes_finish +% {\ifdim\@@cpwidth>\zeropoint +% \!!dimena\@@cpwidth +% \!!dimenc\@@cphoffset +% \else +% \!!dimena\wd\nextbox +% \divide\!!dimena \@@cpnx +% \!!dimenc\@@cpx\!!dimena +% \advance\!!dimenc -\!!dimena +% \!!dimena\@@cpsx\!!dimena +% \fi +% \relax % sure +% \ifdim\@@cpheight>\zeropoint +% \!!dimenb\@@cpheight +% \!!dimend\ht\nextbox +% \advance\!!dimend -\@@cpvoffset +% \advance\!!dimend -\!!dimenb +% \else +% \!!dimenb\ht\nextbox +% \divide\!!dimenb \@@cpny +% \!!dimend-\@@cpy\!!dimenb +% \advance\!!dimend -\@@cpsy\!!dimenb +% \advance\!!dimend \!!dimenb +% \!!dimenb\@@cpsy\!!dimenb +% \advance\!!dimend \ht\nextbox % dimend ! +% \fi +% \setbox\nextbox\hbox % old +% {\advance\!!dimenc -\@@cpleftoffset % new ! +% \advance\!!dimend -\@@cpbottomoffset % new ! % - added +% \hskip-\!!dimenc\lower\!!dimend\box\nextbox}% old +% \wd\nextbox\zeropoint +% \ht\nextbox\zeropoint +% \dp\nextbox\zeropoint +% \setbox\nextbox\hbox +% {\advance\!!dimena \@@cpleftoffset % new ! +% \advance\!!dimena \@@cprightoffset % new ! +% \advance\!!dimenb \@@cpbottomoffset % new ! +% \advance\!!dimenb \@@cptopoffset % new ! +% \dostartclipping\@@cpmp\!!dimena\!!dimenb % old +% \box\nextbox +% \dostopclipping}% +% \setbox\nextbox\hbox % new ! +% {\!!dimena-\@@cpleftoffset % new ! +% \!!dimenb \@@cpbottomoffset % new ! % - removed +% \hskip\!!dimena\lower\!!dimenb\box\nextbox}% new ! +% \wd\nextbox\!!dimena +% \ht\nextbox\!!dimenb +% \dp\nextbox\zeropoint +% \box\nextbox +% \egroup} + \def\grph_clip_yes_finish - {\ifdim\@@cpwidth>\zeropoint - \!!dimena\@@cpwidth - \!!dimenc\@@cphoffset + {\ifdim\clippingparameter\c!width>\zeropoint + \scratchwidth \clippingparameter\c!width + \scratchxoffset\clippingparameter\c!hoffset \else - \!!dimena\wd\nextbox - \divide\!!dimena \@@cpnx - \!!dimenc\@@cpx\!!dimena - \advance\!!dimenc -\!!dimena - \!!dimena\@@cpsx\!!dimena + \scratchwidth\dimexpr\wd\nextbox/\clippingparameter\c!nx\relax + \scratchxoffset\dimexpr\clippingparameter\c!x\scratchwidth-\scratchwidth\relax + \scratchwidth\clippingparameter\c!sx\scratchwidth \fi \relax % sure - \ifdim\@@cpheight>\zeropoint - \!!dimenb\@@cpheight - \!!dimend\ht\nextbox - \advance\!!dimend -\@@cpvoffset - \advance\!!dimend -\!!dimenb + \ifdim\clippingparameter\c!height>\zeropoint + \scratchheight\clippingparameter\c!height + \scratchyoffset\dimexpr\ht\nextbox-\clippingparameter\c!voffset-\scratchheight\relax \else - \!!dimenb\ht\nextbox - \divide\!!dimenb \@@cpny - \!!dimend-\@@cpy\!!dimenb - \advance\!!dimend -\@@cpsy\!!dimenb - \advance\!!dimend \!!dimenb - \!!dimenb\@@cpsy\!!dimenb - \advance\!!dimend \ht\nextbox % dimend ! + \scratchheight\dimexpr\ht\nextbox/\clippingparameter\c!ny\relax + \scratchyoffset\dimexpr-\clippingparameter\c!y\scratchheight-\clippingparameter\c!sy\scratchheight+\scratchheight\relax + \scratchheight\clippingparameter\c!sy\scratchheight + \advance\scratchyoffset \ht\nextbox \fi - \setbox\nextbox\hbox % old - {\advance\!!dimenc -\@@cpleftoffset % new ! - \advance\!!dimend -\@@cpbottomoffset % new ! % - added - \hskip-\!!dimenc\lower\!!dimend\box\nextbox}% old + \setbox\nextbox\hbox + {\advance\scratchxoffset -\clippingparameter\c!leftoffset \relax + \advance\scratchyoffset -\clippingparameter\c!bottomoffset\relax + \hskip-\scratchxoffset + \lower\scratchyoffset + \box\nextbox}% \wd\nextbox\zeropoint \ht\nextbox\zeropoint \dp\nextbox\zeropoint \setbox\nextbox\hbox - {\advance\!!dimena \@@cpleftoffset % new ! - \advance\!!dimena \@@cprightoffset % new ! - \advance\!!dimenb \@@cpbottomoffset % new ! - \advance\!!dimenb \@@cptopoffset % new ! - \dostartclipping\@@cpmp\!!dimena\!!dimenb % old + {\advance\scratchwidth \dimexpr\clippingparameter\c!leftoffset +\clippingparameter\c!rightoffset\relax + \advance\scratchheight\dimexpr\clippingparameter\c!bottomoffset+\clippingparameter\c!topoffset \relax + \dostartclipping{\clippingparameter\c!mp}\scratchwidth\scratchheight \box\nextbox \dostopclipping}% - \setbox\nextbox\hbox % new ! - {\!!dimena-\@@cpleftoffset % new ! - \!!dimenb \@@cpbottomoffset % new ! % - removed - \hskip\!!dimena\lower\!!dimenb\box\nextbox}% new ! - \wd\nextbox\!!dimena - \ht\nextbox\!!dimenb + \setbox\nextbox\hbox + {\hskip-\clippingparameter\c!leftoffset + \lower \clippingparameter\c!bottomoffset + \box\nextbox}% + \wd\nextbox\scratchwidth + \ht\nextbox\scratchheight \dp\nextbox\zeropoint \box\nextbox \egroup} @@ -650,18 +695,18 @@ \setupclipping [\c!state=\v!start, - \c!n=1, % was 2 - \c!nx=\@@cpn,\c!x=1,\c!sx=1, - \c!ny=\@@cpn,\c!y=1,\c!sy=1, + \c!n=\plusone, % was \plustwo + \c!nx=\clippingparameter\c!n,\c!x=\plusone,\c!sx=\plusone, + \c!ny=\clippingparameter\c!n,\c!y=\plusone,\c!sy=\plusone, \c!width=\zeropoint, \c!height=\zeropoint, \c!hoffset=\zeropoint, \c!voffset=\zeropoint, \c!offset=\zeropoint, - \c!leftoffset=\@@cpoffset, % \zeropoint, - \c!rightoffset=\@@cpoffset, % \zeropoint, - \c!topoffset=\@@cpoffset, % \zeropoint, - \c!bottomoffset=\@@cpoffset,% \zeropoint, + \c!leftoffset=\clippingparameter\c!offset, + \c!rightoffset=\clippingparameter\c!offset, + \c!topoffset=\clippingparameter\c!offset, + \c!bottomoffset=\clippingparameter\c!offset, \c!mp=] %D \startbuffer diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-lab.mkiv b/tex/context/base/lang-lab.mkiv index 0e0c4b31c..68458e069 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-lab.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-lab.mkiv @@ -133,8 +133,7 @@ \let#7\firstofoneargument % to be checked \let#8\firstofoneargument % to be checked \let#9\firstofoneargument % to be checked - \to \simplifiedcommands - } + \to \everysimplifycommands} \let\flushleftlabelclass \firstoftwoarguments \let\flushrightlabelclass\secondoftwoarguments @@ -262,15 +261,17 @@ %D which expands to {\em something} or {\em iets}, depending on %D de current language. +\installcorenamespace{translation} + \unexpanded\def\translate {\dosingleempty\lang_translate} \def\lang_translate[#1]% - {\getparameters[\??lg][#1]% - \ifcsname\??lg\currentlanguage\endcsname - \csname\??lg\currentlanguage\endcsname - \else\ifcsname\??lg\s!en\endcsname - \csname\??lg\s!en\endcsname + {\getparameters[\??translation][#1]% + \ifcsname\??translation\currentlanguage\endcsname + \csname\??translation\currentlanguage\endcsname + \else\ifcsname\??translation\s!en\endcsname + \csname\??translation\s!en\endcsname \else [translation #1]% \fi\fi} @@ -293,8 +294,8 @@ %D \stoptyping \def\assigntranslation[#1]\to#2% - {\getparameters[\??lg][#1]% - \edef#2{\csname\??lg\currentlanguage\endcsname}} + {\getparameters[\??translation][#1]% + \edef#2{\csname\??translation\currentlanguage\endcsname}} %D \macros %D {commalistsentence} diff --git a/tex/context/base/lang-mis.mkiv b/tex/context/base/lang-mis.mkiv index a537a2936..4d8b8e08a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lang-mis.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/lang-mis.mkiv @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@ \doglobal \appendtoks \def|#1|{\ifx#1\empty\empty-\else#1\fi}% - \to \simplifiedcommands + \to \everysimplifycommands \egroup diff --git a/tex/context/base/luat-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/luat-ini.mkiv index 46b2d1f7f..094c4ee53 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/luat-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/luat-ini.mkiv @@ -108,16 +108,18 @@ %D Beware: because \type {\expanded} is een convert command, the error %D message will show \type{} as part of the message. +\installcorenamespace{luacode} + \def\luat_start_named_lua_code#1% {\begingroup \obeylualines \obeyluatokens - \csname\??lu:c:#1\endcsname} + \csname\??luacode#1\endcsname} \unexpanded\def\definenamedlua[#1]#2[#3]% no optional arg handling here yet - {\ifcsname\??lu:c:#1\endcsname \else + {\ifcsname\??luacode#1\endcsname \else \scratchcounter\ctxlua{lua.registername("#1","#3")}% - \normalexpanded{\edef\csname\??lu:c:#1\endcsname##1\csname\e!stop#1\v!code\endcsname}% + \normalexpanded{\edef\csname\??luacode#1\endcsname##1\csname\e!stop#1\v!code\endcsname}% {\endgroup\noexpand\directlua\the\scratchcounter{protect("#1\s!data")##1}}% \expandafter\def \csname\e!start#1\v!code\endcsname {\luat_start_named_lua_code{#1}}% \expandafter\edef\csname #1\v!code\endcsname##1{\noexpand\directlua\the\scratchcounter{protect("#1\s!data")##1}}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/lxml-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/lxml-ini.mkiv index 83e0a6f71..73cd4be7e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/lxml-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/lxml-ini.mkiv @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ \xmlprocessingmode\executeifdefined{\??xmldefaults\directxmlparameter\c!default}\plusone \to \everysetupxml -\unexpanded\def\xmlinitialize % is this still needed? +\unexpanded\def\initializexmlprocessing % is this still needed? {\the\everysetupxml} \let\p_lxml_entities\empty diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-ali.mkiv b/tex/context/base/math-ali.mkiv index 94800b3ba..57727b03a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/math-ali.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/math-ali.mkiv @@ -15,17 +15,6 @@ \unprotect -% helpers .. will move - -\def\doxxdoubleempty#1#2% - {\ifx#2[\expandafter\dodoxxdoubleempty\else\expandafter\noxxdoubleempty\fi#1#2} - -\def\dodoxxdoubleempty#1[#2]#3% - {\ifx#3[\else\expandafter\nonoxxdoubleempty\fi#1[#2]#3} - -\def\noxxdoubleempty #1{#1[][]} -\def\nonoxxdoubleempty#1[#2]{#1[#2][]} - %D The code here has been moved from other files. Beware: the \MKII\ and %D \MKIV\ code is not gathered in files with the same name. In the %D meantime this code has been adapted to \MKIV\ but mnore is possible. @@ -38,19 +27,25 @@ % n>1 #### needed, strange # interaction in recurse +\newtoks\c_math_align_a +\newtoks\c_math_align_b +\newtoks\c_math_align_c + \def\math_build_eqalign {\scratchtoks\emptytoks - \dorecurse{\mathalignmentparameter\c!m} - {\ifnum\recurselevel>\plusone - %\appendtoks - % \tabskip\mathalignmentparameter\c!distance&\tabskip\zeropoint - %\to\scratchtoks - \scratchtoks\expandafter{\the\scratchtoks\tabskip\mathalignmentparameter\c!distance&\tabskip\zeropoint}% - \fi - \normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\!!toksa}}% - \dorecurse{\numexpr\mathalignmentparameter\c!n-\plusone\relax} - {\normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\!!toksb}}}}% - \normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\!!toksc}}} + \dorecurse{\mathalignmentparameter\c!m}\def\math_build_eqalign + \normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\c_math_align_c}}} + +\def\math_build_eqalign_step + {\ifnum\recurselevel>\plusone + %\appendtoks + % \tabskip\mathalignmentparameter\c!distance&\tabskip\zeropoint + %\to\scratchtoks + \scratchtoks\expandafter{\the\scratchtoks\tabskip\mathalignmentparameter\c!distance&\tabskip\zeropoint}% + \fi + \normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\c_math_align_a}}% + \dorecurse{\numexpr\mathalignmentparameter\c!n-\plusone\relax} + {\normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\c_math_align_b}}}} \def\math_math_in_eqalign#1{$\tabskip\zeropoint\everycr\emptytoks\displaystyle{{}#1{}}$} \def\math_text_in_eqalign#1{$\tabskip\zeropoint\everycr\emptytoks#1$} @@ -73,14 +68,14 @@ % use zeroskipplusfill \def\math_prepare_r_eqalign_no - {\!!toksa{\strut\math_first_in_eqalign\hfil\math_left_of_equalign\span\math_math_in_eqalign{##}\math_right_of_eqalign\tabskip\zeropoint}% - \!!toksb{&\math_next_in_eqalign\math_left_of_equalign\span\math_math_in_eqalign{##}\math_right_of_eqalign\tabskip\zeropoint}% + {\c_math_align_a{\strut\math_first_in_eqalign\hfil\math_left_of_equalign\span\math_math_in_eqalign{##}\math_right_of_eqalign\tabskip\zeropoint}% + \c_math_align_b{&\math_next_in_eqalign\math_left_of_equalign\span\math_math_in_eqalign{##}\math_right_of_eqalign\tabskip\zeropoint}% \ifnum\mathraggedstatus=\plusone - \!!toksc{\hfil&\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}\tabskip\zeropoint}% + \c_math_align_c{\hfil&\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}\tabskip\zeropoint}% \else\ifnum\mathraggedstatus=\plusthree - \!!toksc{\hfil\tabskip\zeropoint\!!plus 1\!!fill&\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}\tabskip\zeropoint}% + \c_math_align_c{\hfil\tabskip\zeropoint\!!plus 1\!!fill&\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}\tabskip\zeropoint}% \else - \!!toksc{\hfil\tabskip\centering&\llap{\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}}\tabskip\zeropoint}% + \c_math_align_c{\hfil\tabskip\centering&\llap{\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}}\tabskip\zeropoint}% \fi\fi \global\mathnumberstatus\zerocount \math_build_eqalign @@ -88,15 +83,15 @@ \tabskip\centering} \def\math_prepare_l_eqalign_no - {\!!toksa{\strut\math_first_in_eqalign\hfil\math_left_of_equalign\span\math_math_in_eqalign{##}\math_right_of_eqalign\tabskip\zeropoint}% - \!!toksb{&\math_next_in_eqalign\math_left_of_equalign\span\math_math_in_eqalign{##}\math_right_of_eqalign\tabskip\zeropoint}% + {\c_math_align_a{\strut\math_first_in_eqalign\hfil\math_left_of_equalign\span\math_math_in_eqalign{##}\math_right_of_eqalign\tabskip\zeropoint}% + \c_math_align_b{&\math_next_in_eqalign\math_left_of_equalign\span\math_math_in_eqalign{##}\math_right_of_eqalign\tabskip\zeropoint}% % problem: number is handled after rest and so ends up in the margin \ifnum\mathraggedstatus=\plusone - \!!toksc{\hfil&\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}}\tabskip\displaywidth}% + \c_math_align_c{\hfil&\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}}\tabskip\displaywidth}% \else\ifnum\mathraggedstatus=\plusthree - \!!toksc{\hfil\tabskip\zeropoint\!!plus 1\!!fill&\kern-\displaywidth\span\math_rlap{\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}}\tabskip\displaywidth}% + \c_math_align_c{\hfil\tabskip\zeropoint\!!plus 1\!!fill&\kern-\displaywidth\span\math_rlap{\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}}\tabskip\displaywidth}% \else - \!!toksc{\hfil\tabskip\centering&\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}}\tabskip\displaywidth}% + \c_math_align_c{\hfil\tabskip\centering&\kern-\displaywidth\rlap{\span\math_text_in_eqalign{##}}\tabskip\displaywidth}% \fi\fi \global\mathnumberstatus\zerocount \math_build_eqalign @@ -112,7 +107,7 @@ \let\math_finish_eqalign_no\relax \fi #1% - \halign \ifcase\eqalignmode \or to \displaywidth \fi \@EA {\the\scratchtoks\crcr#2\crcr}% + \halign \ifcase\eqalignmode \or to \displaywidth \fi \expandafter {\the\scratchtoks\crcr#2\crcr}% \math_finish_eqalign_no} \def\math_both_eqalign_no_aligned#1% @@ -128,7 +123,7 @@ \fi \fi #1% - \halign \ifcase\eqalignmode \or to \displaywidth \fi \@EA \bgroup\the\scratchtoks\crcr} + \halign \ifcase\eqalignmode \or to \displaywidth \fi \expandafter \bgroup\the\scratchtoks\crcr} \def\math_rlap#1% {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox{#1}% @@ -221,7 +216,7 @@ \setupmathalignment [\c!n=2, \c!m=1, - \c!distance=1em] + \c!distance=\emwidth] \definemathalignment[align] % default case (this is what amstex users expect) \definemathalignment[\v!mathalignment] % prefered case (this is cleaner, less clashing) @@ -408,8 +403,8 @@ \installcommandhandler \??mathcases {mathcases} \??mathcases \setupmathcases - [\c!distance=1em, - \c!numberdistance=2.5em, + [\c!distance=\emwidth, + \c!numberdistance=2.5\emwidth, \c!left={\left\{\mskip\thinmuskip}, \c!right={\right.}] @@ -434,7 +429,7 @@ \def\NC{\math_cases_NC}% \def\MC{\math_cases_NC\ifmmode\else$\def\endmath{$}\fi}% \global\let\math_cases_NC\math_cases_NC_indeed - \def\NR{\unskip\endmath&\global\let\math_cases_NC\math_cases_NC_indeed\doxxdoubleempty\math_cases_NR}% + \def\NR{\unskip\endmath&\global\let\math_cases_NC\math_cases_NC_indeed\dodirectdoubleempty\math_cases_NR}% \normalbaselines \mathsurround\zeropoint \everycr\emptytoks @@ -515,7 +510,7 @@ \installcommandhandler \??mathmatrix {mathmatrix} \??mathmatrix \setupmathmatrix - [\c!distance=1em, + [\c!distance=\emwidth, \c!left=, \c!right=, \c!align=\v!middle] @@ -570,20 +565,20 @@ \definemathmatrix[\v!mathmatrix] \def\math_matrix_prepare - {\!!toksa{\strut\math_first_in_eqalign\math_left_of_equalign\span + {\c_math_align_a{\strut\math_first_in_eqalign\math_left_of_equalign\span \math_text_in_eqalign{\mathmatrixparameter\c!style##}\math_right_of_eqalign}% - \!!toksb{&\hskip\mathmatrixparameter\c!distance + \c_math_align_b{&\hskip\mathmatrixparameter\c!distance \math_next_in_eqalign\math_left_of_equalign\span \math_text_in_eqalign{\mathmatrixparameter\c!style##}\math_right_of_eqalign}% - \!!toksc{&&\hskip\mathmatrixparameter\c!distance + \c_math_align_c{&&\hskip\mathmatrixparameter\c!distance \math_left_of_equalign\span \math_text_in_eqalign{\mathmatrixparameter\c!style##}\math_right_of_eqalign}% \scratchtoks\emptytoks - \normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\!!toksa}}% + \normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\c_math_align_a}}% \dorecurse{\numexpr\scratchcounter-\plusone\relax} - {\normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\!!toksb}}}% - \normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\!!toksc}}% - \halign \@EA \bgroup\the\scratchtoks \crcr} + {\normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\c_math_align_b}}}% + \normalexpanded{\scratchtoks{\the\scratchtoks\the\c_math_align_c}}% + \halign \expandafter \bgroup\the\scratchtoks \crcr} \unexpanded\def\dodomatrixNC {\gdef\domatrixNC{\endmath&}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-arr.mkiv b/tex/context/base/math-arr.mkiv index f18d6be2b..91bb7889b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/math-arr.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/math-arr.mkiv @@ -40,146 +40,102 @@ % \smash-$ % $} -\def\exmthfont#1{\mr} % \symbolicsizedfont#1\plusone{MathExtension}} - -\def\domthfrac#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% +\def\math_stylebuilders_fract#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% {\begingroup \mathsurround\zeropoint \setbox0\hbox{$#1 #6$}% \setbox2\hbox{$#1 #7$}% - \dimen0\wd0 - \ifdim\wd2>\dimen0 \dimen0\wd2 \fi + \dimen0\wd\ifdim\wd2>\wd0 2\else 0\fi \setbox4\hbox to \dimen0{\leaders\hbox{#4}\hss#5}% \mathord{\vcenter{{\offinterlineskip \hbox to \dimen0{\hss\box0\hss}% - \kern \ht4% + \kern\ht4% \hbox to \dimen0{\hss\copy4\hss}% - \kern \ht4% + \kern\ht4% \hbox to \dimen0{\hss\box2\hss}}}}% \endgroup} -\def\domthsqrt#1#2#3#4#5% +\def\math_stylebuilders_sqrt#1#2#3#4#5% {\begingroup \mathsurround\zeropoint \setbox0\hbox{$#1 #5$}% - \dimen0=1.05\ht0 \advance\dimen0 1pt \ht0 \dimen0 - \dimen0=1.05\dp0 \advance\dimen0 1pt \dp0 \dimen0 - \dimen0\wd0 - \setbox4\hbox to \dimen0{\exmthfont#2\leaders\hbox{#3}\hfill#4}% - \delimitershortfall=0pt - \nulldelimiterspace=0pt - \setbox2\hbox{$\left\delimiter"0270370 \vrule height\ht0 depth \dp0 width0pt - \right.$}% - \mathord{\vcenter{\hbox{\copy2 - \rlap{\raise\dimexpr\ht2-\ht4\relax\copy4}\copy0}}}% + \ht0\dimexpr1.05\ht0+\onepoint\relax + \dp0\dimexpr1.05\dp0+\onepoint\relax + \setbox4\hbox to \wd0{\mr#2\leaders\hbox{#3}\hfill#4}% + \delimitershortfall\zeropoint + \nulldelimiterspace\zeropoint + \setbox2\hbox{$\left\delimiter"0270370 \vrule \!!height\ht0 \!!depth \dp0 \!!width\zeropoint\right.$}% is this the right code point? + \mathord{\vcenter{\hbox{\copy2\rlap{\raise\dimexpr\ht2-\ht4\relax\copy4}\copy0}}}% \endgroup} \def\mthfrac#1#2#3#4#5{\mathchoice - {\domthfrac\displaystyle \textface {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}% - {\domthfrac\textstyle \textface {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}% - {\domthfrac\scriptstyle \scriptface {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}% - {\domthfrac\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptface{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}} + {\math_stylebuilders_frac\displaystyle \textface {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}% + {\math_stylebuilders_frac\textstyle \textface {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}% + {\math_stylebuilders_frac\scriptstyle \scriptface {#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}% + {\math_stylebuilders_frac\scriptscriptstyle\scriptscriptface{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}} \def\mthsqrt#1#2#3{\mathchoice - {\domthsqrt\displaystyle \textface {#1}{#2}{#3}}% - {\domthsqrt\textstyle \textface {#1}{#2}{#3}}% - {\domthsqrt\scriptstyle \textface {#1}{#2}{#3}}% - {\domthsqrt\scriptscriptstyle\textface {#1}{#2}{#3}}} - -% temp here - -%D We next define extensible arrows. Extensible arrows are arrows that -%D change their length according to the width of the text to be placed -%D above and below the arrow. Since we need to define a lot of arrows, -%D we first define some helper macros. The basic idea is to measure -%D the width of the box to be placed above and below the arrow, and -%D make the \quotation{body} of the arrow as long as the bigger of the -%D two widths. - -\def\mtharrfactor{1} -\def\mtharrextra {0} - -% \def\domthxarr#1#2#3#4#5% hm, looks like we do a double mathrel -% {\begingroup -% \def\mtharrfactor{1}% -% \def\mtharrextra {0}% -% \processaction[#1] % will be sped up -% [ \v!none=>\def\mtharrfactor{0}, -% \v!small=>\def\mtharrextra{10}, -% \v!medium=>\def\mtharrextra{15}, -% \v!big=>\def\mtharrextra{20}, -% \v!normal=>, -% \v!default=>, -% \v!unknown=>\doifnumberelse{#1}{\def\mtharrextra{#1}}\donothing]% -% \mathsurround\zeropoint -% \muskip0=\thirdoffourarguments #2mu -% \muskip2=\fourthoffourarguments #2mu -% \muskip4=\firstoffourarguments #2mu -% \muskip6=\secondoffourarguments #2mu -% \muskip0=\mtharrfactor\muskip0 \advance\muskip0 \mtharrextra mu -% \muskip2=\mtharrfactor\muskip2 \advance\muskip2 \mtharrextra mu -% \setbox0\hbox{$\scriptstyle -% \mkern\muskip4\relax -% \mkern\muskip0\relax -% #5\relax -% \mkern\muskip2\relax -% \mkern\muskip6\relax -% $}% -% \setbox4\hbox{#3\displaystyle}% -% \dimen0\wd0 -% \ifdim\wd4>\dimen0 \dimen0\wd4 \fi -% \setbox2\hbox{$\scriptstyle -% \mkern\muskip4\relax -% \mkern\muskip0\relax -% #4\relax -% \mkern\muskip2\relax -% \mkern\muskip6\relax -% $}% -% \ifdim\wd2>\dimen0 \dimen0\wd2 \fi -% \setbox4\hbox to \dimen0{#3\displaystyle}% -% \mathrel{\mathop{\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\copy4\hss}}\limits\normalsuperscript{\box0}\normalsubscript{\box2}}% -% \endgroup} - -\def\domthxarr#1#2#3#4#5% hm, looks like we do a double mathrel + {\math_stylebuilders_sqrt\displaystyle \textface{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + {\math_stylebuilders_sqrt\textstyle \textface{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + {\math_stylebuilders_sqrt\scriptstyle \textface{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + {\math_stylebuilders_sqrt\scriptscriptstyle\textface{#1}{#2}{#3}}} + +%D We next define extensible arrows. Extensible arrows are arrows that change their +%D length according to the width of the text to be placed above and below the arrow. +%D Since we need to define a lot of arrows, we first define some helper macros. The +%D basic idea is to measure the width of the box to be placed above and below the +%D arrow, and make the \quote {body} of the arrow as long as the bigger of the two +%D widths. + +\installcorenamespace{matharrowsettings} + +\def\m_math_arrows_factor{1} +\def\m_math_arrows_extra {0} + +\setvalue{\??matharrowsettings\v!none }{\def\m_math_arrows_factor{0}} +\setvalue{\??matharrowsettings\v!small }{\def\m_math_arrows_extra{10}} +\setvalue{\??matharrowsettings\v!medium }{\def\m_math_arrows_extra{15}} +\setvalue{\??matharrowsettings\v!big }{\def\m_math_arrows_extra{20}} +\setvalue{\??matharrowsettings\v!normal }{} +\setvalue{\??matharrowsettings }{} +\setvalue{\??matharrowsettings\s!unknown}{\doifnumberelse\p_mathspacing{\let\m_math_arrows_extra\p_mathspacing}\donothing} + +\def\math_arrows_construct#1#2#3#4#5% hm, looks like we do a double mathrel (a bit cleaned up .. needs checking) {\begingroup - \def\mtharrfactor{1}% - \def\mtharrextra {0}% - \processaction[#1] % will be sped up - [ \v!none=>\def\mtharrfactor{0}, - \v!small=>\def\mtharrextra{10}, - \v!medium=>\def\mtharrextra{15}, - \v!big=>\def\mtharrextra{20}, - \v!normal=>, - \v!default=>, - \v!unknown=>\doifnumberelse{#1}{\def\mtharrextra{#1}}\donothing]% + \def\m_math_arrows_factor{1}% + \def\m_math_arrows_extra {0}% + \edef\p_math_spacing{#1}% + \csname\??matharrowsettings + \ifcsname\??matharrowsettings\p_mathspacing\endcsname\p_mathspacing\else\s!unknown\fi + \endcsname \mathsurround\zeropoint - \muskip0=\thirdoffourarguments #2mu - \muskip2=\fourthoffourarguments #2mu - \muskip0=\mtharrfactor\muskip0 - \muskip2=\mtharrfactor\muskip2 - \advance\muskip0 \mtharrextra mu - \advance\muskip2 \mtharrextra mu - \advance\muskip0 \firstoffourarguments #2mu - \advance\muskip2 \secondoffourarguments #2mu + \muskip0=\muexpr\m_math_arrows_factor\muexpr\thirdoffourarguments #2\onemuskip\relax+\m_math_arrows_extra\onemuskip+\firstoffourarguments #2\onemuskip\relax + \muskip2=\muexpr\m_math_arrows_factor\muexpr\fourthoffourarguments#2\onemuskip\relax+\m_math_arrows_extra\onemuskip+\secondoffourarguments#2\onemuskip\relax \setbox0\hbox{$\scriptstyle \mkern\muskip0\relax #5\relax \mkern\muskip2\relax $}% - \setbox4\hbox{#3\displaystyle}% - \dimen0\wd0 - \ifdim\wd4>\dimen0 \dimen0\wd4 \fi \setbox2\hbox{$\scriptstyle \mkern\muskip0\relax #4\relax \mkern\muskip2\relax $}% - \ifdim\wd2>\dimen0 \dimen0\wd2 \fi - \setbox4\hbox to \dimen0{#3\displaystyle}% + \setbox4\hbox{#3\displaystyle}% + \dimen0\wd0\relax + \ifdim\wd2>\dimen0 + \dimen0\wd2\relax + \fi + \ifdim\wd4>\dimen0 + \dimen0\wd4\relax + \fi + \ifdim\wd4=\dimen0\else + \setbox4\hbox to \dimen0{#3\displaystyle}% + \fi \mathrel{\mathop{\hbox to \dimen0{\hss\copy4\hss}}\limits\normalsuperscript{\box0}\normalsubscript{\box2}}% \endgroup} -\let\domthxarrsingle\domthxarr +\let\math_arrows_construct_single\math_arrows_construct %D There are some arrows which are created by stacking two arrows. The next %D macro helps in defining such \quotation{double arrows}. @@ -194,29 +150,27 @@ % \chemical{SO_2} % \stopchemicalformula -\def\domthxarrdouble#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% opt l r sp rs top bot +\def\math_arrows_construct_double#1#2#3#4#5#6#7% opt l r sp rs top bot {\mathrel - {\scratchdimen.32ex\relax % was .22, todo: make configurable - \setbox0\hbox{$\domthxarr{#1}{#2}{#4}{\phantom{#6}}{#7}$}% - \setbox2\hbox{$\domthxarr{#1}{#3}{#5}{#6}{\phantom{#7}}$}% + {\scratchdimen.32\exheight\relax % was .22, todo: make configurable + \setbox0\hbox{$\math_arrows_construct{#1}{#2}{#4}{\phantom{#6}}{#7}$}% + \setbox2\hbox{$\math_arrows_construct{#1}{#3}{#5}{#6}{\phantom{#7}}$}% \raise\scratchdimen\box0 \kern-\wd2 \lower\scratchdimen\box2}} %D \macros{definematharrow} %D -%D Macro for defining new arrows. We can define two types of -%D arrows|<|single arrows and double arrows. Single arrows are defined -%D as +%D Macro for defining new arrows. We can define two types of arrows|<|single arrows +%D and double arrows. Single arrows are defined as %D %D \starttyping %D \definematharrow [xrightarrow] [0359] [\rightarrowfill] %D \stoptyping %D -%D The first argument is the name of the arrow (\tex{xrightarrow} in -%D this case.) The second argument consists of a set of 4 numbers and -%D specify the spacing correction in math units~\type{mu}. These -%D numbers define: +%D The first argument is the name of the arrow (\tex {xrightarrow} in this case.) The +%D second argument consists of a set of 4 numbers and specify the spacing correction +%D in math units~\type {mu}. These numbers define: %D %D \startlines %D 1st number: arrow||tip correction @@ -225,9 +179,9 @@ %D 4th number: space (multiplied by \tex{matharrfactor} and advanced by \tex{matharrextra}) %D \stoplines %D -%D The third argument is the name of the extensible fill. The third -%D argument is optional when the arrow is redefined later (this is -%D useful for font specific tweaking of the skips.) For example, +%D The third argument is the name of the extensible fill. The third argument is optional +%D when the arrow is redefined later (this is useful for font specific tweaking of the +%D skips.) For example, %D %D \startbuffer %D \math{\xrightarrow{above}} @@ -245,78 +199,80 @@ %D [\rightharpoonupfill,\leftharpoondownfill] %D \stoptyping %D -%D The second and the third set of arguments consist of comma -%D separated values. The first element of the second argument -%D (\type{3095}) corresponds to the spacing correction of top arrow -%D fill (\tex{rightarrowupfill}). Similarly, \type{0359} corresponds -%D to bottom arrow fill \tex{leftharpoondownfill}). Stacking them on -%D top of each other we get $\xrightleftharpoons[big]{above}{below}$. -%D The following math arrows are defined +%D The second and the third set of arguments consist of comma separated values. The +%D first element of the second argument (\type {3095}) corresponds to the spacing +%D correction of top arrow fill (\tex{rightarrowupfill}). Similarly, \type {0359} +%D corresponds to bottom arrow fill \tex {leftharpoondownfill}). Stacking them on +%D top of each other we get $\xrightleftharpoons [big] {above} {below}$. The +%D following math arrows are defined %D %D \placetable[none]{}{\starttable[|l|m|] -%D \NC \tex{xrightarrow } \NC \xrightarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xleftarrow } \NC \xleftarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xequal } \NC \xequal [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xRightarrow } \NC \xRightarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xLeftarrow } \NC \xLeftarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xLeftrightarrow } \NC \xLeftrightarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xleftrightarrow } \NC \xleftrightarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xmapsto } \NC \xmapsto [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xtwoheadrightarrow } \NC \xtwoheadrightarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xtwoheadleftarrow } \NC \xtwoheadleftarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xrightharpoondown } \NC \xrightharpoondown [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xrightharpoonup } \NC \xrightharpoonup [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xleftharpoondown } \NC \xleftharpoondown [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xleftharpoonup } \NC \xleftharpoonup [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xhookleftarrow } \NC \xhookleftarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xhookrightarrow } \NC \xhookrightarrow [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xleftrightharpoons } \NC \xleftrightharpoons [big] \NC \NR -%D \NC \tex{xrightleftharpoons } \NC \xrightleftharpoons [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xrightarrow} \NC \xrightarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xleftarrow} \NC \xleftarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xequal} \NC \xequal [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xRightarrow} \NC \xRightarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xLeftarrow} \NC \xLeftarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xLeftrightarrow} \NC \xLeftrightarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xleftrightarrow} \NC \xleftrightarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xmapsto} \NC \xmapsto [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xtwoheadrightarrow} \NC \xtwoheadrightarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xtwoheadleftarrow} \NC \xtwoheadleftarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xrightharpoondown} \NC \xrightharpoondown [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xrightharpoonup} \NC \xrightharpoonup [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xleftharpoondown} \NC \xleftharpoondown [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xleftharpoonup} \NC \xleftharpoonup [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xhookleftarrow} \NC \xhookleftarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xhookrightarrow} \NC \xhookrightarrow [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xleftrightharpoons} \NC \xleftrightharpoons [big] \NC \NR +%D \NC \tex{xrightleftharpoons} \NC \xrightleftharpoons [big] \NC \NR %D \stoptable} +%D If needed this can be optimized (i.e. we can preexpand using \type +%D {\docheckedpair}). + \unexpanded\def\definematharrow - {\doquadrupleargument\dodefinematharrow} + {\doquadrupleargument\math_arrows_define} -\def\dodefinematharrow[#1][#2][#3][#4]% name type[none|both] template command +\def\math_arrows_define[#1][#2][#3][#4]% name type[none|both] template command {\iffourthargument - \executeifdefined{dodefine#2arrow}\gobblethreearguments{#1}{#3}{#4}% + \executeifdefined{math_arrows_define_#2}\gobblethreearguments{#1}{#3}{#4}% \else\ifthirdargument - \dodefinebotharrow{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \math_arrows_define_both{#1}{#2}{#3}% \else\ifsecondargument - \redefinebotharrow{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \math_arrows_define_both_again{#1}{#2}{#3}% \fi\fi\fi} -\def\redefinebotharrow#1#2#3% real dirty, this overload! - {\doifdefined{#1} - {\pushmacro\dohandlemtharrow - \def\dohandlemtharrow[##1][##2]{\setuvalue{#1}{\dohandlemtharrow[#2][##2]}}% - % == \def\dohandlemtharrow[##1][##2]{\dodefinebotharrow{#1}{#2}{##2}}% - \getvalue{#1}% - \popmacro\dohandlemtharrow}} +\def\math_arrows_define_both_again#1#2#3% real dirty, this overload! + {\ifcsname#1\endcsname + \pushmacro\math_arrows_do + \def\math_arrows_do[##1][##2]{\setuvalue{#1}{\math_arrows_do[#2][##2]}}% + \getvalue{#1}% + \popmacro\math_arrows_do + \fi} -\def\dodefinebotharrow#1#2#3% - {\setuvalue{#1}{\dohandlemtharrow[#2][#3]}} +\def\math_arrows_define_both#1#2#3% + {\setuvalue{#1}{\math_arrows_do[#2][#3]}} -\def\dohandlemtharrow - {\dotripleempty\doxmtharrow} +\unexpanded\def\math_arrows_do + {\dotripleempty\math_arrows_handle} -\def\doxmtharrow[#1][#2][#3]% #3 == optional arg - {\def\dodoxmtharrow{\dododoxmtharrow[#1,\empty,\empty][#2,\empty,\empty][#3]}% {##1}{##2} - \dodoublegroupempty\dodoxmtharrow} +\def\math_arrows_handle[#1][#2][#3]% #3 == optional arg .. \empty can be just 'empty' + {\def\math_arrows_handle_indeed{\math_arrows_handle_finalize[#1,\empty,\empty][#2,\empty,\empty][#3]}% {##1}{##2} + \dodoublegroupempty\math_arrows_handle_indeed} -\def\dododoxmtharrow[#1,#2,#3][#4,#5,#6][#7]#8#9% [3] is the optional arg +\def\math_arrows_handle_finalize[#1,#2,#3][#4,#5,#6][#7]#8#9% [3] is the optional arg {\edef\!!stringa{#2}% \ifx\!!stringa\empty \ifsecondargument - \mathrel{\domthxarrsingle{#7}{#1}{#4}{#8}{#9}}% + \mathrel{\math_arrows_construct_single{#7}{#1}{#4}{#8}{#9}}% \else - \mathrel{\domthxarrsingle{#7}{#1}{#4}{}{#8}}% + \mathrel{\math_arrows_construct_single{#7}{#1}{#4}{}{#8}}% \fi \else \ifsecondargument - \mathrel{\domthxarrdouble{#7}{#1}{#2}{#4}{#5}{#8}{#9}}% + \mathrel{\math_arrows_construct_double{#7}{#1}{#2}{#4}{#5}{#8}{#9}}% \else - \mathrel{\domthxarrdouble{#7}{#1}{#2}{#4}{#5}{}{#8}}% + \mathrel{\math_arrows_construct_double{#7}{#1}{#2}{#4}{#5}{}{#8}}% \fi \fi} @@ -324,34 +280,32 @@ %D \macros{mtharrowfill,defaultmtharrowfill} %D -%D To extend the arrows we need to define a \quotation{math arrow -%D fill}. This command takes 8 arguments: the first four correspond -%D the second argument of \tex{definematharrow} explained above. The -%D other three specify the tail, body and head of the arrow. The last -%D argument specifies the math-mode in which the arrow is drawn. -%D \tex{defaultmtharrowfill} has values tweaked to match Latin Modern -%D fonts. For fonts that are significantly different (e.g. cows) a +%D To extend the arrows we need to define a \quotation {math arrow fill}. This +%D command takes 8 arguments: the first four correspond the second argument of +%D \tex {definematharrow} explained above. The other three specify the tail, +%D body and head of the arrow. The last argument specifies the math-mode in which +%D the arrow is drawn. \tex {defaultmtharrowfill} has values tweaked to match +%D Latin Modern fonts. For fonts that are significantly different (e.g. cows) a %D different set of values need to be determined. \def\mtharrowfill#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8% - {$\mathsurround 0pt - \thickmuskip0mu\medmuskip\thickmuskip\thinmuskip\thickmuskip + {$\mathsurround\zeropoint + \thickmuskip\zeromuskip\medmuskip\thickmuskip\thinmuskip\thickmuskip \relax#8#5% - \mkern-#1mu - \cleaders\hbox{$#8\mkern -#2mu#6\mkern -#3mu$}\hfill - \mkern-#4mu#7$} + \mkern-#1\onemuskip + \cleaders\hbox{$#8\mkern-#2\onemuskip#6\mkern-#3\onemuskip$}\hfill + \mkern-#4\onemuskip#7$} \def\defaultmtharrowfill{\mtharrowfill 7227} -%D We now define some arrow fills that will be used for defining the -%D arrows. Plain \TEX\ already defines \tex{leftarrowfill} and -%D \tex{rightarrowfill}. The \tex{defaultmtharrowfill} command defines an -%D arrowfill that takes an argument (so that it can also be used -%D with over and under arrows). However the Plain \TEX\ definitions of -%D \tex{leftarrowfill} and \tex{rightarrowfill} do not take this extra -%D argument. To be backward compatible with Plain \TEX, we define two -%D arrowfills: \tex{specrightarrowfill} which takes an extra argument, and -%D \tex{rightarrowfill} which does not. +%D We now define some arrow fills that will be used for defining the arrows. Plain +%D \TEX\ already defines \tex {leftarrowfill} and \tex {rightarrowfill}. The \tex +%D {defaultmtharrowfill} command defines an arrowfill that takes an argument (so +%D that it can also be used with over and under arrows). However the Plain \TEX\ +%D definitions of \tex {leftarrowfill} and \tex {rightarrowfill} do not take this +%D extra argument. To be backward compatible with Plain \TEX, we define two +%D arrowfills: \tex {specrightarrowfill} which takes an extra argument, and \tex +%D {rightarrowfill} which does not. \unexpanded\def\specrightarrowfill {\defaultmtharrowfill \relbar \relbar \rightarrow} \unexpanded\def\specleftarrowfill {\defaultmtharrowfill \leftarrow \relbar \relbar} @@ -382,10 +336,9 @@ \unexpanded\def\doublebond{{\xequal}} \unexpanded\def\triplebond{{\xtriplerel}} -%D Now we define most commonly used arrows. These include arrows -%D defined in \filename{amsmath.sty}, \filename{extarrows.sty}, -%D \filename{extpfel.sty} and \filename{mathtools.sty} packages for -%D \LATEX\ (plus a few more). +%D Now we define most commonly used arrows. These include arrows defined in \filename +%D {amsmath.sty}, \filename {extarrows.sty}, \filename {extpfel.sty} and \filename +%D {mathtools.sty} packages for \LATEX\ (plus a few more). \definematharrow [xrightarrow] [0359] [\specrightarrowfill] \definematharrow [xleftarrow] [3095] [\specleftarrowfill] @@ -427,27 +380,27 @@ %D \macros{definemathoverarrow,defineunderarrow} %D -%D These macros for define math-overarrows are adapted from -%D \filename{amsmath.sty} +%D These macros for define math-overarrows are adapted from \filename +%D {amsmath.sty} \unexpanded\def\definemathoverarrow - {\dotripleargument\dodefinemathoverarrow} + {\dotripleargument\math_arrows_define_over} -\def\dodefinemathoverarrow[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\math_arrows_define_over[#1][#2][#3]% {\ifthirdargument - \setuvalue{#1}{\dohandlemathoverarrow[#2][#3]}% + \setuvalue{#1}{\math_arrows_over_handle[#2][#3]}% \else - \setuvalue{#1}{\dohandlemathoverarrow[\zeropoint][#2]}% + \setuvalue{#1}{\math_arrows_over_handle[\zeropoint][#2]}% \fi} -\def\dohandlemathoverarrow[#1][#2]% - {\mathpalette{\dodohandlemathoverarrow{#1}{#2}}} +\def\math_arrows_over_handle[#1][#2]% + {\mathpalette{\math_arrows_over_handle_indeed{#1}{#2}}} -%D Note: \filename{math-pln.tex} has \type{\kern-\onepoint} and -%D \filename{amsmath.sty} does not. We keep the kern amount -%D configurable. This is useful for harpoons. +%D Note: \filename {math-pln.tex} has \type {\kern-\onepoint} and \filename +%D {amsmath.sty} does not. We keep the kern amount configurable. This is useful +%D for harpoons. -\def\dodohandlemathoverarrow#1#2#3#4% +\def\math_arrows_over_handle_indeed#1#2#3#4% {\vbox{\ialign{##\crcr #2#3\crcr \noalign{\kern#1\nointerlineskip}% @@ -456,21 +409,21 @@ %D Now the under arrows \unexpanded\def\definemathunderarrow - {\dotripleargument\dodefinemathunderarrow} + {\dotripleargument\math_arrows_define_over} %D For underarrows the default kern is 0.3ex -\def\dodefinemathunderarrow[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\math_arrows_define_over[#1][#2][#3]% {\ifthirdargument - \setuvalue{#1}{\dohandlemathunderarrow[#2][#3]}% + \setuvalue{#1}{\math_arrows_under_handle[#2][#3]}% \else - \setuvalue{#1}{\dohandlemathunderarrow[0.3ex][#2]}% + \setuvalue{#1}{\math_arrows_under_handle[0.3ex][#2]}% \fi} -\def\dohandlemathunderarrow[#1][#2]% - {\mathpalette{\dodohandlemathunderarrow{#1}{#2}}} +\def\math_arrows_under_handle[#1][#2]% + {\mathpalette{\math_arrows_under_handle_indeed{#1}{#2}}} -\def\dodohandlemathunderarrow#1#2#3#4% +\def\math_arrows_under_handle_indeed#1#2#3#4% {\vtop{\ialign{##\crcr $\mathsurround\zeropoint\hfil#3#4\hfil$\crcr \noalign{\nointerlineskip\kern#1}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-for.mkiv b/tex/context/base/math-for.mkiv index aee640572..0c8bd05ae 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/math-for.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/math-for.mkiv @@ -30,19 +30,4 @@ \let\setupformulas \setupformula \let\setupsubformulas\setupsubformula -% D \macros -% D {setuptextformulas} -% D -% D This command sets up in||line math. Most features deals -% D with grid snapping and are experimental. - -% \newtoks \everysetuptextformulas -% -% \unexpanded\def\setuptextformulas -% {\dosingleempty\dosetuptextformulas} -% -% \def\dosetuptextformulas[#1]% -% {\getparameters[\??mt][#1]% -% \the\everysetuptextformulas} - \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv index 9a8dbef25..e6a3ae6f3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/math-ini.mkiv @@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ \definesystemattribute[mathmode] [public] \definesystemattribute[mathitalics] [public] +\definesystemattribute[displaymath] [public] + \appendtoks \attribute\mathmodeattribute\plusone \to \everydisplay @@ -61,6 +63,10 @@ \attribute\mathmodeattribute\plusone \to \everybeforedisplayformula +\appendtoksonce + \attribute\displaymathattribute\plusone +\to \everybeforedisplayformula + \setnewconstant\defaultmathfamily \zerocount % 255 %D Some measures (maybe spac-mth): @@ -75,18 +81,6 @@ %D Configuration for integrals. (If needed we can speed this up and make it %D installable; no processaction is needed then). -% \newtoks\everysetupmathematics -% -% \unexpanded\def\setupmathematics -% {\dosingleargument\dosetupmathematics} -% -% \def\dosetupmathematics[#1]% -% {\getparameters[\??mo][#1]% -% \the\everysetupmathematics} -% -% \def\mathematicsparameter#1% -% {\ifcsname\??mo#1\endcsname\csname\??mo#1\endcsname\fi} - \installcorenamespace{mathematics} \installswitchcommandhandler \??mathematics {mathematics} \??mathematics diff --git a/tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv index a62b81ccf..b1b8998a5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/meta-ini.mkiv @@ -104,14 +104,6 @@ \c!textstyle=, \c!textcolor=] -% \unexpanded\def\defineMPinstance -% {\dodoubleargument\meta_define_instance} - -% \def\meta_define_instance[#1][#2]% -% {\ifcsname\??mpinstancetokens#1\endcsname\else\expandafter\newtoks\csname\??mpinstancetokens#1\endcsname\fi -% \t_meta_instance\emptytoks % in case we redefine -% \getparameters[\??mpinstance#1][\s!format=mpost,\s!extensions=\v!no,\s!initializations=\v!no,#2]} - \appendtoks \ifcsname\??mpinstancetokens\currentMPinstance\endcsname \else \expandafter\newtoks\csname\??mpinstancetokens\currentMPinstance\endcsname @@ -362,34 +354,36 @@ \let \m_meta_current_variable \empty \let \m_meta_current_variable_template\empty +\installcorenamespace{graphicvariable} + \def \meta_prepare_variable_default {\MPcolor{black}} % just to be sure we use a color but ... -\edef\meta_unknown_variable_template {\??gv:\s!unknown} +\edef\meta_unknown_variable_template {\??graphicvariable:\s!unknown} -\letvalue{\??gv:\s!unknown}\empty +\letvalue{\??graphicvariable:\s!unknown}\empty \unexpanded\def\setupMPvariables {\dodoubleempty\meta_setup_variables} \def\meta_setup_variables[#1][#2]% {\ifsecondargument - \getrawparameters[\??gv#1:][#2]% + \getrawparameters[\??graphicvariable#1:][#2]% \else - \getrawparameters[\??gv:][#1]% + \getrawparameters[\??graphicvariable:][#1]% \fi} \unexpanded\def\presetMPvariable {\dodoubleargument\meta_preset_variable} \def\meta_preset_variable[#1][#2=#3]% - {\ifcsname\??gv#1:#2\endcsname \else - \setvalue{\??gv#1:#2}{#3}% + {\ifcsname\??graphicvariable#1:#2\endcsname \else + \setvalue{\??graphicvariable#1:#2}{#3}% \fi} \def\MPrawvar#1#2% no checking - {\csname\??gv#1:#2\endcsname} + {\csname\??graphicvariable#1:#2\endcsname} \def\MPvariable#1% todo: could be a framed chain - {\csname\??gv\currentmpvariableclass:#1\endcsname} + {\csname\??graphicvariable\currentmpvariableclass:#1\endcsname} \unexpanded\def\useMPvariables {\dodoubleargument\meta_use_variables} @@ -403,7 +397,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\meta_prepare_variable#1% {\edef\m_meta_current_variable_template - {\??gv\currentmpvariableclass:#1}% + {\??graphicvariable\currentmpvariableclass:#1}% \edef\m_meta_current_variable {\csname\ifcsname\m_meta_current_variable_template\endcsname \m_meta_current_variable_template\else\meta_unknown_variable_template @@ -1172,11 +1166,9 @@ %D %D Here is a generic setup command: -\newtoks\everysetupMPgraphics +\installcorenamespace{MPgraphics} -\unexpanded\def\setupMPgraphics[#1]% - {\getparameters[\??mp][#1]% - \the\everysetupMPgraphics} +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??MPgraphics {MPgraphics} %D Here we hook in the outer color. When \type {color} is set to \type %D {global} we get the outer color automatically. If you change this @@ -1184,7 +1176,7 @@ %D behave in unexpected ways. \appendtoks - \doifelse\@@mpcolor\v!global{\MPcolormethod\plusone}{\MPcolormethod\zerocount}% + \doifelse{\directMPgraphicsparameter\c!color}\v!global{\MPcolormethod\plusone}{\MPcolormethod\zerocount}% \to \everysetupMPgraphics \setupMPgraphics diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-def.mkiv b/tex/context/base/mult-def.mkiv index a2673f9d2..c7c3402a6 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-def.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-def.mkiv @@ -63,6 +63,10 @@ \def\s!italics {italics} \def\s!integral {integral} +\def\c!HL {HL} +\def\c!VL {VL} +\def\c!NL {NL} + \ifdefined\v!kerncharacters\else \def\v!kerncharacters{kerncharacters} \fi % no time now for translations should be a e! actually \ifdefined\v!stretched \else \def\v!stretched {stretched} \fi \ifdefined\v!vulgarfraction\else \def\v!vulgarfraction{vulgarfraction} \fi diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-low.lua b/tex/context/base/mult-low.lua index fb4e05d49..fbd5d585d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-low.lua +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-low.lua @@ -17,6 +17,7 @@ return { "zeropoint", "onepoint", "halfapoint", "onebasepoint", "maxdimen", "scaledpoint", "thousandpoint", "points", "halfpoint", "zeroskip", + "zeromuskip", "onemuskip", "pluscxxvii", "pluscxxviii", "pluscclv", "pluscclvi", "normalpagebox", -- -- @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ return { -- "removetoks", "appendtoks", "prependtoks", "appendtotoks", "prependtotoks", "to", -- - "endgraf", "empty", "null", "space", "quad", "enspace", "obeyspaces", "obeylines", "normalspace", + "endgraf", "endpar", "everyendpar", "empty", "null", "space", "quad", "enspace", "obeyspaces", "obeylines", "normalspace", -- "executeifdefined", -- diff --git a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv index f76840971..46d321632 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/mult-sys.mkiv @@ -452,108 +452,52 @@ %D for instance is available as \type{\??ag} and expands to %D \type{@@ag} in composed variables. -\definesystemvariable {ab} % AlignedBoxes -\definesystemvariable {ae} % AttributEs -\definesystemvariable {an} % ANchor -\definesystemvariable {as} % AlignmentSwitch -\definesystemvariable {bp} % BreakPoint -\definesystemvariable {bx} % BackendExport -\definesystemvariable {cb} % CollectBox -\definesystemvariable {cp} % CliP -\definesystemvariable {da} % DAte +\definesystemvariable {du} % dummy, will stay + +% these will be replaced by namespaces / commandhandlers + \definesystemvariable {db} % Labels \definesystemvariable {dd} % DoorDefinieren -\definesystemvariable {de} % DEel -\definesystemvariable {dl} % DunneLijnen -\definesystemvariable {dn} % DoorNummeren -\definesystemvariable {dm} % DefineMeasure -\definesystemvariable {du} % DUmmy -\definesystemvariable {ef} % ExternFiguur -\definesystemvariable {en} % ENvironments -\definesystemvariable {ex} % ExterneFiguren -\definesystemvariable {fc} % FramedContent -\definesystemvariable {fi} % FIle Once -\definesystemvariable {fo} % xml FO (xtag) -\definesystemvariable {fu} % FontSolution -\definesystemvariable {fw} % simpleFonts by Wolfgang -\definesystemvariable {fx} % FoXet -\definesystemvariable {gb} % Graphic Bitmaps -\definesystemvariable {gv} % Graphic Variable -\definesystemvariable {ha} % HAng \definesystemvariable {id} % Index -\definesystemvariable {ih} % InHoudsopgave -\definesystemvariable {il} % stelInvulRegelsin -\definesystemvariable {ip} % InsertPages -\definesystemvariable {it} % stelInTerliniein -\definesystemvariable {iv} % stelInvulLijnenin -\definesystemvariable {ka} % KAntlijn + \definesystemvariable {kl} % KoLommen -\definesystemvariable {km} % KenMerk -\definesystemvariable {kp} % KopPelteken \definesystemvariable {ks} % KolomSpan -\definesystemvariable {kt} % KonTakten -\definesystemvariable {kw} % KontaktWaarde -\definesystemvariable {le} % LinetablE -\definesystemvariable {lf} % LocalFigures -\definesystemvariable {lg} % taal (LanGuage) -\definesystemvariable {lk} % LinK -\definesystemvariable {ll} % Layers -\definesystemvariable {lr} % LayeR -\definesystemvariable {lu} % LUacode -\definesystemvariable {ma} % MargeAchtergrond \definesystemvariable {mc} % MultiColumn -\definesystemvariable {mt} % inline MaTh -\definesystemvariable {mt} % multi column (!!! double usage) -\definesystemvariable {mo} % Math Options -\definesystemvariable {mp} % MetaPost -\definesystemvariable {nn} % structurenumbering -\definesystemvariable {nm} % Nummering -\definesystemvariable {np} % NaastPlaatsen -\definesystemvariable {nr} % Nummeren +\definesystemvariable {mt} % MulTicolumn + +\definesystemvariable {fc} % FramedContent +\definesystemvariable {od} % Omlijnd Defaults (simple) \definesystemvariable {oi} % OmlijndInstellingen \definesystemvariable {ol} % OmLijnd -\definesystemvariable {od} % Omlijnd Defaults (simple) -\definesystemvariable {pb} % PuBlication -\definesystemvariable {pc} % PageComment -\definesystemvariable {ph} % ParagrapH -\definesystemvariable {pn} % PaginaNummer -\definesystemvariable {pr} % PRogrammas -\definesystemvariable {py} % PropertYs + +\definesystemvariable {le} % LinetablE + +% bibl: + \definesystemvariable {pv} % PublicationVariable -\definesystemvariable {ql} % catcode table let % already defined -\definesystemvariable {qd} % catcode table def % already defined -\definesystemvariable {qu} % catcode table ued % already defined -\definesystemvariable {qm} % catcode table meaning % already defined -\definesystemvariable {rn} % RegelNummer -\definesystemvariable {rs} % RaSters -\definesystemvariable {rt} % RoosTers -\definesystemvariable {rw} % RenderingWindow -\definesystemvariable {sb} % SectieBlok -\definesystemvariable {sd} % SounD -\definesystemvariable {se} % SEctie -\definesystemvariable {sh} % ShapeText -\definesystemvariable {sp} % SelecteerPapier +\definesystemvariable {pb} % PuBlication + +% needs checking (namespaces now) + +\definesystemvariable {fw} % simpleFonts by Wolfgang + +% old pragma + +\definesystemvariable {kt} % KonTakten +\definesystemvariable {kw} % KontaktWaarde \definesystemvariable {st} % STickers -\definesystemvariable {sx} % Selector -\definesystemvariable {ta} % TAb -\definesystemvariable {tb} % TekstBlokken -\definesystemvariable {te} % TEmplate -\definesystemvariable {ti} % TabelInstellingen -\definesystemvariable {tl} % TekstLijnen -\definesystemvariable {tt} % TabulaTe -\definesystemvariable {tx} % TeXtflow -\definesystemvariable {ur} % URl -\definesystemvariable {vn} % VoetNoten +\definesystemvariable {km} % KenMerk + +% mkii + \definesystemvariable {xf} % XML File (xtag) \definesystemvariable {xp} % XML Processing (xtag, so still needed) -\definesystemvariable {za} % layout adapt % ZetspiegelAanpassing -\definesystemvariable {zc} % columns +\definesystemvariable {fo} % xml FO (xtag) +\definesystemvariable {fx} % FoXet % still used but defined locally -\definesystemvariable {cs} % CharacterSpacing \definesystemvariable {ts} % TypeScript -\definesystemvariable {kk} % Kapitalen % obsolete but kept for a while (core-obs) @@ -621,8 +565,8 @@ %definefileconstant {figureextension} {tuf} %definefileconstant {inputextension} {tui} %definefileconstant {outputextension} {tuo} % tup for previous run -\definefileconstant {optionextension} {top} -\definefileconstant {temporaryextension} {tmp} +%definefileconstant {optionextension} {top} +%definefileconstant {temporaryextension} {tmp} %definefileconstant {patternsextension} {pat} %definefileconstant {hyphensextension} {hyp} %definefileconstant {fontmapextension} {map} diff --git a/tex/context/base/pack-bck.mkvi b/tex/context/base/pack-bck.mkvi index fbe704fab..57d0ee456 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/pack-bck.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/pack-bck.mkvi @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ % \c!color=, % \c!background=\v!screen, % \c!backgroundcolor=\backgroundparameter\c!color, -% \c!screen=\@@rsscreen, +% \c!screen=\defaultbackgroundscreen, % \c!background=\v!color, \c!backgroundcolor=lightgray, diff --git a/tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv b/tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv index dae6acf47..72b12d639 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/pack-mrl.mkiv @@ -13,26 +13,24 @@ \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Packaging Macros / More Rules} -%D This module needs an overhaul. +%D The (re)implementation of margin rules has been moved elsewhere. \unprotect %D \macros %D {setupblackrules,blackrule} %D -%D The graphic capabilities of \TEX\ do not go beyond simple -%D filled rules, except of course when using specials. Let's -%D start with a warning: using this commands is far more slower -%D than using the \TEX\ primitives \type{\hrule} and -%D \type{\vrule}, but they save us some tokens. The +%D The graphic capabilities of \TEX\ do not go beyond simple filled rules, except of +%D course when using specials or, in \MKIV, manipulate node lists. Let's start with +%D a warning: using this commands is far more slower than using the \TEX\ primitives +%D \type {\hrule} and \type {\vrule}, but they save us some tokens. The %D characteristics of these rule drawing command can be set by: %D %D \showsetup{setupblackrules} %D -%D The simple command draws only one rule. Its optional -%D argument can be used to specify the dimensions. By setting -%D the width, height or depth to \type {max}, one gets the -%D natural dimensions. +%D The simple command draws only one rule. Its optional argument can be used to +%D specify the dimensions. By setting the width, height or depth to \type {max}, one +%D gets the natural dimensions. %D %D \showsetup{blackrule} @@ -73,8 +71,8 @@ %D \macros %D {blackrules} %D -%D One can call for a sequence of black rules, if needed -%D equally spaced over the given width. +%D One can call for a sequence of black rules, if needed equally spaced over the +%D given width. %D %D \showsetup{blackrules} %D @@ -93,9 +91,8 @@ %D \getbuffer %D \stoplines %D -%D We could of course have implemented this macro using -%D \type{\leaders}, but this would probably have taken more -%D tokens. +%D We could of course have implemented this macro using \type {\leaders}, but this +%D would probably have taken more tokens. \unexpanded\def\blackrules % probably never used {\hbox\bgroup @@ -135,139 +132,19 @@ \c!distance=.25\emwidth, \c!color=] -%D Marginrules will either become obsolete or be redone. - -%D The next commands can be used to draw margin rules. We -%D support two methods: \marginrule{one for in||line use} and -%D one that acts on a paragraph. Drawing a margin rule is -%D rather straightforward because we can use the commands that -%D put text in the margin. - -\def\dodrawmarginrule - {\setbox\scratchbox\hbox - {\vrule\!!depth\strutdepth\!!height\strutheight\!!width\@@karulethickness}% - \smashbox\scratchbox % no \vsmash !!! - \box\scratchbox} - -\def\drawmarginrule - {\strut\inleft{\dodrawmarginrule}} - -%D \macros -%D {marginrule} -%D -%D The first method gobbles words and simply puts a bar in the -%D margin. This method is not entirely robust. -%D -%D \showsetup{marginrule} - -\definecomplexorsimple\marginrule - -\def\simplemarginrule - {\let\processword\drawmarginrule - \processwords} - -\def\complexmarginrule[#1]% - {\ifnum#1<\@@kalevel\relax \else - \def\@@kadefaultwidth{#1}% - \expandafter\simplemarginrule - \fi} - -%D We need an auxiliary variable - -\def\@@kadefaultwidth{1} - -%D \macros -%D {setupmarginrules} -%D -%D This macro definitions show us that we can pass an optional -%D level, which is matched against the previous set one. The -%D level can be set up with -%D -%D \showsetup{setupmarginrules} - -% \unexpanded\def\setupmarginrules -% {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ka]} -% -% %D \macros -% %D {startmarginrule} -% %D -% %D The second method collects text and reformats it afterwards, -% %D using the shapebox macros. We prevent local margin rules. -% %D -% %D \showsetup{startmarginrule} -% -% \definecomplexorsimple\startmarginrule -% -% \def\simplestartmarginrule -% {\bgroup -% \let\drawmarginrule\relax -% \let\stopmarginrule\dostopmarginrule -% \beginofshapebox} -% -% \def\complexstartmarginrule[#1]% -% {\bgroup -% \let\drawmarginrule\relax -% \ifnum#1<\@@kalevel\relax -% \let\stopmarginrule\egroup -% \else -% \def\@@kadefaultwidth{#1}% -% \let\stopmarginrule\dostopmarginrule -% \expandafter\beginofshapebox -% \fi} -% -% \def\dostopmarginrule -% {\endofshapebox -% \reshapebox -% {\hbox{\inleftmargin{\dodrawmarginrule}\box\shapebox}}% -% \flushshapebox -% \egroup} - -%D \startbuffer -%D \setupmarginrules[level=5] -%D -%D \startmarginrule[1] -%D First we set the level at~5. Next we typeset this first -%D paragraph as a level~1 one. As expected no rule show up. -%D \stopmarginrule -%D -%D \startmarginrule[5] -%D The second paragraph is a level~5 one. As we can see here, -%D the marginal rule gets a width according to its level. -%D \stopmarginrule -%D -%D \startmarginrule[8] -%D It will of course be no surprise that this third paragraph -%D has a even thicker margin rule. This behavior can be -%D overruled by specifying the width explictly. -%D \stopmarginrule -%D \stopbuffer -%D -%D In next example we show most features. Watch the rule -%D thickness adapting itself to the level. -%D -%D \startexample -%D \getbuffer -%D \stopexample -%D -%D We just said: -%D -%D \typebuffer - %D \macros %D {vl, hl} %D -%D The command \type{\vl} draws a vertical rule \vl\ with strut -%D dimensions, multiplied with the factor specified in the -%D optional argument. The height and depth are clipped \vl[3] -%D to the baselinedistance. Its horizontal counterpart -%D \type{\hl} draws a horizontal rule \hl\ with a width of 1em, -%D multiplied with the optional factor. The horizontal rule is -%D drawn on top of the baseline. +%D The command \type {\vl} draws a vertical rule \vl\ with strut dimensions, +%D multiplied with the factor specified in the optional argument. The height and +%D depth are clipped \vl [3] to the baselinedistance. Its horizontal counterpart +%D \type {\hl} draws a horizontal rule \hl\ with a width of 1em, multiplied with the +%D optional factor. The horizontal rule is drawn on top of the baseline. %D %D \showsetup{vl} %D \showsetup{hl} -\unexpanded\def\dovlwdhtdp#1#2#3% used elsewhere +\unexpanded\def\pack_rule_vl_indeed#1#2#3% {\bgroup \setbox\scratchbox\hbox {\vrule @@ -279,25 +156,27 @@ \box\scratchbox \egroup} -\def\complexvl[#1]% - {\dovlwdhtdp\plusone{#1}{#1}} +\def\pack_rule_vl[#1]% + {\pack_rule_vl_indeed{#1}{#1}{#1}} -\def\complexhl[#1]% +\def\pack_rule_hl[#1]% {\hbox {\vrule \!!width #1\emwidth \!!height\linewidth \!!depth \zeropoint}} -\definecomplexorsimple\vl \def\simplevl{\complexvl[\plusone]} -\definecomplexorsimple\hl \def\simplehl{\complexhl[\plusone]} +\unexpanded\def\vl{\dosingleempty\pack_rule_vl} +\unexpanded\def\hl{\dosingleempty\pack_rule_hl} + +\let\dovlwdhtdp\pack_rule_vl_indeed % used elsewhere %D \macros %D {hairline, thinrule, thinrules, setupthinrules} %D -%D Drawing thin lines can of course easily be accomplished by -%D the \TEX\ primitives \type{\hrule} and \type{\vrule}. The -%D next few macros however free us from some specifications. +%D Drawing thin lines can of course easily be accomplished by the \TEX\ +%D primitives \type{\hrule} and \type{\vrule}. The next few macros however +%D free us from some specifications. %D %D \startbuffer %D some text @@ -338,112 +217,158 @@ %D %D which looks like: \thinrules[n=2] -\newconstant\ruletype +\installcorenamespace{thinrules} +\installcorenamespace{thinrulealternatives} + +\installdirectcommandhandler \??thinrules {thinrules} + +\setupthinrules + [\c!interlinespace=\v!small, + \c!n=3, + \c!before=, + \c!inbetween={\blank[\v!white]}, + \c!after=, + \c!color=, + \c!height=.5\linewidth, + \c!depth=.5\linewidth, + \c!frame=\v!on, % compatible with textbackgrounds + \c!alternative=\v!b, + \c!backgroundcolor=, + \c!background=, + \c!rulethickness=\linewidth] + +\letvalue{\??thinrulealternatives\v!a }\zerocount +\letvalue{\??thinrulealternatives\v!b }\plusone +\letvalue{\??thinrulealternatives\v!c }\plustwo +\letvalue{\??thinrulealternatives\v!none}\zerocount + +\newconstant\c_pack_thinrules_type \def\thinrule {\strut \bgroup - \ruletype\plusone - \processaction - [\@@dlalternative] - [ \v!a=>\ruletype\zerocount,% no line - %\v!b=>\ruletype\plusone ,% height/depth - \v!c=>\ruletype\plustwo ,% topheight/botdepth - % 11=>\ruletype\plusone ,% fallback for backgrounds - 0=>\ruletype\zerocount,% compatible with backgrounds - % 1=>\ruletype\plusone ,% compatible with backgrounds - 2=>\ruletype\plustwo ]% compatible with backgrounds - \doifsomething\@@dlrulethickness - {\linewidth\@@dlrulethickness}% + \edef\p_height {\directthinrulesparameter\c!height}% + \edef\p_depth {\directthinrulesparameter\c!depth}% + \edef\p_background{\directthinrulesparameter\c!background}% + \edef\p_frame {\directthinrulesparameter\c!frame}% + \linewidth\dimexpr\directthinrulesparameter\c!rulethickness/\plustwo\relax \ifdim\linewidth=\zeropoint - \ruletype\zerocount + \c_pack_thinrules_type\zerocount + \else\ifx\p_frame\v!on + \c_pack_thinrules_type\expandcheckedcsname\??thinrulealternatives{\directthinrulesparameter\c!alternative}\v!b\relax + \else + \c_pack_thinrules_type\zerocount + \fi\fi + \ifnum\c_pack_thinrules_type=\plusone + \ifx\p_height\v!max + \scratchheight\strutht + \else + \setdimensionwithunit\scratchheight\p_height\strutht + \fi + \ifx\p_depth\v!max + \scratchdepth\strutdp + \else + \setdimensionwithunit\scratchdepth\p_depth\strutdp + \fi \else - \doifnot\@@dlframe\v!on{\ruletype\zerocount}% + \scratchheight\strutht + \scratchdepth \strutdp \fi - \ifnum\ruletype=\plusone - \doif\@@dlheight\v!max{\let\@@dlheight\!!plusone}% - \doif\@@dldepth \v!max{\let\@@dldepth \!!plusone}% + \ifx\p_background\v!color + \startcolor[\directthinrulesparameter\c!backgroundcolor]% + \ifnum\c_pack_thinrules_type=\plustwo % prevent overshoot due to rounding + \leaders + \hrule + \!!height\dimexpr\scratchheight-\linewidth\relax + \!!depth \dimexpr\scratchdepth -\linewidth\relax + \hfill + \else + \leaders + \hrule + \!!height\scratchheight + \!!depth \scratchdepth + \hfill + \fi + \stopcolor + \ifcase\c_pack_thinrules_type + % no rule + \or + \startcolor[\directthinrulesparameter\c!color]% + \hfillneg + \leaders + \hrule + \!!height\linewidth + \!!depth \linewidth + \hfill + \stopcolor + \or + \startcolor[\directthinrulesparameter\c!color]% + \hfillneg + \leaders + \hrule + \!!height\dimexpr-\scratchdepth+\linewidth\relax + \!!depth \scratchdepth + \hfill + \hfillneg + \leaders + \hrule + \!!height\scratchheight + \!!depth \dimexpr-\scratchheight+\linewidth\relax + \hfill + \stopcolor + \fi \else - \let\@@dlheight\!!plusone - \let\@@dldepth\!!plusone + \ifcase\c_pack_thinrules_type + % no rule + \else + \startcolor[\directthinrulesparameter\c!color]% + \leaders + \hrule + \!!height\scratchheight + \!!depth \scratchdepth + \hfill + \stopcolor + \fi \fi - \freezedimensionwithunit\@@dlheight\strutht - \freezedimensionwithunit\@@dldepth\strutdp - \divide\linewidth \plustwo - \doifelse\@@dlbackground\v!color - {\startcolor[\@@dlbackgroundcolor]% - \ifnum\ruletype=\plustwo % prevent overshoot due to rounding - \leaders - \hrule - \!!height\dimexpr\@@dlheight-.5\linewidth\relax - \!!depth \dimexpr\@@dldepth -.5\linewidth\relax - \hfill - \else - \leaders - \hrule - \!!height\@@dlheight - \!!depth \@@dldepth - \hfill - \fi - \stopcolor - \ifcase\ruletype - % no rule - \or - \startcolor[\@@dlcolor]% - \hfillneg - \leaders\hrule\!!height\linewidth\!!depth\linewidth\hfill - \stopcolor - \or - \startcolor[\@@dlcolor]% - \hfillneg\leaders\hrule\!!height\dimexpr-\@@dldepth+\linewidth\relax\!!depth\@@dldepth\hfill - \hfillneg\leaders\hrule\!!height\@@dlheight\!!depth\dimexpr-\@@dlheight+\linewidth\relax\hfill - \stopcolor - \fi} - {\ifcase\ruletype \else - \startcolor[\@@dlcolor]% - \leaders\hrule\!!height\@@dlheight\!!depth\@@dldepth\hfill - \stopcolor - \fi}% \strut \carryoverpar\egroup} -\def\hairline +\unexpanded\def\hairline {\endgraf \thinrule \endgraf} -\def\dosetupthinrules[#1]% - {\getparameters[\??dl][#1]} +\unexpanded\def\thinrules + {\dosingleempty\pack_thinrules} -\unexpanded\def\setupthinrules - {\dosingleargument\dosetupthinrules} - -\def\dothinrules[#1]% +\def\pack_thinrules[#1]% {\bgroup - \dosetupthinrules[#1]% - \@@dlbefore - \assignvalue\@@dlinterlinespace\@@dlinterlinespace{1.0}{1.5}{2.0}% - \spacing\@@dlinterlinespace - \dorecurse\@@dln - {\ifnum\recurselevel=\@@dln \dothinrulesnobreak \else - \ifnum\recurselevel=2 \dothinrulesnobreak \fi\fi - \thinrule - \ifnum\recurselevel<\@@dln\relax + \setupcurrentthinrules[#1]% + \assignvalue{\directthinrulesparameter\c!interlinespace}\m_pack_thinrules_interlinespace{1.0}{1.5}{2.0}% + \spacing\m_pack_thinrules_interlinespace + \edef\p_after {\directthinrulesparameter\c!after}% + \edef\p_inbetween{\directthinrulesparameter\c!inbetween}% + \directthinrulesparameter\c!before + \scratchcounter\directthinrulesparameter\c!n\relax + \dorecurse\scratchcounter + {\ifnum\recurselevel=\scratchcounter \penalty500 \else + \ifnum\recurselevel=\plustwo \penalty500 \fi\fi + \thinrule + \ifnum\recurselevel<\scratchcounter\relax % test needed, else messed up whitespace - \ifx\@@dlinbetween\empty - \softbreak + \ifx\p_inbetween\empty + \softbreak % \ifhmode \hskip \parfillskip \break \fi \else \endgraf \nowhitespace - \@@dlinbetween + \p_inbetween \fi \fi}% - \doifelsenothing\@@dlafter - {\carryoverpar\egroup} - {\@@dlafter\egroup}} - -\def\thinrules - {\dosingleempty\dothinrules} + \ifx\p_after\empty + \carryoverpar\egroup + \else + \p_after\egroup + \fi{}} %D A couple of examples are given below. %D @@ -464,11 +389,10 @@ %D %D \typebuffer {\getbuffer} %D -%D There are a couple of alternative ways to visualize rules -%D using backgrounds. At first sight these may look strange, -%D but they make sense in educational settings. The -%D alternatives are more or less compatible with the more -%D advanced \METAPOST\ based implementation. +%D There are a couple of alternative ways to visualize rules using backgrounds. At +%D first sight these may look strange, but they make sense in educational settings. +%D The alternatives are more or less compatible with the more advanced \METAPOST\ +%D based implementation. %D %D \startbuffer[a] %D \setupthinrules @@ -506,23 +430,11 @@ %D %D \typebuffer[b] \getbuffer[a,b] -%D \macros -%D {optimizethinrules} -%D -%D By saying \type {\thinrulestrue} or \type {-false}, we -%D can influence the way dangling lines are handled. - -\newif\ifoptimizethinrules \optimizethinrulestrue - -\def\dothinrulesnobreak - {\ifoptimizethinrules\penalty500\fi} - %D \macros %D {textrule, starttextrule, setuptextrules} %D -%D Putting rules before and after a paragraph is very space -%D sensitive, but the next command handles that quite well. It -%D comes in two disguises: +%D Putting rules before and after a paragraph is very space sensitive, but the +%D next command handles that quite well. It comes in two disguises: %D %D \startbuffer %D \textrule[top]{fragments} @@ -562,132 +474,143 @@ %D \showsetup{starttextrule} %D \showsetup{setuptextrules} %D -%D The implementation looks a bit complicated due to the -%D optional arguments. +%D The implementation looks a bit complicated due to the optional arguments. + +\installcorenamespace{textrules} +\installcorenamespace{textrulealternatives} + +\installdirectcommandhandler \??textrules {textrules} + +\setuptextrules + [\c!location=\v!left, + \c!before=\blank, + \c!after=\blank, + \c!inbetween=, + \c!width=2\emwidth, + \c!style=\v!bold, + \c!color=, + \c!rulecolor=, + \c!bodyfont=, + \c!rulethickness=\linewidth, + \c!distance=.5\emwidth] + +\unexpanded\def\textrule + {\dosingleempty\pack_textrule} + +\def\pack_textrule + {\iffirstargument + \expandafter\pack_textrule_yes + \else + \expandafter\pack_textrule_nop + \fi} + +\def\pack_textrule_yes[#1]% + {\expandcheckedcsname\??textrulealternatives{#1}\v!bottom} + +\def\pack_textrule_nop[#1]% + {\dosinglegroupempty\pack_textrule_nop_indeed} + +\def\pack_textrule_nop_indeed + {\iffirstargument + \expandafter\pack_textrule_nop_indeed_yes + \else + \expandafter\pack_textrule_nop_indeed_nop + \fi} + +\def\pack_textrule_nop_indeed_yes + {\csname\??textrulealternatives\v!top\endcsname} -\unexpanded\def\setuptextrules - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??tl]} +\def\pack_textrule_nop_indeed_nop + {\csname\??textrulealternatives\v!bottom\endcsname\empty} -\def\complextextrule[#1]% if needed we can make it installable - {\let\next\dobottomtextrule - \processaction - [#1] - [ \v!top=>\let\next\dotoptextrule, - \v!middle=>\let\next\domiddletextrule, - \v!bottom=>\let\next\dobottomtextrule]% - \dosinglegroupempty\next} +\setvalue{\??textrulealternatives\v!top}#1% + {\page[\v!preference] % interferes + \directtextrulesparameter\c!before\relax + \pack_textrule_with_text{#1}% + \nowhitespace + \directtextrulesparameter\c!inbetween\relax + \endgraf} -\definecomplexorsimple\textrule +\setvalue{\??textrulealternatives\v!bottom}#1% + {\pack_textrule_following{#1}% + \directtextrulesparameter\c!after\relax + \page[\v!preference]} -\def\simpletextrule - {\dosinglegroupempty\dounknowntextrule} +\setvalue{\??textrulealternatives\v!middle}#1% + {\pack_textrule_following{#1}% + \directtextrulesparameter\c!inbetween\relax + \page[\v!preference]} -\def\docomplextextrule#1% +\def\pack_textrule_with_text#1% {\bgroup - \advance\hsize\dimexpr-\rightskip-\leftskip\relax - \setbox\scratchbox\hbox to \hsize - {\dimen4\dimexpr .5ex+.5\linewidth\relax - \dimen6\dimexpr-.5ex+.5\linewidth\relax + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox to \availablehsize + {\scratchwidth \directtextrulesparameter\c!rulethickness\relax + \scratchheight\dimexpr .5\exheight+.5\scratchwidth\relax + \scratchdepth \dimexpr-.5\exheight+.5\scratchwidth\relax \doifsomething{#1} - {\doifelse\@@tllocation\v!inmargin + {\doifelse{\directtextrulesparameter\c!location}\v!inmargin {\llap - {\dousestyleparameter\@@tlstyle - \dousecolorparameter\@@tlcolor + {\usetextrulesstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color #1% \hskip\leftmargindistance}} - {\color[\@@tlrulecolor] - {\vrule\!!height\dimen4\!!depth\dimen6\!!width\@@tlwidth}% - \hbox spread 2\dimexpr\@@tldistance\relax + {\color[\directtextrulesparameter\c!rulecolor] + {\vrule\!!height\scratchheight\!!depth\scratchdepth\!!width\directtextrulesparameter\c!width}% + \hbox spread 2\dimexpr\directtextrulesparameter\c!distance\relax {\hss - \dousestyleparameter\@@tlstyle - \dousecolorparameter\@@tlcolor + \usetextrulesstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color \strut#1% \hss}}}% - \color[\@@tlrulecolor] - {\leaders\hrule\!!height\dimen4\!!depth\dimen6\hfill}}% + \color[\directtextrulesparameter\c!rulecolor] + {\leaders\hrule\!!height\scratchheight\!!depth\scratchdepth\hfill}}% \ht\scratchbox\strutht \dp\scratchbox\strutdp \noindent\box\scratchbox -%\nobreak\verticalstrut\kern-\struttotal -% evt \witruimte \egroup} -\def\dotoptextrule#1% - {\page[\v!preference] % interferes - %\whitespace % no - \@@tlbefore - \docomplextextrule{#1}% -% todo, option: \doifnothing{#1}{\ruledvskip-.5ex} - \nowhitespace - \@@tlinbetween - \endgraf} - -\def\dodobottomtextrule#1#2% +\def\pack_textrule_following#1% {\ifhmode \endgraf \fi - \dimen0\strutdp - \ifdim\prevdepth>\strutdp\else % was <\strutdp - \ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint - \advance\dimen0 -\prevdepth + \vskip\dimexpr \strutdp +.5\exheight + \ifdim\prevdepth>\strutdp\else % was <\strutdp + \ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint + -\prevdepth + \fi \fi - \fi - \advance\dimen0 .5ex - \vskip\dimen0 -% == -% \vskip\dimexpr \strutdp + .5ex -% \ifdim\prevdepth>\strutdp\else\ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint-\prevdepth\fi\fi\relax -% - \@@tlinbetween - \doifelsenothing{#2} - {\bgroup - \advance\hsize\dimexpr-\rightskip-\leftskip\relax - \nointerlineskip - \moveleft-\leftskip\vbox - {\color[\@@tlrulecolor] - {\hrule\!!depth\linewidth\!!height\zeropoint\!!width\hsize}}% - \egroup} - {\docomplextextrule{#2}}% - \ifvmode\prevdepth\zeropoint\fi - #1% - \page[\v!preference]} - -\def\dobottomtextrule - {\dodobottomtextrule\@@tlafter} - -\def\domiddletextrule - {\dodobottomtextrule\@@tlinbetween} - -\def\dounknowntextrule - {\iffirstargument - \@EA\dotoptextrule - \else - \@EA\dobottomtextrule\@EA\empty + \relax + \directtextrulesparameter\c!inbetween\relax + \doifelsenothing{#1} + {\nointerlineskip + \dontleavehmode\vbox + {\color[\directtextrulesparameter\c!rulecolor] + {\hrule\!!depth\directtextrulesparameter\c!rulethickness\!!height\zeropoint\!!width\availablehsize}}} + {\pack_textrule_with_text{#1}}% + \ifvmode + \prevdepth\zeropoint \fi} %D The grouped commands also supports bodyfont switching: \unexpanded\def\starttextrule#1% {\bgroup - \def\dounknowntextrule{\domiddletextrule} - \dotoptextrule{#1} + \def\pack_textrule_nop_indeed{\csname\??textrulealternatives\v!middle\endcsname}% + \csname\??textrulealternatives\v!top\endcsname{#1}% \bgroup - \doifsomething\@@tlbodyfont{\switchtobodyfont[\@@tlbodyfont]}} + \doifsomething{\directtextrulesparameter\c!bodyfont}{\switchtobodyfont[\directtextrulesparameter\c!bodyfont]}} \unexpanded\def\stoptextrule {\par \egroup - \dobottomtextrule\empty + \csname\??textrulealternatives\v!bottom\endcsname\empty \egroup} %D \macros %D {fillinrules, setupfillinrules} %D -%D The next few commands do not really deserve a place in a -%D core module, because they deal with specific typography. -%D Nevertheless I decided to make them part of the core, -%D because they permit us to make questionaires. Let's start -%D with some examples. +%D The next few commands do not really deserve a place in a core module, because +%D they deal with specific typography. Nevertheless I decided to make them part of +%D the core, because they permit us to make questionaires. Let's start with some +%D examples. %D %D \fillinrules[n=2,width=fit]{first} %D \fillinrules[n=2,width=broad]{first} @@ -696,85 +619,112 @@ %D \fillinrules[n=2]{first}{last} %D \fillintext{first}{last} \input reich \par %D -%D The main command is \type{\fillinrules}. This command takes -%D one and an optional second argument and sets a paragraph with -%D empty visualized lines. +%D The main command is \type{\fillinrules}. This command takes one and an optional +%D second argument and sets a paragraph with empty visualized lines. %D %D \showsetup{fillinrules} %D \showsetup{setupfillinrules} -\unexpanded\def\setupfillinrules - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??il]} -\definecomplexorsimpleempty\fillinrules +\installcorenamespace{fillinrules} + +\installdirectcommandhandler \??fillinrules {fillinrules} + +\setupfillinrules + [\c!width=\v!broad, + \c!distance=\emwidth, + \c!before=\blank, + \c!after=\blank, + \c!n=\plusone, + \c!interlinespace=\v!small, + \c!separator=, + \c!style=, + \c!color=] -\def\complexfillinrules[#1]% - {\def\docomplexfillinrules##1##2% - {\dodocomplexfillinrules[#1]{##1}{##2}{\thinrules - [\c!n=\@@iln,\c!interlinespace=\@@ilinterlinespace,\c!before=,\c!after=]}}% - \dodoublegroupempty\docomplexfillinrules} +\unexpanded\def\fillinrules + {\dosingleempty\pack_fillinrules} -\def\dodocomplexfillinrules[#1]#2#3#4% +\def\pack_fillinrules[#1]% {\endgraf - \@@ilbefore \begingroup - \setupfillinrules[#1]% + \setupcurrentfillinrules[#1]% + \let\pack_fillinrules_rule\thinrules + \dodoublegroupempty\pack_fillinrules_indeed} + +\def\pack_fillinrules_indeed#1#2% + {\directfillinrulesparameter\c!before + \setupcurrentthinrules + [\c!n=\directfillinrulesparameter\c!n, + \c!interlinespace=\directfillinrulesparameter\c!interlinespace, + \c!before=, + \c!after=]% + \scratchdistance\directfillinrulesparameter\c!distance\relax + \edef\m_fillinrules_one{#1}% + \edef\m_fillinrules_two{#2}% \noindent - \doifsomething{#2} - {\doifelse\@@ilwidth\v!fit - {\let\@@ildistance\!!zeropoint - \hbox} - {\doifelse\@@ilwidth\v!broad - {\hbox} - {\hbox to \@@ilwidth}}% - \bgroup - \dousestyleparameter\@@ilstyle - \dousecolorparameter\@@ilcolor - \strut#2\hfill\@@ilseparator\hskip\@@ildistance - \egroup}% - %\hangindent=\wd0\relax % tzt hang=yes,n - %\parindent=\hangindent - %\box0\relax + \ifx\m_fillinrules_one\empty \else + \edef\p_width{\directfillinrulesparameter\c!width}% + \ifx\p_width\v!fit + \scratchdistance\zeropoint + \hbox + \else\ifx\p_width\v!broad + \hbox + \else + \hbox to \directfillinrulesparameter\c!width + \fi\fi + \bgroup + \usefillinrulesstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color + \strut + \m_fillinrules_one + \hfill\directfillinrulesparameter\c!separator + \hskip\scratchdistance + \egroup + \fi \setupwhitespace[\v!big]% \ignorespaces - #4% - \doifsomething{#3} - {\kern\@@ildistance - \dousestyleparameter\@@ilstyle - \dousecolorparameter\@@ilcolor - #3\strut}% - \endgroup + \pack_fillinrules_rule + \ifx\m_fillinrules_two\empty \else + \kern\scratchdistance + \usefillinrulesstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color + \m_fillinrules_two + \strut + \fi \endgraf - \@@ilafter} + \directfillinrulesparameter\c!after + \endgroup} %D \macros %D {fillintext} %D -%D To provide compatible layouts when texts and lines are -%D mixed, one can typeset a paragraph by using the command -%D \type{\fillintext}. +%D To provide compatible layouts when texts and lines are mixed, one can typeset +%D a paragraph by using the command \type {\fillintext}. %D %D \showsetup{fillintext} -\definecomplexorsimpleempty\fillintext +\unexpanded\def\fillintext + {\dosingleempty\pack_fillintext} + +\def\pack_fillintext[#1]% ugly + {\endgraf + \begingroup + \setupcurrentfillinrules[#1]% + \dodoublegroupempty\pack_fillintext_indeed} -\def\complexfillintext[#1]% rather rough, using an \unhbox is suboptimal - {\def\docomplexfillintext##1##2% - {\dowithnextbox - {\dodocomplexfillinrules[#1]{##1}{\hfill##2}{\unhbox\nextbox\unskip}}% - \hbox\bgroup\let\par\egroup\ignorespaces}% - \dodoublegroupempty\docomplexfillintext} +\def\pack_fillintext_indeed#1#2% + {\def\pack_fillinrules_rule{\unhbox\nextbox\unskip}% + \dowithnextbox{\pack_fillinrules_indeed{#1}{\hfill#2}}% + \hbox\bgroup\let\par\egroup\ignorespaces} %D \macros %D {fillinline, setupfillinlines} %D -%D Another member of the family takes care of putting a (often -%D small) rule after a piece of text, like +%D Another member of the family takes care of putting a (often small) rule after +%D a piece of text, like %D %D \startbuffer -%D \fillinline \input reich \par +%D +%D \stopbuffer\fillinline \input reich \par %D \fillinline[margin=0cm] \input reich \par -%D \stopbuffer %D %D \startexample %D \getbuffer @@ -789,82 +739,71 @@ %D \showsetup{fillinline} %D \showsetup{setupfillinlines} -\unexpanded\def\setupfillinlines - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??iv]} +\installcorenamespace{fillinlines} -\definecomplexorsimpleempty\fillinline +\installdirectcommandhandler \??fillinlines {fillinlines} -\def\complexfillinline[#1]% - {%\endgraf % interferes with \definedescription cum suis - \@@ivbefore - \begingroup - \setupfillinlines[#1]% - \advance\rightskip \@@ivmargin - \parfillskip\zeropoint - \def\par % very dangerous - {\let\par\endgraf % -) - \ifhmode\unskip\hfill\fi - \scratchdimen\dimexpr\@@ivwidth-\@@ivdistance\relax - \ifdim\scratchdimen>\@@ivmargin\else\expandafter\rlap\fi - {\kern\@@ivdistance - \vrule - \!!width \scratchdimen - \!!height.5\linewidth - \!!depth .5\linewidth}% - \endgraf % ! - \endgroup - \endgraf % ! - \@@ilafter}} - -%D Will move up: - -% \setupmarginrules -% [\c!level=0, -% \c!rulethickness=\@@kadefaultwidth\linewidth] - -\setupthinrules - [\c!interlinespace=\v!small, - \c!n=3, - \c!before=, - \c!inbetween={\blank[\v!white]}, - \c!after=, +\setupfillinlines + [\c!width=8\emwidth, % was 3cm + \c!margin=\directfillinlinesparameter\c!width, + \c!rulethickness=\linewidth, \c!color=, - \c!height=.5\linewidth, - \c!depth=.5\linewidth, - \c!frame=\v!on, % compatible with textbackgrounds - \c!alternative=\v!b, - \c!backgroundcolor=, - \c!background=, - \c!rulethickness=] - -\setuptextrules - [\c!location=\v!left, + \c!distance=\emwidth, \c!before=\blank, - \c!after=\blank, - \c!inbetween=, - \c!width=2em, - \c!style=\v!bold, - \c!color=, - \c!rulecolor=, - \c!bodyfont=, - \c!distance=.5em] + \c!after=\blank] -\setupfillinrules - [\c!width=\v!broad, - \c!distance=1em, - \c!before=\blank, - \c!after=\blank, - \c!n=1, - \c!interlinespace=\v!small, - \c!separator=, - \c!style=\v!normal, - \c!color=] +\unexpanded\def\fillinline + {\dosingleempty\pack_fillinline} + +\ifdefined\endpar % experiment with \endpar + + \def\pack_fillinline[#1]% + {% \endpar % no, as it interferes with \definedescription cum suis + \begingroup + \setupcurrentfillinlines[#1]% + \directfillinlinesparameter\c!before + \begingroup + \advance\rightskip \directfillinlinesparameter\c!margin\relax + \parfillskip\zeropoint + \pushmacro\endpar + \def\endpar + {\popmacro\endpar + \ifhmode\unskip\hfill\fi + \scratchwidth\dimexpr\directfillinlinesparameter\c!width-\directfillinlinesparameter\c!distance\relax + \ifdim\scratchwidth>\directfillinlinesparameter\c!margin\else\expandafter\rlap\fi + {\kern\directfillinlinesparameter\c!distance + \scratchheight\dimexpr\directfillinlinesparameter\c!rulethickness/\plustwo\relax + \color[\directfillinlinesparameter\c!color]{\vrule\!!width\scratchwidth\!!height\scratchheight\!!depth\scratchheight}}% + \endpar + \endgroup + \endpar + \directfillinlinesparameter\c!after + \endgroup}} % carryover ? + +\else + + \def\pack_fillinline[#1]% + {%\endgraf % no, as it interferes with \definedescription cum suis + \begingroup + \setupcurrentfillinlines[#1]% + \directfillinlinesparameter\c!before + \begingroup + \advance\rightskip \directfillinlinesparameter\c!margin\relax + \parfillskip\zeropoint + \def\par + {\let\par\endgraf + \ifhmode\unskip\hfill\fi + \scratchwidth\dimexpr\directfillinlinesparameter\c!width-\directfillinlinesparameter\c!distance\relax + \ifdim\scratchwidth>\directfillinlinesparameter\c!margin\else\expandafter\rlap\fi + {\kern\directfillinlinesparameter\c!distance + \scratchheight\dimexpr\directfillinlinesparameter\c!rulethickness/\plustwo\relax + \color[\directfillinlinesparameter\c!color]{\vrule\!!width\scratchwidth\!!height\scratchheight\!!depth\scratchheight}}% + \endgraf + \endgroup + \endgraf + \directfillinlinesparameter\c!after + \endgroup}} % carryover ? -\setupfillinlines - [\c!width=3cm, - \c!margin=\@@ivwidth, - \c!distance=1em, - \c!before=\blank, - \c!after=\blank] +\fi \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv b/tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv index 16b4460e9..e0be2db13 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/pack-rul.mkiv @@ -54,8 +54,16 @@ %D %D \showsetup{setupscreens} -\unexpanded\def\setupscreens - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??rs]} +\installcorenamespace{screens} + +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??screens {screens} + +\appendtoks + \edef\defaultbackgroundscreen{\directscreensparameter\c!screen} +\to \everysetupscreens + +\setupscreens + [\c!screen=0.90] % was 0.95 but that's hardly visible %D The parameter handler: @@ -2492,7 +2500,7 @@ %\c!foregroundstyle=, %\c!background=, %\c!backgroundcolor=, - \c!backgroundscreen=\@@rsscreen, + \c!backgroundscreen=\defaultbackgroundscreen, \c!linecorrection=\v!on, \c!depthcorrection=\v!on, \c!margin=\v!standard] @@ -2861,7 +2869,7 @@ %\c!foregroundcolor=, %\c!foregroundstyle=, %\c!background=, - \c!backgroundscreen=\@@rsscreen, + \c!backgroundscreen=\defaultbackgroundscreen, %\c!backgroundcolor=, \c!backgroundoffset=\zeropoint, %\c!framecolor=, @@ -2890,7 +2898,4 @@ %\c!toffset=\zeropoint, ]%\c!boffset=\zeropoint] -\setupscreens - [\c!screen=0.95] - \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-bck.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-bck.mkiv index 100c186dd..4fbbba9f4 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-bck.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-bck.mkiv @@ -42,6 +42,12 @@ \fi \to \everybeforepagebody +\unexpanded\def\initializepagebackgrounds + {\setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_new + \setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_new_right + \setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_new_left + \setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_some} + %D We keep calculations and checks to a minimum and also %D try to minimize the amount of tracing due to expansion. @@ -122,22 +128,27 @@ \page_backgrounds_set_nop \fi} -\def\page_backgrounds_check#1% - {\edef\currentotrbackground{\??ma#1}% +%D We don't use the commandhandler code as we want these multitude of backgrounds to be +%D as fast as possible. + +\installcorenamespace{layoutbackgrounds} + +\unexpanded\def\page_backgrounds_check#1% + {\edef\currentotrbackground{\??layoutbackgrounds#1}% \page_backgrounds_check_background} \def\ifsomebackgroundfound#1% - {\ifcsname\??ma#1\endcsname} + {\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\endcsname} \def\doifsomebackgroundelse#1% - {\ifcsname\??ma#1\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\endcsname \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments \else \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments \fi} \def\doifsomebackground#1% - {\ifcsname\??ma#1\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\endcsname \expandafter\firstofoneargument \else \expandafter\gobbleoneargument @@ -148,7 +159,7 @@ %D features can be used. \def\page_backgrounds_add_to_box#1% area - {\ifcsname\??ma#1\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\endcsname \expandafter\page_backgrounds_add_to_box_indeed \else \expandafter\gobblefourarguments @@ -158,11 +169,11 @@ % need a real framed or can we use a fake (i.e. no foreground, only for hidden) \def\page_backgrounds_add_to_box_indeed#1#2#3#4% area box width height / always non zero - {\ifcsname\??ma#1\c!setups\endcsname % to be done - \doprocesslocalsetups{\csname\??ma#1\c!setups\endcsname}% should not produce funny spaces ! + {\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\c!setups\endcsname % to be done + \doprocesslocalsetups{\csname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\c!setups\endcsname}% should not produce funny spaces ! \fi % #2 has the right dimensions already - \setbox#2\hbox{\localbackgroundframed{\??ma#1}#1#2}}% a real framed (including foreground) + \setbox#2\hbox{\localbackgroundframed{\??layoutbackgrounds#1}#1#2}}% a real framed (including foreground) %D There are quite some backgrounds. At the bottom layer, %D there is the {\em paper} background. This one is only @@ -230,7 +241,7 @@ \page_backgrounds_set_boxes_a \page_backgrounds_set_boxes_b \page_backgrounds_set_boxes_c - \ifx\@@mastate\v!repeat\else + \ifx\p_page_backgrounds_state\v!repeat\else \global\setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_new \fi} @@ -284,9 +295,9 @@ \fi \fi} \def\page_backgrounds_set_offsets_indeed - {\ifcsname\??ma\v!text\v!text\endcsname + {\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!text\v!text\endcsname \page_backgrounds_set_offsets_yes - \else\ifcsname\??ma\v!text\endcsname + \else\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!text\endcsname \page_backgrounds_set_offsets_yes \else \page_backgrounds_set_offsets_nop @@ -299,26 +310,26 @@ \global\pagebackgroundcompensation\zeropoint} \def\page_backgrounds_set_offsets_yes - {\global\pagebackgroundcompensation\csname\??ma\v!page\c!offset\endcsname\relax + {\global\pagebackgroundcompensation\csname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!page\c!offset\endcsname\relax \ifzeropt\pagebackgroundcompensation \page_backgrounds_set_offsets_nop \else - \ifcsname\??ma\v!top\v!text\endcsname + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!top\v!text\endcsname \global\pagebackgroundhoffset\zeropoint - \else\ifcsname\??ma\v!bottom\v!text\endcsname + \else\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!bottom\v!text\endcsname \global\pagebackgroundhoffset\zeropoint \else \global\pagebackgroundhoffset\pagebackgroundcompensation \fi\fi - \ifcsname\??ma\v!text\v!rightedge\endcsname + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!text\v!rightedge\endcsname \global\pagebackgroundvoffset\zeropoint \global\pagebackgrounddepth \zeropoint - \else\ifcsname\??ma\v!text\v!leftedge\endcsname + \else\ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!text\v!leftedge\endcsname \global\pagebackgroundvoffset\zeropoint \global\pagebackgrounddepth \zeropoint \else \global\pagebackgroundvoffset\pagebackgroundcompensation - \global\pagebackgrounddepth \csname\??ma\v!page\c!depth\endcsname\relax + \global\pagebackgrounddepth \csname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!page\c!depth\endcsname\relax \fi\fi \fi} @@ -370,7 +381,7 @@ \bgroup\hbox\bgroup \goleftonpage \ifdim\leftedgewidth>\zeropoint - \ifcsname\??ma#1\v!leftedge\endcsname + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\v!leftedge\endcsname \page_backgrounds_set_box_cell#1\v!leftedge\leftedgewidth#2% \else \kern\leftedgewidth @@ -378,21 +389,21 @@ \kern\leftedgedistance \fi \ifdim\leftmarginwidth>\zeropoint - \ifcsname\??ma#1\v!leftmargin\endcsname + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\v!leftmargin\endcsname \page_backgrounds_set_box_cell#1\v!leftmargin\leftmarginwidth#2% \else \kern\leftmarginwidth \fi \kern\leftmargindistance \fi - \ifcsname\??ma#1\v!text\endcsname + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\v!text\endcsname \page_backgrounds_set_box_cell#1\v!text\makeupwidth#2% \else \kern\makeupwidth \fi \ifdim\rightmarginwidth>\zeropoint \kern\rightmargindistance - \ifcsname\??ma#1\v!rightmargin\endcsname + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\v!rightmargin\endcsname \page_backgrounds_set_box_cell#1\v!rightmargin\rightmarginwidth#2% \else \kern\rightmarginwidth @@ -400,7 +411,7 @@ \fi \ifdim\rightedgewidth>\zeropoint \kern\rightedgedistance - \ifcsname\??ma#1\v!rightedge\endcsname + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1\v!rightedge\endcsname \page_backgrounds_set_box_cell#1\v!rightedge\rightedgewidth#2% \else \kern\rightedgewidth @@ -415,15 +426,15 @@ \def\page_backgrounds_set_box_cell#1#2#3#4% pos pos width height {\begingroup - \ifcsname\??ma#1#2\c!setups\endcsname - \doprocesslocalsetups{\csname\??ma#1#2\c!setups\endcsname}% should not produce funny spaces ! + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1#2\c!setups\endcsname + \expandafter\doprocesslocalsetups\csname\??layoutbackgrounds#1#2\c!setups\endcsname % should not produce funny spaces ! \fi - \ifcsname\??ma#1#2\c!command\endcsname + \ifcsname\??layoutbackgrounds#1#2\c!command\endcsname \expandafter\page_backgrounds_set_box_cell_nop \else \expandafter\page_backgrounds_set_box_cell_yes \fi#1#2#3#4% - \localbackgroundframed{\??ma#1#2}{#1:#2}\scratchbox + \localbackgroundframed{\??layoutbackgrounds#1#2}{#1:#2}\scratchbox \endgroup} \def\page_backgrounds_set_box_cell_nop#1#2#3#4% @@ -432,7 +443,7 @@ \ht\scratchbox#4} \def\page_backgrounds_set_box_cell_yes#1#2#3#4% - {\setbox\scratchbox\vbox to #4{\vss\hbox to#3{\hss\csname\??ma#1#2\c!command\endcsname\hss}\vss}% + {\setbox\scratchbox\vbox to #4{\vss\hbox to#3{\hss\csname\??layoutbackgrounds#1#2\c!command\endcsname\hss}\vss}% \dp\scratchbox\zeropoint} %D The background mechanism is quite demanding in terms or @@ -456,53 +467,58 @@ \unexpanded\def\setupbackgrounds {\dotripleempty\page_backgrounds_setup} -\def\page_backgrounds_setup[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\page_backgrounds_setup {\ifthirdargument - \page_backgrounds_setup_double{#1}{#2}{#3}% + \expandafter\page_backgrounds_setup_double \else\ifsecondargument - \page_backgrounds_setup_single{#1}{#2}% + \doubleexpandafter\page_backgrounds_setup_single \else\iffirstargument - \page_backgrounds_setup_basics{#1}% - \fi\fi\fi - \the\everybackgroundssetup} + \tripleexpandafter\page_backgrounds_setup_basics + \fi\fi\fi} \appendtoks - \doifelsevalue{\??ma\v!page\c!offset}\v!overlay + \doifelsevalue{\??layoutbackgrounds\v!page\c!offset}\v!overlay {\global\pageoffset\zeropoint} - {\global\pageoffset\csname\??ma\v!page\c!offset\endcsname}% - \global\pagedepth\csname\??ma\v!page\c!depth\endcsname + {\global\pageoffset\csname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!page\c!offset\endcsname}% + \global\pagedepth\csname\??layoutbackgrounds\v!page\c!depth\endcsname \global\pagebackgroundoffset\pageoffset \global\pagebackgrounddepth\pagedepth - \doifelse\@@mastate\v!stop - {\global\setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_new} - {\global\settrue \c_page_backgrounds_new}% + \edef\p_page_backgrounds_state{\csname\??layoutbackgrounds\c!state\endcsname}% + \ifx\p_page_backgrounds_state\v!stop + \global\setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_new + \else + \global\settrue \c_page_backgrounds_new + \fi \to \everybackgroundssetup \def\v_page_backgrounds_double_set{\v!paper,\v!page,\v!leftpage,\v!rightpage} \def\v_page_backgrounds_single_set{\v!text,\v!hidden,\v!paper,\v!page,\v!leftpage,\v!rightpage} \def\v_page_backgrounds_common_set{\v!leftedge,\v!leftmargin,\v!text,\v!rightmargin,\v!rightedge} -\def\page_backgrounds_setup_double#1#2#3% +\def\page_backgrounds_setup_double[#1][#2][#3]% if needed we can speed this up {\global\settrue\c_page_backgrounds_some - \def\docommand##1% + \def\page_backgrounds_setup_step##1% {\doifinsetelse{##1}\v_page_backgrounds_double_set {\page_backgrounds_setup_and_check{##1}{#3}} - {\def\dodocommand####1{\page_backgrounds_setup_and_check{##1####1}{#3}}% - \processcommalist[#2]\dodocommand}}% - \processcommalist[#1]\docommand} + {\def\page_backgrounds_setup_step_nested####1{\page_backgrounds_setup_and_check{##1####1}{#3}}% + \processcommalist[#2]\page_backgrounds_setup_step_nested}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\page_backgrounds_setup_step + \the\everybackgroundssetup} -\def\page_backgrounds_setup_single#1#2% +\def\page_backgrounds_setup_single[#1][#2][#3]% {\global\settrue\c_page_backgrounds_some \doifcommonelse{#1}\v_page_backgrounds_single_set - {\def\docommand##1{\page_backgrounds_setup_and_check{##1}{#2}}% - \processcommalist[#1]\docommand}% - {\page_backgrounds_setup_double{#1}\v_page_backgrounds_common_set{#2}}} + {\def\page_backgrounds_setup_step##1{\page_backgrounds_setup_and_check{##1}{#2}}% + \processcommalist[#1]\page_backgrounds_setup_step + \the\everybackgroundssetup}% + {\page_backgrounds_setup_double[#1][\v_page_backgrounds_common_set][#2]}} -\def\page_backgrounds_setup_basics#1% - {\getparameters[\??ma][#1]} +\def\page_backgrounds_setup_basics[#1][#2][#3]% + {\getparameters[\??layoutbackgrounds][#1]% + \the\everybackgroundssetup} \def\page_backgrounds_setup_and_check#1#2% tag settings - {\edef\currentotrbackground{\??ma#1}% + {\edef\currentotrbackground{\??layoutbackgrounds#1}% \getparameters[\currentotrbackground][#2]% \page_backgrounds_check_background} @@ -511,7 +527,7 @@ % hm, we can delay them -\unexpanded\def\installsomebackground#1#2{\inheritlocalframed[\??ma#1#2][\??od]} +\unexpanded\def\installsomebackground#1#2{\inheritlocalframed[\??layoutbackgrounds#1#2][\??od]} \installsomebackground \v!paper \empty \installsomebackground \v!page \empty @@ -551,7 +567,7 @@ \installsomebackground \v!rightpage \empty \getparameters - [\??ma\v!page] + [\??layoutbackgrounds\v!page] [\c!offset=\zeropoint, % hm, so we need to force overlay elsewhere \c!depth=\zeropoint] @@ -567,12 +583,12 @@ % todo page-2 .. page+2 achter pagina -> bleed % spread-2 .. spread+2 achter spread -> spread (repeat 2 times) -\def\enablehiddenbackground +\unexpanded\def\enablehiddenbackground {\global\settrue\c_page_backgrounds_hidden_enabled \global\settrue\c_page_backgrounds_some \page_backgrounds_recalculate} -\def\disablehiddenbackground +\unexpanded\def\disablehiddenbackground {\global\setfalse\c_page_backgrounds_hidden_enabled} \def\hiddenbackgroundlist @@ -598,7 +614,7 @@ % \installsomebackground \v!local \empty % not really a background, invisible for users % % \getparameters -% [\??ma\v!local] +% [\??layoutbackgrounds\v!local] % [\c!component=local, % \c!background=\localbackgroundlist] % @@ -618,7 +634,7 @@ % \fi} % % \def\page_backgrounds_add_local_to_box_indeed#1% -% {\setbox#1\hbox{\localbackgroundframed{\??ma\v!local}\v!local#1}% +% {\setbox#1\hbox{\localbackgroundframed{\??layoutbackgrounds\v!local}\v!local#1}% % \global\advance\localpositionnumber\plusone} % afterwards ! % % \let\page_backgrounds_add_local_to_box\gobbleoneargument diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-col.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-col.mkiv index 87591e336..3143cadd2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-col.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-col.mkiv @@ -13,22 +13,23 @@ \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Column Helpers} -%D Here we implement a couple of helpers for dealing with -%D columns. For the moment we keep the names. +%D Here we implement a couple of helpers for dealing with columns. For +%D the moment we keep the names. When the mul and set modules are redone +%D these can be adapted or disappear. \unprotect -%D The next two registers can be used to store pre column -%D material as well as footnotes or so. +%D The next two registers can be used to store pre column material as well +%D as footnotes or so. \newbox\precolumnbox \newdimen\precolumnboxheight \newbox\postcolumnbox \newdimen\postcolumnboxheight -%D We reserve a counter for the number of columns as well as -%D the current column. Both are not to be changed by users! +%D We reserve a counter for the number of columns as well as the current +%D column. Both are not to be changed by users! -\newcount\nofcolumns \nofcolumns = 1 -\newcount\mofcolumns \mofcolumns = 1 +\newcount\nofcolumns \nofcolumns\plusone +\newcount\mofcolumns \mofcolumns\plusone \setnewconstant\maxnofcolumns 50 \setnewconstant\allocatednofcolumns 0 @@ -38,14 +39,13 @@ \newdimen\finalcolumnheights \newcount\finalcolumnlines -%D This register can be used as a temporary storage for page -%D content. +%D This register can be used as a temporary storage for page content. \newbox\restofpage %D A few more (some might go away): -\newif\ifintermediatefootnotes +\newif\ifintermediatefootnotes % seems to be obsolete \newif\ifcarryoverfootnotes %\carryoverfootnotestrue \newif\iflastcolumnfootnotes %\lastcolumnfootnotestrue \newif\ifbalancecolumns %\balancecolumnstrue @@ -70,7 +70,6 @@ \newif\ifrecentercolumnbox \recentercolumnboxtrue \newif\ifrerecentercolumnbox \rerecentercolumnboxtrue -\newif\ifpackcolumnfloats \packcolumnfloatstrue %D During initialization the temporary boxes are allocated. %D This enables us to use as much columns as we want, without @@ -80,7 +79,12 @@ %D Two sets of boxes are declared, the txtboxes are used for %D the text, the topboxes are for moved column floats. -\def\initializecolumns#1% +\installcorenamespace{columntext} +\installcorenamespace{columnfooter} +\installcorenamespace{columntop} +\installcorenamespace{columnbottom} + +\unexpanded\def\initializecolumns#1% {\ifnum#1>\maxnofcolumns \showmessage\m!columns1\maxnofcolumns \nofcolumns\maxnofcolumns @@ -90,11 +94,10 @@ \ifnum\nofcolumns>\allocatednofcolumns \dorecurse\nofcolumns {\ifnum\recurselevel>\allocatednofcolumns\relax - % \newbox\next \letgvalue{\??zc-\recurselevel-t}=\next - \expandafter\newbox\csname\??zc-\recurselevel-t\endcsname % text - \expandafter\newbox\csname\??zc-\recurselevel-f\endcsname % foot - \expandafter\newbox\csname\??zc-\recurselevel-h\endcsname % top insert - \expandafter\newbox\csname\??zc-\recurselevel-l\endcsname % top insert + \expandafter\newbox\csname\??columntext \recurselevel\endcsname % text + \expandafter\newbox\csname\??columnfooter\recurselevel\endcsname % footer + \expandafter\newbox\csname\??columntop \recurselevel\endcsname % top insert + \expandafter\newbox\csname\??columnbottom\recurselevel\endcsname % bottom insert \fi}% \global\allocatednofcolumns\nofcolumns \fi} @@ -107,10 +110,10 @@ \def\currenttopcolumnbox {\columntopbox \mofcolumns} \def\lasttopcolumnbox {\columntopbox \nofcolumns} -\def\columntextbox #1{\csname\??zc-\number#1-t\endcsname} -\def\columnfootbox #1{\csname\??zc-\number#1-f\endcsname} -\def\columntopbox #1{\csname\??zc-\number#1-h\endcsname} -\def\columnbotbox #1{\csname\??zc-\number#1-l\endcsname} +\def\columntextbox #1{\csname\??columntext \number#1\endcsname} +\def\columnfootbox #1{\csname\??columnfooter\number#1\endcsname} +\def\columntopbox #1{\csname\??columntop \number#1\endcsname} +\def\columnbotbox #1{\csname\??columnbottom\number#1\endcsname} \def\columnsettextbox {\global\setbox\columntextbox} \def\columnsetfootbox {\global\setbox\columnfootbox} @@ -122,30 +125,30 @@ \def\columngettopbox {\copy\columntopbox} \def\columngetbotbox {\copy\columnbotbox} -\def\columnerasetextboxes{\dorecurse\allocatednofcolumns{\columnsettextbox\recurselevel\emptybox}} -\def\columnerasefootboxes{\dorecurse\allocatednofcolumns{\columnsetfootbox\recurselevel\emptybox}} -\def\columnerasetopboxes {\dorecurse\allocatednofcolumns{\columnsettopbox \recurselevel\emptybox}} -\def\columnerasebotboxes {\dorecurse\allocatednofcolumns{\columnsetbotbox \recurselevel\emptybox}} +\unexpanded\def\columnerasetextboxes{\dorecurse\allocatednofcolumns{\columnsettextbox\recurselevel\emptybox}} +\unexpanded\def\columnerasefootboxes{\dorecurse\allocatednofcolumns{\columnsetfootbox\recurselevel\emptybox}} +\unexpanded\def\columnerasetopboxes {\dorecurse\allocatednofcolumns{\columnsettopbox \recurselevel\emptybox}} +\unexpanded\def\columnerasebotboxes {\dorecurse\allocatednofcolumns{\columnsetbotbox \recurselevel\emptybox}} + +%D Without going in details we present two macro's which handle the columns. The +%D action which is transfered by the the first and only parameter can do something +%D with \type {\currentcolumnbox}. In case of the mid columns, \type +%D {\firstcolumnbox} and \type {\lastcolumnbox} are handled outside these macro's. -%D Without going in details we present two macro's which handle -%D the columns. The action which is transfered by the the first -%D and only parameter can do something with \type -%D {\currentcolumnbox}. In case of the mid columns, \type -%D {\firstcolumnbox} and \type {\lastcolumnbox} are handled -%D outside these macro's. +%D If needed these can be sped up by using a dedicated loop macro. -\def\dohandlecolumn#1% +\unexpanded\def\dohandlecolumn#1% {\mofcolumns\recurselevel \let\currentcolumn\recurselevel #1\relax} -\def\dohandleallcolumns#1% +\unexpanded\def\dohandleallcolumns#1% {\dorecurse\nofcolumns{\dohandlecolumn{#1}}} -\def\dohandlerevcolumns#1% +\unexpanded\def\dohandlerevcolumns#1% {\dostepwiserecurse\nofcolumns\plusone\minusone{\dohandlecolumn{#1}}} -\def\dohandlemidcolumns#1% +\unexpanded\def\dohandlemidcolumns#1% {\dohandleallcolumns {\ifnum\recurselevel>\plusone \ifnum\recurselevel<\nofcolumns diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-com.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-com.mkiv index 80012dd14..61cb49e89 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-com.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-com.mkiv @@ -30,79 +30,141 @@ %D \stoppagecomment %D \stoptyping -\unexpanded\def\setuppagecomment - {\dosingleempty\dosetuppagecomment} - -\def\dosetuppagecomment[#1]% - {\getparameters[\??pc][#1]% - \doifelse\@@pcstate\v!start - {\doifinsetelse\@@pclocation{\v!bottom,\v!top} - {\setuppapersize[\c!left=\hskip\@@pcoffset]% - \edef\@@pcpaperheight{\the\dimexpr\paperheight+\@@pcoffset+\@@pcoffset+\@@pcdistance+\@@pcheight}% - \edef\@@pcpaperwidth {\the\dimexpr\paperwidth +\@@pcoffset+\@@pcoffset}% - \defineoverlay[\v!pagecomment][\placepagecommentTB]} - {\setuppapersize[\c!top=\vskip\@@pcoffset]% - \edef\@@pcpaperheight{\the\dimexpr\paperheight+\@@pcoffset+\@@pcoffset}% - \edef\@@pcpaperwidth {\the\dimexpr\paperwidth +\@@pcoffset+\@@pcoffset+\@@pcdistance+\@@pcwidth}% - \defineoverlay[\v!pagecomment][\placepagecommentLR]}% - \processaction - [\@@pclocation] - [ \v!bottom=>{\setuplayout[\c!location=]\setuppapersize[\c!bottom=\vss,\c!top =\vskip\@@pcoffset]}, - \v!top=>{\setuplayout[\c!location=]\setuppapersize[\c!top =\vss,\c!bottom=\vskip\@@pcoffset]}, - \v!left=>{\setuplayout[\c!location=]\setuppapersize[\c!left =\hss,\c!right =\hskip\@@pcoffset]}, - \v!right=>{\setuplayout[\c!location=]\setuppapersize[\c!right =\hss,\c!left =\hskip\@@pcoffset]}]% - \definepapersize - [\v!pagecomment] - [\c!height=\@@pcpaperheight, - \c!width=\@@pcpaperwidth]% - \let\@@pcprintpapersize\printpapersize - \setuppapersize[\papersize][\v!pagecomment]% - \setupbackgrounds[\v!paper][\c!background=\v!pagecomment]}% todo append if already set - {\doif\@@pcstate\v!stop % else initialization invokes backgrounds - {% this should be tested first - % \normalexpanded{\noexpand\setuppapersize[\papersize][\@@pcprintpapersize]}% - \setupbackgrounds[\v!paper][\c!background=]}}} - -\def\@@pcprintpapersize{\printpapersize} - -\unexpanded\def\placepagecommentTB +\installcorenamespace{pagecomment} +\installcorenamespace{pagecommentlocations} +\installcorenamespace{pagecommentstates} + +\newdimen\d_page_comments_offset +\newdimen\d_page_comments_page_width +\newdimen\d_page_comments_page_height +\newdimen\d_page_comments_width +\newdimen\d_page_comments_height +\newdimen\d_page_comments_distance + +\newconditional\c_page_comment_enabled + +\let\p_page_commands_location\v!none +\let\p_page_commands_state \v!stop + +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??pagecomment {pagecomment} + +\appendtoks + \edef\p_page_commands_location{\directpagecommentparameter\c!location}% + \edef\p_page_commands_state {\directpagecommentparameter\c!state}% + \expandcheckedcsname\??pagecommentstates\p_page_commands_state\v!none +\to \everysetuppagecomment + +\ifdefined\scrn_canvas_synchronize_simple + + \appendtoks + \ifx\p_page_commands_state\v!start + \scrn_canvas_synchronize_simple + \else + \scrn_canvas_synchronize_complex + \fi + \to \everyshipout + +\fi + +\setvalue{\??pagecommentstates\v!start}% + {\d_page_comments_offset \directpagecommentparameter\c!offset \relax + \d_page_comments_distance\directpagecommentparameter\c!distance\relax + \d_page_comments_width \directpagecommentparameter\c!width \relax + \d_page_comments_height \directpagecommentparameter\c!height \relax + \expandcheckedcsname\??pagecommentlocations\p_page_commands_location\v!none + \definepapersize[\v!pagecomment][\c!height=\d_page_comments_page_height,\c!width=\d_page_comments_page_width]% + \setuppapersize[\papersize][\v!pagecomment]% + \setupbackgrounds[\v!paper][\c!background=\v!pagecomment]} % maybe append if already set + +\setvalue{\??pagecommentstates\v!stop}% + {\setupbackgrounds[\v!paper][\c!background=]} + +\setvalue{\??pagecommentstates\v!none}% + {} + +\setvalue{\??pagecommentlocations\v!bottom}% + {\setuplayout[\c!location=]% + \setuppapersize[\c!top=\vskip\d_page_comments_offset,\c!bottom=\vss,\c!left=\hskip\d_page_comments_offset,\c!right=]% + \d_page_comments_page_height\dimexpr\paperheight+2\d_page_comments_offset+\d_page_comments_distance+\d_page_comments_height\relax + \d_page_comments_page_width \dimexpr\paperwidth +2\d_page_comments_offset\relax + \defineoverlay[\v!pagecomment][\page_comments_top_bottom]} + +\setvalue{\??pagecommentlocations\v!top}% + {\setuplayout[\c!location=]% + \setuppapersize[\c!top=\vss,\c!bottom=\vskip\d_page_comments_offset,\c!left=\hskip\d_page_comments_offset,\c!right=]% + \d_page_comments_page_height\dimexpr\paperheight+2\d_page_comments_offset+\d_page_comments_distance+\d_page_comments_height\relax + \d_page_comments_page_width \dimexpr\paperwidth +2\d_page_comments_offset\relax + \defineoverlay[\v!pagecomment][\page_comments_top_bottom]} + +\setvalue{\??pagecommentlocations\v!left}% + {\setuplayout[\c!location=]% + \setuppapersize[\c!top=\vskip\d_page_comments_offset,\c!bottom=,\c!left=\hss,\c!right=\hskip\d_page_comments_offset]% + \d_page_comments_page_height\dimexpr\paperheight+2\d_page_comments_offset\relax + \d_page_comments_page_width \dimexpr\paperwidth +2\d_page_comments_offset+\d_page_comments_distance+\d_page_comments_width\relax + \defineoverlay[\v!pagecomment][\page_comments_left_right]} + +\setvalue{\??pagecommentlocations\v!right}% + {\setuplayout[\c!location=]% + \setuppapersize[\c!top=\vskip\d_page_comments_offset,\c!bottom=,\c!left=\hskip\d_page_comments_offset,\c!right =\hss]% + \d_page_comments_page_height\dimexpr\paperheight+2\d_page_comments_offset\relax + \d_page_comments_page_width \dimexpr\paperwidth +2\d_page_comments_offset+\d_page_comments_distance+\d_page_comments_width\relax + \defineoverlay[\v!pagecomment][\page_comments_left_right]} + +\setvalue{\??pagecommentlocations\v!none}% + {}% \setuppapersize[\c!bottom=,\c!top=,\c!left=,\c!right=]} + +\unexpanded\def\page_comments_top_bottom {\vbox to \printpaperheight {%\forgetall - \hsize\printpaperwidth - \vskip\@@pcoffset - \doifelse\@@pclocation\v!bottom{\vskip\dimexpr\paperheight+\@@pcdistance\relax}\vss - \hskip\@@pcoffset - \vbox to \@@pcheight + \hsize\printpaperwidth\relax + \ifx\p_page_commands_location\v!bottom + \vskip\dimexpr\paperheight+\d_page_comments_distance+\d_page_comments_offset\relax + \else + \vskip\d_page_comments_offset + \vss + \fi + \hskip\d_page_comments_offset + \vbox to \d_page_comments_height {%\forgetall \hsize\paperwidth - \ifpagecomment + \ifconditional\c_page_comment_enabled \getbuffer[\v!pagecomment]% - \global\pagecommentfalse + \global\setfalse\c_page_comment_enabled \fi}% \hfill - \doifelse\@@pclocation\v!bottom\vss{\vskip\dimexpr\paperheight+\@@pcdistance\relax}% - \vskip\@@pcoffset}} + \ifx\p_page_commands_location\v!bottom + \vss + \vskip\d_page_comments_offset + \else + \vskip\dimexpr\paperheight+\d_page_comments_distance+\d_page_comments_offset\relax + \fi}} -\unexpanded\def\placepagecommentLR +\unexpanded\def\page_comments_left_right {\hbox to \printpaperwidth - {\hskip\@@pcoffset - \doifelse\@@pclocation\v!right{\hskip\paperwidth\hskip\@@pcdistance}\hss + {\ifx\p_page_commands_location\v!right + \hskip\dimexpr\paperwidth+\d_page_comments_distance+\d_page_comments_offset\relax + \else + \hskip\d_page_comments_offset + \hss + \fi \vbox to \printpaperheight {%\forgetall - \vskip\@@pcoffset - \hsize\@@pcwidth - \ifpagecomment + \vskip\d_page_comments_offset + \hsize\d_page_comments_width + \ifconditional\c_page_comment_enabled \getbuffer[\v!pagecomment]% - \global\pagecommentfalse + \global\setfalse\c_page_comment_enabled \fi \vss}% - \doifelse\@@pclocation\v!right\hss{\hskip\paperwidth\hskip\@@pcdistance}% - \hskip\@@pcoffset}} - -\newif\ifpagecomment + \ifx\p_page_commands_location\v!right + \hss + \hskip\d_page_comments_offset + \else + \hskip\dimexpr\paperwidth+\d_page_comments_distance+\d_page_comments_offset\relax + \fi}} \setvalue{\e!start\v!pagecomment}% - {\global\pagecommenttrue + {\global\settrue\c_page_comment_enabled \grabbufferdatadirect\v!pagecomment{\e!start\v!pagecomment}{\e!stop\v!pagecomment}} \setuppagecomment diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-fac.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-fac.mkiv index fef1cd5ac..88789abe9 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-fac.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-fac.mkiv @@ -25,19 +25,21 @@ %D \stoptext %D \stoptyping -\newbox\b_page_facings_content +\newbox \b_page_facings_content +\newconditional\c_page_facings_busy -\unexpanded\def\setupoppositeplacing - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??np]} +\installcorenamespace{oppositeplacing} + +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??oppositeplacing {oppositeplacing} \unexpanded\def\startopposite {\dowithnextboxcontent {\hsize\makeupwidth}% {\global\setbox\b_page_facings_content\vbox {\ifvoid\b_page_facings_content - \@@npbefore + \directoppositeplacingparameter\c!before \else - \@@npinbetween + \directoppositeplacingparameter\c!inbetween \unvbox\b_page_facings_content \fi \box\nextbox}}% @@ -47,26 +49,34 @@ {\egroup} \def\page_facings_finish - {\ifvoid\b_page_facings_content\else + {\ifvoid\b_page_facings_content \else \global\setbox\b_page_facings_content\vbox to \makeupheight {\unvbox\b_page_facings_content - \@@npafter + \directoppositeplacingparameter\c!after \vss}% \fi} \def\page_facings_flush - {\doif\@@npstate\v!start - {\ifvoid\b_page_facings_content\else - \ifnum\realpageno>\plusone - \begingroup - \pageornamentstate\plusone % tricky - \page_facings_finish - \page_boxes_shipout{\page_boxes_constructed_page\box\b_page_facings_content}% - \endgroup - \else - \global\setbox\b_page_facings_content\emptybox - \fi - \fi}} + {\ifconditional\c_page_facings_busy + \ifvoid\b_page_facings_content \else + \page_facings_flush_indeed + \fi + \fi} + +\def\page_facings_flush_indeed + {\ifnum\realpageno>\plusone + \begingroup + \pageornamentstate\plusone % tricky + \page_facings_finish + \page_boxes_shipout{\page_boxes_constructed_page\box\b_page_facings_content}% + \endgroup + \else + \global\setbox\b_page_facings_content\emptybox + \fi} + +\appendtoks + \doifelse{\directoppositeplacingparameter\c!state}\v!start\settrue\setfalse\c_page_facings_busy +\to \everysetupoppositeplacing \setupoppositeplacing [\c!state=\v!start, diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-flt.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-flt.mkiv index 18c0ad263..4655d92af 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-flt.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-flt.mkiv @@ -20,31 +20,28 @@ \unprotect -%D To be checked and removed - -%def\dosavefloatinfo {\showmessage\m!floatblocks2{\the\totalnoffloats}} -\def\doinsertfloatinfo {\showmessage\m!floatblocks4{\the\totalnoffloats}} -\def\dofloatflushedinfo{\showmessage\m!floatblocks3{\the\numexpr\totalnoffloats-\savednoffloats\relax}} +%def\page_floats_report_saved {\showmessage\m!floatblocks2{\the\totalnoffloats}} +\def\page_floats_report_total {\showmessage\m!floatblocks4{\the\totalnoffloats}} +\def\page_floats_report_flushed{\showmessage\m!floatblocks3{\the\numexpr\totalnoffloats-\savednoffloats\relax}} %D Extra float registers. -\newif\ifsomefloatwaiting \somefloatwaitingfalse -\newif\ifroomforfloat \roomforfloattrue -\newif\ifnofloatpermitted \nofloatpermittedfalse -\newif\ifcenterfloatbox \centerfloatboxtrue -\newif\iflocalcenterfloatbox \localcenterfloatboxfalse -\newif\ifglobalcenterfloatbox \globalcenterfloatboxfalse -\newif\ifflushingfloats \flushingfloatsfalse -\newif\ifpackflushedfloats \packflushedfloatstrue % for the moment -\newif\ifpackcolumnfloats \packcolumnfloatstrue - -\newcount\totalnoffloats -\newcount\savednoffloats -\newcount\noffloatinserts +\newconditional\c_page_floats_room +\newconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting +\newconditional\c_page_floats_not_permitted +\newconditional\c_page_floats_flushing +\newconditional\c_page_floats_center_box \settrue\c_page_floats_center_box +\newconditional\c_page_floats_center_box_local +\newconditional\c_page_floats_center_box_global +\newconditional\c_page_floats_pack_flushed \settrue\c_page_floats_pack_flushed + +%D For the moment we keep this but they will become private too. + +\newcount\totalnoffloats % these will be redone ... handled at the lua end anyway +\newcount\savednoffloats % these will be redone ... handled at the lua end anyway +\newcount\noffloatinserts % these will be redone ... handled at the lua end anyway \newcount\nofcollectedfloats % communication channel -\newbox \floatlist -\newbox \savedfloatlist \newbox \floattext \newdimen\floatwidth @@ -65,55 +62,55 @@ \appendtoks \ifcase\savednoffloats - \global\somefloatwaitingfalse + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_some_waiting \else - \global\somefloatwaitingtrue + \global\settrue\c_page_floats_some_waiting \fi \to \everyfloatscheck -\def\dofloatsflush#1#2% +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_flush#1#2% {\ctxcommand{flushfloat("#1",\number#2)}% \the\everyfloatscheck} -\def\dofloatsflushbylabel#1#2% +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_flush_by_label#1#2% {\ctxcommand{flushfloat("#1","#2",true)}% \the\everyfloatscheck} -\def\dofloatssave#1% +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_save#1% {\ctxcommand{savefloat("#1")}% \the\everyfloatscheck} -\def\dofloatsresave#1% +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_resave#1% {\ctxcommand{resavefloat("#1")}% \the\everyfloatscheck} -\def\dopushsavedfloats +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_push_saved {\ctxcommand{pushfloat()}% \the\everyfloatscheck} -\def\dopopsavedfloats +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_pop_saved {\ctxcommand{popfloat()}% \the\everyfloatscheck} -\def\dofloatsgetinfo#1% +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_get_info#1% {\ctxcommand{consultfloat("#1")}} -\def\doifelsesavedfloat#1% +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_if_else#1% {\ctxcommand{doifelsesavedfloat("#1")}} -\def\dofloatscollect#1#2#3% +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_collect#1#2#3% {\ctxcommand{collectfloat("#1",\number\dimexpr#2,\number\dimexpr#3)}} -\def\nofstackedfloatincategory#1% +\unexpanded\def\nofstackedfloatincategory#1% {\ctxcommand{nofstackedfloats("#1")}} -\let\dopushcolumnfloats\dopushsavedfloats -\let\dopopcolumnfloats \dopopsavedfloats +\let\page_floats_column_push_saved\page_floats_push_saved % overloaded in page-mul +\let\page_floats_column_pop_saved \page_floats_pop_saved % overloaded in page-mul -\def\dofloatssavepagefloat#1#2% +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_save_page_float#1#2% {\ctxcommand{savefloat("#1", { specification = "#2" })}} -\def\dofloatssavesomewherefloat#1#2% #1=method +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_save_somewhere_float#1#2% #1=method {\ctxcommand{savefloat("#1", { specification = "#2", label = "\floatlabel" })}} %D This is an experimental new feature (for Alan Braslau), a prelude to more: @@ -133,12 +130,12 @@ %D \placenamedfloat[figure][beta] %D \stoptyping -\def\placenamedfloat - {\dodoubleargument\doplacenamedfloat} +\unexpanded\def\placenamedfloat + {\dodoubleargument\page_floats_place_named} -\def\doplacenamedfloat[#1][#2]% +\def\page_floats_place_named[#1][#2]% {\doloop - {\dofloatsflushbylabel\s!somewhere{#2}% + {\page_floats_flush_by_label\s!somewhere{#2}% \ifvoid\floatbox \exitloop \else @@ -162,10 +159,10 @@ % % \placefloatwithsetups[somefigure]{}{\externalfigure[dummy][width=5cm,height=2cm]} -\def\placefloatwithsetups - {\dotripleempty\doplacefloatwithsetups} +\unexpanded\def\placefloatwithsetups + {\dotripleempty\page_floats_place_with_setups} -\long\def\doplacefloatwithsetups[#1][#2][#3]#4% +\def\page_floats_place_with_setups[#1][#2][#3]#4% {\def\floatsetupcaption {#4}% \def\floatsetupcontent {\copy\nextbox}% \def\floatsetupwidth {\wd\nextbox}% @@ -178,10 +175,10 @@ %D %D First we reimplement some helpers. -\def\dogetfloat - {\ifsomefloatwaiting - \dofloatsflush\s!text{1}% - \ifcenterfloatbox +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_get + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting + \page_floats_flush\s!text\plusone + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_center_box \ifdim\wd\globalscratchbox<\hsize \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox to \hsize{\hss\box\floatbox\hss}% \else @@ -198,40 +195,30 @@ \global\setbox\floatbox\emptybox \fi} -\def\dosavefloat - {\dofloatssave\s!text - \nonoindentation} % brrr nonoindentation here - -\def\doresavefloat - {\dofloatsresave\s!text} - -\def\doreversesavefloat - {\dofloatsresave\s!text} - -\def\doflushsavedfloats +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_flush_saved {\doloop - {\ifsomefloatwaiting + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \page_otr_command_check_if_float_fits - \ifroomforfloat - \dogetfloat + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_room + \page_floats_get \doplacefloatbox \else \exitloop \fi \else -% \ifconditional\c_page_margin_blocks_present % not here, here just as many floats as fit -% \page_otr_command_flush_margin_blocks -% \else + % \ifconditional\c_page_margin_blocks_present % not here, here just as many floats as fit + % \page_otr_command_flush_margin_blocks + % \else \exitloop -% \fi + % \fi \fi}} %D Page floats use different stacks. -\newtoks \everybeforeflushedpagefloat +\newtoks\everybeforeflushedpagefloat -\def\doflushsomepagefloat#1% future releases can do more clever things - {\dofloatsflush{#1}{1}% +\def\page_floats_flush_page_floats_indeed#1% future releases can do more clever things + {\page_floats_flush{#1}\plusone \edef\floatspecification{\ctxcommand{getfloatvariable("specification")}}% Is this okay? \the\everybeforeflushedpagefloat \vbox to \textheight @@ -240,38 +227,15 @@ \doifnotinset\v!low\floatspecification\vfill}% \page_otr_fill_and_eject_page} -\def\doflushpagefloats +\unexpanded\def\page_floats_flush_page_floats % used in postpone {\edef\m_page_otf_checked_page_float{\ctxcommand{checkedpagefloat()}}% (true) for packed \ifx\m_page_otf_checked_page_float\empty % nothing \else\ifx\m_page_otf_checked_page_float\v!empty \emptyhbox \page_otr_fill_and_eject_page % why not dummy_page \else - \doflushsomepagefloat\m_page_otf_checked_page_float + \page_floats_flush_page_floats_indeed\m_page_otf_checked_page_float \fi\fi} - -\def\uncenteredfloatbox % hm, where is this one used (was in save/restore, see old implementation) - {\ifcenterfloatbox - \ifhbox\floatbox\relax % remove centering - \ifdim\wd\floatbox=\hsize - \ifhbox\floatbox - \setbox\scratchbox\hbox - {\unhbox\floatbox - \unskip\unskip - \global\setbox\globalscratchbox\lastbox}% - \box\globalscratchbox - \else - \box\floatbox - \fi - \else - \box\floatbox - \fi - \else - \box\floatbox - \fi - \else - \box\floatbox - \fi} % temp hack, needed to prevent floatbox being forgotten during % output, this will change to using another box for flushing @@ -291,3 +255,28 @@ \to \everyafteroutput \protect \endinput + +% hm, where is this one used (was in save/restore, see old implementation) +% +% \unexpanded\def\uncenteredfloatbox +% {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_center_box +% \ifhbox\floatbox\relax % remove centering +% \ifdim\wd\floatbox=\hsize +% \ifhbox\floatbox +% \setbox\scratchbox\hbox +% {\unhbox\floatbox +% \unskip\unskip +% \global\setbox\globalscratchbox\lastbox}% +% \box\globalscratchbox +% \else +% \box\floatbox +% \fi +% \else +% \box\floatbox +% \fi +% \else +% \box\floatbox +% \fi +% \else +% \box\floatbox +% \fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-flw.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-flw.mkiv index 9afacf584..ec1fa636d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-flw.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-flw.mkiv @@ -14,93 +14,127 @@ \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Text Flows} %D This is high experimental and especially flushing may change (proper -%D spacing is the driving force here). +%D spacing is the driving force here). It's an old mechanism used for +%D playing with stepping through document threads. As it's a simple and +%D effective mechanism we keep it around. It's not to be confused with +%D upcoming stream support. +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \setuppapersize [S6] +%D \setuptolerance [verytolerant,stretch] +%D \setupfooter [strut=no] +%D \setupwhitespace[big] +%D +%D \setuplayout +%D [rightedge=5cm,width=fit,margin=0pt,edgedistance=1cm, +%D footer=4cm,footerdistance=1cm,header=0cm] +%D +%D \setuptexttexts [edge][][\vbox{\flushtextflow{alpha}}] +%D \setupfootertexts[edge][][\vbox{\flushtextflow{beta}}] +%D \setupfootertexts [\vbox{\flushtextflow{gamma}}][] +%D +%D \definetextflow [alfa] [width=\rightedgewidth] +%D \definetextflow [beta] [width=\rightedgewidth] +%D \definetextflow [gamma] [width=\footerheight] +%D +%D \starttext +%D +%D \dorecurse{50} +%D {\getrandomnumber{\funny}{0}{8} +%D \ifcase\funny \starttextflow[alfa] \input tufte.tex \stoptextflow +%D \or \starttextflow[beta] \input knuth.tex \stoptextflow +%D \or \starttextflow[gamma] \input materie.tex \stoptextflow +%D \or {\bf TUFTE}\quad \input tufte \par +%D \or {\bf TUFTE}\quad \input tufte \par +%D \or {\bf KNUTH}\quad \input knuth \par +%D \or {\bf KNUTH}\quad \input knuth \par +%D \or {\bf MATERIE}\quad \input materie \par +%D \else {\bf MATERIE}\quad \input materie \par +%D \fi} +%D +%D \stoptext +%D \stoptyping \unprotect -\unexpanded\def\definetextflow - {\dodoubleempty\dodefinetextflow} +\installcorenamespace{textflow} +\installcorenamespace{textflowbox} -\def\dodefinetextflow[#1][#2]% flow settings - {\iffirstargument - \doiftextflowcollectorelse{#1} - {\setbox\textflowcollector{#1}\emptybox} - {\@EA\newbox\csname\??tx:c:#1\endcsname}% - \getparameters[\??tx:p:#1] - [\c!width=\hsize,\c!style=,#2]% - \fi} +\installcommandhandler \??textflow {textflow} \??textflow -\def\textflowparameter#1#2{\csname\??tx:p:#1#2\endcsname} -\def\textflowcollector #1{\csname\??tx:c:#1\endcsname} +\setuptextflow + [%c!style=, + %c!color=, + \c!width=\availablehsize] -\def\doiftextflowcollectorelse#1{\doifdefinedelse{\??tx:c:#1}} +\appendtoks + \ifcsname\??textflowbox\currenttextflow\endcsname + \setbox\csname\??textflowbox\currenttextflow\endcsname\emptybox + \else + \expandafter\newbox\csname\??textflowbox\currenttextflow\endcsname + \fi +\to \everydefinetextflow -\def\doiftextflowelse#1% - {\doiftextflowcollectorelse{#1} - {\ifvoid\textflowcollector{#1}% - \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments - \else - \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments - \fi} - {\secondoftwoarguments}} +\let\b_page_textflow_box\zerocount -\def\doiftextflow#1% - {\doiftextflowelse{#1}\firstofoneargument\gobbleoneargument} +\def\textflowcollector#1% + {\csname\??textflowbox#1\endcsname} + +\unexpanded\def\doiftextflowcollectorelse#1% + {\ifcsname\??textflowbox#1\endcsname + \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments + \else + \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \fi} + +\unexpanded\def\doiftextflowelse#1% + {\ifcsname\??textflowbox#1\endcsname + \ifvoid\csname\??textflowbox#1\endcsname + \doubleexpandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \else + \doubleexpandafter\firstoftwoarguments + \fi + \else + \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \fi} + +% \unexpanded\def\doiftextflow#1% +% {\doiftextflowelse{#1}\firstofoneargument\gobbleoneargument} \unexpanded\def\starttextflow[#1]% - {\doiftextflowcollectorelse{#1} - {\global\setbox\textflowcollector{#1}\vbox - \bgroup - \unvbox\textflowcollector{#1}% - \hsize\textflowparameter{#1}\c!width - \dousestyleparameter{\textflowparameter{#1}\c!style}% - \unexpanded\def\stoptextflow{\endgraf\egroup}} - {\let\stoptextflow\relax}} + {\begingroup + \edef\currenttextflow{#1}% + \ifcsname\??textflowbox\currenttextflow\endcsname + \b_page_textflow_box\csname\??textflowbox\currenttextflow\endcsname + \global\setbox\b_page_textflow_box\vbox + \bgroup + \dontcomplain + \ifvoid\b_page_textflow_box\else + \unvbox\b_page_textflow_box + \fi + \hsize\textflowparameter\c!width\relax + \usetextflowstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color + \unexpanded\def\stoptextflow{\endgraf\egroup\endgroup}% + \else + \let\stoptextflow\endgroup + \fi} -\def\flushtextflow#1% - {\doiftextflow{#1} - {\ifdim\ht\textflowcollector{#1}>\vsize - \setbox\scratchbox\vsplit\textflowcollector{#1} to \vsize - \unvbox\scratchbox +\unexpanded\def\flushtextflow#1% + {\begingroup + \edef\currenttextflow{#1}% + \ifcsname\??textflowbox\currenttextflow\endcsname + \b_page_textflow_box\csname\??textflowbox\currenttextflow\endcsname + \ifvoid\b_page_textflow_box + % sorry + \else\ifdim\ht\b_page_textflow_box>\vsize + \setbox\scratchbox\vsplit\b_page_textflow_box to \vsize + \ifvoid\scratchbox\else + \unvbox\scratchbox + \fi \else - \unvbox\textflowcollector{#1}% - \fi}} + \unvbox\b_page_textflow_box + \fi\fi + \fi + \endgroup} \protect \endinput - -% Example (dutch) -% -% \stelpapierformaatin [S6] -% \steltolerantiein [soepel,rek] -% \stelkleurenin [status=start] -% \stelvoetin [strut=nee] -% \stelwitruimtein [groot] -% -% \stellayoutin -% [rechterrand=5cm,breedte=passend,marge=0pt,randafstand=1cm, -% voet=4cm,voetafstand=1cm,hoofd=0cm] -% -% \stelteksttekstenin[rand][][\vbox{\flushtextflow{alpha}}] -% \stelvoettekstenin [rand][][\vbox{\flushtextflow{beta}}] -% \stelvoettekstenin [\vbox{\flushtextflow{gamma}}][] -% -% \definetextflow [alfa] [breedte=\rechterrandbreedte] -% \definetextflow [beta] [breedte=\rechterrandbreedte] -% \definetextflow [gamma] [breedte=\voethoogte] -% -% \starttekst -% -% \dorecurse{50} -% {\getrandomnumber{\funny}{0}{8} -% \ifcase\funny \starttextflow[alfa] \input tufte.tex \stoptextflow -% \or \starttextflow[beta] \input knuth.tex \stoptextflow -% \or \starttextflow[gamma] \input materie.tex \stoptextflow -% \or {\bf TUFTE}\quad \input tufte \par -% \or {\bf TUFTE}\quad \input tufte \par -% \or {\bf KNUTH}\quad \input knuth \par -% \or {\bf KNUTH}\quad \input knuth \par -% \or {\bf MATERIE}\quad \input materie \par -% \else {\bf MATERIE}\quad \input materie \par -% \fi} -% -% \stoptekst diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv index 9d0f722fe..5eb587b7b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-imp.mkiv @@ -148,8 +148,7 @@ \donetrue \fi \else % testen, aangepast / expanded nodig ? - \normalexpanded{\doifinsetelse{\the\shippedoutpages}{\pagestoshipout}}% - \donetrue\donefalse + \normalexpanded{\doifinsetelse{\the\shippedoutpages}{\pagestoshipout}}\donetrue\donefalse \fi \ifdone \setbox\shipoutscratchbox\hbox{#1}% diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-ini.mkiv index 78d7f892e..59fcb38b6 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-ini.mkiv @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ \def\page_otr_flush_all_floats {%\flushnotes already done - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \begingroup \noftopfloats\plusthousand \nofbotfloats\zerocount @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ \doincrementpageboundcounters % should hook into an every \page_adapts_synchronize \page_otr_check_for_pending_inserts - \doflushspread + \page_spread_flush % defined later \page_postponed_blocks_flush} % Can't we get rid of this hackery? It's used in some widgets diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-ins.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-ins.mkiv index 793e28d4c..33c50451b 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-ins.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-ins.mkiv @@ -13,20 +13,17 @@ \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Core Macros / Insertions} -%D Insertions are special data collections that are associated -%D to \TEX's internal page builder. When multiple footnote -%D classes were introduced, I decided to isolate some of the -%D functionality in a module. +%D Insertions are special data collections that are associated to \TEX's internal +%D page builder. When multiple footnote classes were introduced, I decided to +%D isolate some of the functionality in a module. \unprotect -\newtoks\@@insertionlist - -\def\processinsertions{\the\@@insertionlist} +\newtoks\t_page_inserts_list \let\doprocessinsert\gobbleoneargument -\def\installinsertion#1% +\unexpanded\def\installinsertion#1% {\ifdefined#1\else \let#1\relax \fi @@ -35,56 +32,61 @@ \count#1\plusthousand \skip #1\zeropoint \dimen#1\maxdimen - \appendtoks\doprocessinsert#1\to\@@insertionlist + \appendtoks\doprocessinsert#1\to\t_page_inserts_list \fi} -\def\synchronizeinsertions - {\def\doprocessinsert##1{\ifvoid##1\else\insert##1{\unvbox##1}\fi}% +\unexpanded\def\processinsertions + {\the\t_page_inserts_list} + +\unexpanded\def\synchronizeinsertions + {\let\doprocessinsert\page_inserts_synchronize \processinsertions} -%D For instance, when we postpone footnotes, we need to save -%D some data related to the inserts. The next methods are -%D far from ideal, but better than nothing. We save and -%D restore box content and associated data independently. -%D The box content is only restores when non||void. - -\def\backupinsertion#1% - {\csname\string#1\endcsname} - -\def\installbackupinsertion#1% - {\expandafter\newinsert\csname\string#1\endcsname - \count\backupinsertion#1\zerocount - \skip \backupinsertion#1\zeropoint - \dimen\backupinsertion#1\maxdimen} - -\def\saveinsertionbox#1% - {\ifdim\ht#1>\zeropoint % hm, actually unknown - \global\setbox\backupinsertion#1\box#1% - \else - \global\setbox\backupinsertion#1\emptybox +\def\page_inserts_synchronize#1% + {\ifvoid#1\else + \insert#1{\unvbox#1}% + \fi} + +%D For instance, when we postpone footnotes, we need to save some data related to +%D the inserts. The next methods are far from ideal, but better than nothing. We +%D save and restore box content and associated data independently. The box content +%D is only restores when non||void. + +\installcorenamespace{insertionbackup} + +\unexpanded\def\installbackupinsertion#1% + {\ifcsname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname \else + \expandafter\newinsert\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname + \count\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname\zerocount + \skip \csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname\zeropoint + \dimen\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname\maxdimen \fi} -\def\restoreinsertionbox#1% +\unexpanded\def\saveinsertionbox#1% hm, actually unknown + {\global\setbox\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname + \ifdim\ht#1>\zeropoint\box#1\else\emptybox\fi} + +\unexpanded\def\restoreinsertionbox#1% {\ifvoid\backupinsertion#1\else % if void, we keep the content - \global\setbox#1\box\backupinsertion#1% + \global\setbox#1\box\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname \fi} -\def\eraseinsertionbackup#1% - {\global\setbox\backupinsertion#1\emptybox} +\unexpanded\def\eraseinsertionbackup#1% + {\global\setbox\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname\emptybox} -\def\saveinsertiondata#1% - {\global\skip \backupinsertion#1\skip #1% - \global\count\backupinsertion#1\count#1% - \global\dimen\backupinsertion#1\dimen#1} +\unexpanded\def\saveinsertiondata#1% + {\global\skip \csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname\skip #1% + \global\count\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname\count#1% + \global\dimen\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname\dimen#1} -\def\restoreinsertiondata#1% - {\global\skip #1\skip \backupinsertion#1% - \global\count#1\count\backupinsertion#1% - \global\dimen#1\dimen\backupinsertion#1} +\unexpanded\def\restoreinsertiondata#1% + {\global\skip #1\skip \csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname + \global\count#1\count\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname + \global\dimen#1\dimen\csname\??insertionbackup\string#1\endcsname} %D Auxiliary macros: -\def\addinsertionheight#1\to#2% +\unexpanded\def\addinsertionheight#1\to#2% {\ifvoid#1\else \advance#2 1\skip#1\relax \advance#2 \ht #1\relax diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv index 78839ea70..504478e5e 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-lay.mkiv @@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ %\writestatus{layout target}{(\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight) -> (\the\printpaperwidth,\the\printpaperheight)}% \page_layouts_synchronize} -\ifx\page_paper_set_offsets\undefined +\ifdefined\page_paper_set_offsets \else \def\page_paper_set_offsets % will move {\global\paperoffset\v_page_target_offset @@ -585,8 +585,13 @@ \fi -\ifdefined\setups \else \unexpanded\def\setups[#1]{\setdefaultpenalties} \fi % still needed? -\ifdefined\synchronizegridsnapping \else \let\synchronizegridsnapping\relax \fi +\ifdefined\setups \else + \unexpanded\def\setups[#1]{\setdefaultpenalties} % still needed? +\fi + +\ifdefined\synchronizegridsnapping \else + \let\synchronizegridsnapping\relax +\fi \let\p_page_layouts_width \empty \let\p_page_layouts_height\empty @@ -806,7 +811,7 @@ \page_layouts_check_revert \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} -\def\installlayoutmethod#1#2% +\unexpanded\def\installlayoutmethod#1#2% {\setgvalue{\??layoutmethod#1}{#2}} \installlayoutmethod\v!default{\page_layouts_check_default} @@ -926,8 +931,11 @@ %D \macros %D {adaptlayout} +\installcorenamespace{adaptlayout} \installcorenamespace{pageadaptations} +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??adaptlayout {adaptlayout} + \newdimen\d_page_adepts_pushed_text_height \newdimen\d_page_adepts_pushed_footer_height \newdimen\d_page_adepts_height @@ -946,21 +954,28 @@ \def\page_adapts_layout_register#1#2% {\setgvalue{\??pageadaptations#2}{\page_adapts_layout_indeed{#1}}} +\let\p_adapts_height\zeropoint +\let\p_adapts_lines \zerocount + \def\page_adapts_layout_indeed#1% - {\getparameters[\??za][\c!height=\zeropoint,\c!lines=0,#1]% + {\setupcurrentadaptlayout[\c!height=\zeropoint,\c!lines=\zerocount,#1]% \page_adepts_push - \doifelse\@@zaheight\v!max - {\global\d_page_adepts_height\footerheight} - {\global\d_page_adepts_height\dimexpr - \ifnum\@@zalines=\zerocount - \@@zaheight + \edef\p_adapts_height{\adaptlayoutparameter\c!height}% + \edef\p_adapts_lines {\adaptlayoutparameter\c!lines}% + \ifx\p_adapts_height\v!max + \global\d_page_adepts_height\footerheight + \else + \global\d_page_adepts_height\dimexpr + \ifnum\p_adapts_lines=\zerocount + \p_adapts_height \else - \@@zalines\openlineheight + \p_adapts_lines\openlineheight \fi \relax \ifdim\d_page_adepts_height>\footerheight \global\d_page_adepts_height\footerheight - \fi} + \fi + \fi \global\advance\textheight \d_page_adepts_height \global\advance\footerheight-\d_page_adepts_height \showmessage\m!layouts1{\the\d_page_adepts_height,\the\realpageno}% @@ -1105,33 +1120,50 @@ % #single #left #right -\def\doifoddpageelse {\ifodd\pagenoshift\expandafter\doifoddpageelseyes \else\expandafter\doifoddpageelsenop \fi} -\def\doifoddpageelseyes{\ifodd\realpageno \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments\else\expandafter\firstoftwoarguments \fi} -\def\doifoddpageelsenop{\ifodd\realpageno \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments \else\expandafter\secondoftwoarguments\fi} +\def\doifoddpageelse + {\ifodd\pagenoshift + \expandafter\page_layouts_if_odd_else_yes + \else + \expandafter\page_layouts_if_odd_else_nop + \fi} + +\def\page_layouts_if_odd_else_yes + {\ifodd\realpageno + \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \else + \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments + \fi} + +\def\page_layouts_if_odd_else_nop + {\ifodd\realpageno + \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments + \else + \expandafter\secondoftwoarguments + \fi} \let\doifonevenpaginaelse\doifoddpageelse -\def\redoifoddpageelse#1{\doifoddpageelse} +\def\page_layouts_if_odd_else_again#1{\doifoddpageelse} \def\doifbothsidesoverruled {\ifdoublesided - \expandafter\redoifoddpageelse + \expandafter\page_layouts_if_odd_else_again \else \expandafter\firstofthreearguments \fi} \def\doifbothsides% #1 #2 #3 {\ifdoublesided - \expandafter\doifbothsidesindeed + \expandafter\page_layouts_if_both_sides \else \expandafter\firstofthreearguments \fi} -\def\doifbothsidesindeed +\def\page_layouts_if_both_sides {\ifsinglesided \expandafter\firstofthreearguments \else - \expandafter\redoifoddpageelse + \expandafter\page_layouts_if_odd_else_again \fi} \newdimen\texthoffset @@ -1179,12 +1211,12 @@ \def\rightorleftpageaction {\ifdoublesided - \expandafter\rightorleftpageactionindeed + \expandafter\page_layouts_right_or_left_page_action \else \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments \fi} -\def\rightorleftpageactionindeed +\def\page_layouts_right_or_left_page_action {\ifsinglesided \expandafter\firstoftwoarguments \else diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-lin.lua b/tex/context/base/page-lin.lua index b830dbbb9..4dec0deec 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-lin.lua +++ b/tex/context/base/page-lin.lua @@ -134,6 +134,10 @@ function boxed.register(configuration) return last end +function commands.registerlinenumbering(configuration) + context(boxed.register(configuration)) +end + function boxed.setup(n,configuration) local d = data[n] if d then @@ -152,6 +156,8 @@ function boxed.setup(n,configuration) return n end +commands.setuplinenumbering = boxed.setup + local function check_number(n,a,skip,sameline) local d = data[a] if d then @@ -280,3 +286,6 @@ function boxed.stage_two(n,m) end end end + +commands.linenumbersstageone = boxed.stage_one +commands.linenumbersstagetwo = boxed.stage_two diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-lin.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-lin.mkiv index 671d4c712..a26fc2c74 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-lin.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-lin.mkiv @@ -26,20 +26,6 @@ % % we should use normal counters but then we need to sync settings -% not yet ok, we need to give the top line a proper height -% -% \newbox\locallinenumberbox -% -% \unexpanded\def\startlocallinenumbering -% {\setbox\locallinenumberbox\vbox\bgroup -% \startlinenumbering} -% -% \unexpanded\def\stoplocallinenumbering -% {\stoplinenumbering -% \egroup -% \mkdoprocessdeepboxcontents\locallinenumberbox -% \unvbox\locallinenumberbox} - % some line % % \startlocallinenumbering @@ -55,137 +41,96 @@ \definesystemattribute[linenumber] [public] \definesystemattribute[linereference][public] -\appendtoksonce \attribute\linenumberattribute \attributeunsetvalue \to \everyforgetall -\appendtoksonce \attribute\displaymathattribute\plusone \to \everybeforedisplayformula +\appendtoksonce + \attribute\linenumberattribute\attributeunsetvalue +\to \everyforgetall \newcount \linenumber % not used -\newbox \linenumberscratchbox -\newcount \linenumberchunk -\newcount \linerefcounter -\newconstant\linenumbernesting +\newbox \b_page_lines_scratch +\newcount \c_page_lines_reference +\newconstant\c_page_lines_nesting \newconditional\tracelinenumbering -\def\mkprocesstextlinenumbers#1#2% - {\setbox\linenumberscratchbox\vbox - {\forgetall - \offinterlineskip - \ctxlua{nodes.lines.boxed.stage_one(\number#1,\ifcase\linenumbernesting false\else true\fi)}}% #2 - \ctxlua{nodes.lines.boxed.stage_two(\number#1,\number\linenumberscratchbox)}}% can move to lua code - % id nr shift width leftskip dir -\let\makelinenumber\gobblesevenarguments +\installcorenamespace{linenumberinginstance} + +\let\makelinenumber\gobblesevenarguments % used at lua end \newconditional\boxcontentneedsprocessing -\def\mkdoprocesspagecontents #1{\mkaddtextlinenumbers{#1}\plusone \plusone \zerocount} -\def\mkdoprocessboxcontents #1{\mkaddtextlinenumbers{#1}\plusone \plusone \zerocount} -\def\mkdoprocessdeepboxcontents#1{\mkaddtextlinenumbers{#1}\plusone \plusone \plusone } -\def\mkdoprocesscolumncontents #1{\mkaddtextlinenumbers{#1}\currentcolumn\nofcolumns\zerocount} +\def\mkdoprocesspagecontents #1{\page_lines_add_numbers_to_box{#1}\plusone \plusone \zerocount} +\def\mkdoprocessboxcontents #1{\page_lines_add_numbers_to_box{#1}\plusone \plusone \zerocount} +\def\mkdoprocessdeepboxcontents#1{\page_lines_add_numbers_to_box{#1}\plusone \plusone \plusone } +\def\mkdoprocesscolumncontents #1{\page_lines_add_numbers_to_box{#1}\currentcolumn\nofcolumns\zerocount} -\def\mklinenumberparameters - {continue = "\linenumberparameter\c!continue", - start = \linenumberparameter\c!start, - step = \linenumberparameter\c!step, - method = "\linenumberparameter\c!method", +\def\page_lines_parameters_regular + {continue = "\linenumberingparameter\c!continue", + start = \number\linenumberingparameter\c!start, + step = \number\linenumberingparameter\c!step, + method = "\linenumberingparameter\c!method", tag = "\currentlinenumbering"} -\def\mklinenumberupdateparameters - {continue = "\linenumberparameter\c!continue"} - -\def\mkdefinetextlinenumbering - {\setxvalue{ln:c:\currentlinenumbering}{\number\cldcontext{nodes.lines.boxed.register({\mklinenumberparameters})}}} +\def\page_lines_parameters_update + {continue = "\linenumberingparameter\c!continue"} -\def\mkupdatetextlinenumbering - {\ctxlua{nodes.lines.boxed.setup(\getvalue{ln:c:\currentlinenumbering},{\mklinenumberupdateparameters})}} +\def\page_lines_start_define + {\setxvalue{\??linenumberinginstance\currentlinenumbering}{\ctxcommand{registerlinenumbering({\page_lines_parameters_regular})}}} -\def\mkstarttextlinenumbering#1#2% always when assignment - {\globallet\mkprocesspagecontents \mkdoprocesspagecontents - \globallet\mkprocesscolumncontents\mkdoprocesscolumncontents - \global\settrue\boxcontentneedsprocessing % see core-rul.mkiv - \edef\currentlinenumbering{#1}% - \ifcase#2\relax - \mkupdatetextlinenumbering % continue - \or - \mkdefinetextlinenumbering % only when assignment - \fi - \attribute\linenumberattribute\getvalue{ln:c:\currentlinenumbering}\relax} +\def\page_lines_start_update + {\ctxcommand{setuplinenumbering(\csname\??linenumberinginstance\currentlinenumbering\endcsname,{\page_lines_parameters_update})}} -\def\mksetuptextlinenumbering - {\ifcsname ln:c:\currentlinenumbering\endcsname - \ctxlua{nodes.lines.boxed.setup(\getvalue{ln:c:\currentlinenumbering},{\mklinenumberparameters})}% +\def\page_lines_setup + {\ifcsname \??linenumberinginstance\currentlinenumbering\endcsname + \ctxcommand{setuplinenumbering(\csname\??linenumberinginstance\currentlinenumbering\endcsname,{\page_lines_parameters_regular})}% \fi} -\def\mkstoptextlinenumbering - {\attribute\linenumberattribute\attributeunsetvalue} - % we could make this a bit more efficient by putting the end reference % in the same table as the start one but why make things complex ... -\let\dofinishlinereference\dofinishfullreference +\let\dofinishlinereference\dofinishfullreference % at lua end -\def\mksomelinereference#1#2#3% +\unexpanded\def\page_lines_some_reference#1#2#3% {\dontleavehmode\begingroup - \global\advance\linerefcounter\plusone - \attribute\linereferenceattribute\linerefcounter + \global\advance\c_page_lines_reference\plusone + \attribute\linereferenceattribute\c_page_lines_reference #3% % for the moment we use a simple system i.e. no prefixes etc .. todo: store as number - \expanded{\strc_references_set_named_reference{line}{#2}{conversion=\linenumberparameter\c!conversion}{\the\linerefcounter}}% kind labels userdata text + \normalexpanded{\strc_references_set_named_reference{line}{#2}{conversion=\linenumberingparameter\c!conversion}{\the\c_page_lines_reference}}% kind labels userdata text \endgroup} -\def\mkstartlinereference#1{\mksomelinereference{#1}{lr:b:#1}{}\ignorespaces} -\def\mkstoplinereference #1{\removeunwantedspaces\mksomelinereference{#1}{lr:e:#1}{}} +\def\page_lines_reference_start#1{\page_lines_some_reference{#1}{lr:b:#1}{}\ignorespaces} +\def\page_lines_reference_stop #1{\removeunwantedspaces\page_lines_some_reference{#1}{lr:e:#1}{}} + +% \def\mklinestartreference#1[#2]{\in{#1}[lr:b:#2]} % not interfaced/ not used +% \def\mklinestopreference #1[#2]{\in{#1}[lr:e:#2]} % not interfaced/ not used -\def\mklinestartreference#1[#2]{\in{#1}[lr:b:#2]} % not interfaced -\def\mklinestopreference #1[#2]{\in{#1}[lr:e:#2]} % not interfaced +\newif\ifnumberinglines % will change +\newif\iftypesettinglines % will change -% high level interface +\installcorenamespace{linenumbering} -\newif\ifnumberinglines -\newif\iftypesettinglines +\installcommandhandler \??linenumbering {linenumbering} \??linenumbering -\let\currentlinenumbering\empty +\setnewconstant\c_page_lines_mode \plusone % 0=continue, 1=restart +\setnewconstant\c_page_lines_location \plusone % 0=middle, 1=left, 2=right, 3=inner, 4=outer, 5=text, 6=begin, 7=end +\setnewconstant\c_page_lines_alignment\plusfive % 0=middle, 1=left, 2=right, 5=auto -\setnewconstant\linenumbermode \plusone % 0=continue, 1=restart -\setnewconstant\linenumberlocation \plusone % 0=middle, 1=left, 2=right, 3=inner, 4=outer, 5=text, 6=begin, 7=end -\setnewconstant\linenumberalignment\plusfive % 0=middle, 1=left, 2=right, 5=auto +\newdimen\d_page_lines_width +\newdimen\d_page_lines_distance \newevery \beforeeverylinenumbering \relax \newevery \aftereverylinenumbering \relax \newevery \everylinenumber \relax -\newdimen\linenumberwidth -\newdimen\linenumberdistance - -\unexpanded\def\definelinenumbering - {\dosingleempty\dodefinelinenumbering} - -\def\dodefinelinenumbering[#1]% - {\edef\currentlinenumbering{#1}% - \mkdefinetextlinenumbering} - -\unexpanded\def\setuplinenumbering - {\dodoubleempty\dosetuplinenumbering} - -\def\dosetuplinenumbering[#1][#2]% - {\ifsecondargument - \def\currentlinenumbering{#1}% - \getparameters[\??rn#1][#2]% - \else - \let\currentlinenumbering\empty - \getparameters[\??rn][#1]% - \fi - \mksetuptextlinenumbering} - -% some day commandhandler - -\def\linenumberparameter#1% - {\csname\??rn\ifcsname\??rn\currentlinenumbering#1\endcsname\currentlinenumbering\fi#1\endcsname} +\appendtoks + \page_lines_setup +\to \everysetuplinenumbering -\unexpanded\def\dolinenumberattributes#1#2% - {\dousestyleparameter{\linenumberparameter#1}% - \dousecolorparameter{\linenumberparameter#2}} +\appendtoks + \page_lines_start_define +\to \everydefinelinenumbering \setuplinenumbering [\c!conversion=\v!numbers, @@ -204,253 +149,270 @@ \c!align=\v!auto] \definelinenumbering - -\unexpanded\def\startlinenumbering - {\dodoubleempty\dostartlinenumbering} + [] % no intermediate changes in values, define a class, otherwise each range % would need a number % todo: text -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!middle \endcsname \zerocount -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!left \endcsname \plusone -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!margin \endcsname \plusone -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!inmargin \endcsname \plusone -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!inleft \endcsname \plusone -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!right \endcsname \plustwo -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!inright \endcsname \plustwo -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!inner \endcsname \plusthree -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!outer \endcsname \plusfour -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!text \endcsname \plusfive -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!begin \endcsname \plussix -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:l:\v!end \endcsname \plusseven - -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:a:\v!middle \endcsname \zerocount -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:a:\v!right \endcsname \plusone -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:a:\v!flushleft \endcsname \plusone -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:a:\v!left \endcsname \plustwo -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:a:\v!flushright\endcsname \plustwo -\expandafter\let\csname\??rn:a:\v!auto \endcsname \plusfive - -\def\dostartlinenumbering[#1][#2]% todo: c!continue +\installcorenamespace{linennumberinglocation} +\installcorenamespace{linennumberingalternative} + +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!middle \endcsname \zerocount +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!left \endcsname \plusone +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!margin \endcsname \plusone +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!inmargin \endcsname \plusone +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!inleft \endcsname \plusone +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!right \endcsname \plustwo +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!inright \endcsname \plustwo +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!inner \endcsname \plusthree +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!outer \endcsname \plusfour +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!text \endcsname \plusfive +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!begin \endcsname \plussix +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberinglocation\v!end \endcsname \plusseven + +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberingalternative\v!middle \endcsname \zerocount +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberingalternative\v!right \endcsname \plusone +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberingalternative\v!flushleft \endcsname \plusone +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberingalternative\v!left \endcsname \plustwo +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberingalternative\v!flushright\endcsname \plustwo +\expandafter\let\csname\??linennumberingalternative\v!auto \endcsname \plusfive + +\unexpanded\def\startlinenumbering + {\dodoubleempty\page_lines_start} + +\def\page_lines_start[#1][#2]% todo: c!continue {\begingroup - \linenumbermode\plusone + \c_page_lines_mode\plusone \ifsecondargument - \def\currentlinenumbering{#1}% + \edef\currentlinenumbering{#1}% \doifassignmentelse{#2} - {\getparameters[\??rn\currentlinenumbering][#2]} + {\setupcurrentlinenumbering[#2]} {\doifnumberelse{#2}% downward compatible - {\setvalue{\??rn#1\c!start}{#2}}% + {\setcurrentlinenumberingparameter\c!start{#2}}% {\doif{#2}\v!continue - {\getparameters[\??rn\currentlinenumbering][\c!continue=\v!yes]% - \linenumbermode\zerocount}}}% + {\letcurrentlinenumberingparameter\c!continue\v!yes + \c_page_lines_mode\zerocount}}}% \else\iffirstargument \doifnumberelse{#1}% downward compatible {\let\currentlinenumbering\empty - \setvalue{\??rn\c!start}{#1}}% + \setcurrentlinenumberingparameter\c!start{#1}}% {\doifelse{#1}\v!continue {\let\currentlinenumbering\empty - \getparameters[\??rn\currentlinenumbering][\c!continue=\v!yes]% - \linenumbermode\zerocount} - {\def\currentlinenumbering{#1}}}% + \letcurrentlinenumberingparameter\c!continue\v!yes + \c_page_lines_mode\zerocount} + {\edef\currentlinenumbering{#1}}}% \fi\fi - \doif{\linenumberparameter\c!continue}\v!yes - {\linenumbermode\zerocount}% + \doif{\linenumberingparameter\c!continue}\v!yes + {\c_page_lines_mode\zerocount}% \numberinglinestrue \the\beforeeverylinenumbering - \mkstarttextlinenumbering\currentlinenumbering\linenumbermode} + \globallet\mkprocesspagecontents \mkdoprocesspagecontents + \globallet\mkprocesscolumncontents\mkdoprocesscolumncontents + \global\settrue\boxcontentneedsprocessing % see core-rul.mkiv + \ifcase\c_page_lines_mode\relax + \page_lines_start_update % continue + \or + \page_lines_start_define % only when assignment + \fi + \attribute\linenumberattribute\getvalue{\??linenumberinginstance\currentlinenumbering}\relax} \unexpanded\def\stoplinenumbering - {\mkstoptextlinenumbering + {\attribute\linenumberattribute\attributeunsetvalue \the\aftereverylinenumbering \endgroup} % number placement .. will change into (the new) margin code -\def\mkdoinnerlinenumber{\doifoddpageelse\mkdoleftlinenumber\mkdorightlinenumber} -\def\mkdoouterlinenumber{\doifoddpageelse\mkdorightlinenumber\mkdoleftlinenumber} +\def\page_lines_number_inner_indeed{\doifoddpageelse\page_lines_number_left_indeed\page_lines_number_right_indeed} +\def\page_lines_number_outer_indeed{\doifoddpageelse\page_lines_number_right_indeed\page_lines_number_left_indeed} -\def\mkleftlinenumber - {\ifcase\linenumberlocation - \expandafter\mkdoleftlinenumber +\def\page_lines_number_left + {\ifcase\c_page_lines_location + \expandafter\page_lines_number_left_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdoleftlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_left_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdoleftlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_left_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdoinnerlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_inner_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdoouterlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_outer_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdotextlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_text_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdobeginlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_begin_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdoendlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_end_indeed \fi} -\def\mkrightlinenumber - {\ifcase\linenumberlocation - \expandafter\mkdorightlinenumber +\def\page_lines_number_right + {\ifcase\c_page_lines_location + \expandafter\page_lines_number_right_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdorightlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_right_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdorightlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_right_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdoouterlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_outer_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdoinnerlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_inner_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdotextlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_text_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdoendlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_end_indeed \or - \expandafter\mkdobeginlinenumber + \expandafter\page_lines_number_begin_indeed \fi} -\newconditional\faketextlinenumber -\newconstant \linenumberbox -\newconstant \linenumbercolumn -\newconstant \linenumberlastcolumn +\newconditional\c_page_lines_fake_number +\newconstant \b_page_lines_number +\newconstant \c_page_lines_column +\newconstant \c_page_lines_last_column -\def\mkaddtextlinenumbers#1#2#3#4% box col max nesting +\def\page_lines_add_numbers_to_box#1#2#3#4% box col max nesting {\bgroup - \linenumberbox #1\relax - \linenumbercolumn #2\relax - \linenumberlastcolumn#3\relax - \linenumbernesting #4\relax + \b_page_lines_number #1\relax + \c_page_lines_column #2\relax + \c_page_lines_last_column#3\relax + \c_page_lines_nesting #4\relax \fullrestoreglobalbodyfont - \let\makelinenumber\maketextlinenumber - \mkprocesstextlinenumbers\linenumberbox\linenumbernesting + \let\makelinenumber\page_lines_make_number % used at lua end + \setbox\b_page_lines_scratch\vbox + {\forgetall + \offinterlineskip + \ctxcommand{linenumbersstageone(\number\b_page_lines_number,\ifcase\c_page_lines_nesting false\else true\fi)}}% + \ctxcommand{linenumbersstagetwo(\number\b_page_lines_number,\number\b_page_lines_scratch)}% can move to lua code \egroup} -\def\maketextlinenumber#1#2% +\let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\relax + +\def\page_lines_make_number#1#2% {\edef\currentlinenumbering{#1}% \ifcase#2\relax - \settrue \faketextlinenumber + \settrue \c_page_lines_fake_number \else - \setfalse\faketextlinenumber + \setfalse\c_page_lines_fake_number \fi - \linenumberlocation \executeifdefined{\??rn:l:\linenumberparameter\c!location}\plusone % left - \linenumberalignment\executeifdefined{\??rn:a:\linenumberparameter\c!align }\plusfive % auto - \ifcase\linenumberlastcolumn\relax - \settrue \faketextlinenumber + \c_page_lines_location \executeifdefined{\??linennumberinglocation \linenumberingparameter\c!location}\plusone \relax % left + \c_page_lines_alignment\executeifdefined{\??linennumberingalternative\linenumberingparameter\c!align }\plusfive\relax % auto + \ifcase\c_page_lines_last_column\relax + \settrue \c_page_lines_fake_number \or % one column - \ifcase\linenumberlocation - \settrue \faketextlinenumber - % hm + \ifcase\c_page_lines_location + \settrue \c_page_lines_fake_number + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_fake_indeed \or - \let\domakelinenumber\mkleftlinenumber + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_left \or - \let\domakelinenumber\mkrightlinenumber + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_right \or % inner - \let\domakelinenumber\mkdoinnerlinenumber + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_inner_indeed \or % outer - \let\domakelinenumber\mkdoouterlinenumber + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_outer_indeed \or % text - \let\domakelinenumber\mkdotextlinenumber + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_text_indeed \or - \let\domakelinenumber\mkdobeginlinenumber + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_begin_indeed \or - \let\domakelinenumber\mkdoendlinenumber + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_end_indeed \fi - \else\ifcase\linenumbercolumn\relax - \settrue \faketextlinenumber + \else\ifcase\c_page_lines_column\relax + \settrue \c_page_lines_fake_number \or - \let\domakelinenumber\mkleftlinenumber - \ifcase\linenumberlocation\or - \linenumberlocation\plusone + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_left + \ifcase\c_page_lines_location\or + \c_page_lines_location\plusone \or - \linenumberlocation\plustwo + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo \else - \linenumberlocation\plusone + \c_page_lines_location\plusone \or - \linenumberlocation\plusone + \c_page_lines_location\plusone \or - \linenumberlocation\plusone + \c_page_lines_location\plusone \or - \linenumberlocation\plusone % todo + \c_page_lines_location\plusone % todo \or - \linenumberlocation\plusone % todo + \c_page_lines_location\plusone % todo \fi \else - \let\domakelinenumber\mkrightlinenumber - \ifcase\linenumberlocation\or - \linenumberlocation\plustwo + \let\page_lines_make_number_indeed\page_lines_number_right + \ifcase\c_page_lines_location\or + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo \or - \linenumberlocation\plusone + \c_page_lines_location\plusone \or - \linenumberlocation\plustwo + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo \or - \linenumberlocation\plustwo + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo \or - \linenumberlocation\plustwo % todo + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo % todo \or - \linenumberlocation\plustwo % todo + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo % todo \fi \fi\fi - \domakelinenumber{#1}} + \page_lines_make_number_indeed{#1}} -\def\mkdotextlinenumber #1#2#3#4#5#6% beware, one needs so compensate for this in the width ! - {\hbox{\dosomelinenumber{#1}{2}{#2}{#5}\hskip#3\scaledpoint}} +\let\page_lines_number_fake_indeed\gobblesixarguments % needs checking -\def\mkdotextlinenumber #1#2#3#4#5#6% beware, one needs so compensate for this in the width ! - {\hbox{\dosomelinenumber{#1}{2}{#2}{#5}\hskip#3\scaledpoint}} +\def\page_lines_number_text_indeed#1#2#3#4#5#6% beware, one needs so compensate for this in the \hsize + {\hbox{\page_lines_number_construct{#1}{2}{#2}{#5}\hskip#3\scaledpoint}} -\def\mkdoleftlinenumber #1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\page_lines_number_left_indeed#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\naturalhbox to \zeropoint {\ifcase\istltdir#6\else \hskip-#4\scaledpoint \fi - \llap{\dosomelinenumber{#1}{2}{#2}{#5}\kern#3\scaledpoint}}} + \llap{\page_lines_number_construct{#1}{2}{#2}{#5}\kern#3\scaledpoint}}} -\def\mkdorightlinenumber#1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\page_lines_number_right_indeed#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\naturalhbox to \zeropoint {\ifcase\istltdir#6\else \hskip-#4\scaledpoint \fi - \rlap{\hskip#4\scaledpoint\hskip#3\scaledpoint\dosomelinenumber{#1}{1}{#2}{#5}}}} + \rlap{\hskip\dimexpr#4\scaledpoint+#3\scaledpoint\relax\page_lines_number_construct{#1}{1}{#2}{#5}}}} -\def\mkdobeginlinenumber #1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\page_lines_number_begin_indeed#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\ifcase\istltdir#6\relax - \linenumberlocation\plusone - \expandafter\mkdoleftlinenumber + \c_page_lines_location\plusone + \expandafter\page_lines_number_left_indeed \else - \linenumberlocation\plustwo - \expandafter\mkdorightlinenumber + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo + \expandafter\page_lines_number_left_indeed \fi{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}} -\def\mkdoendlinenumber#1#2#3#4#5#6% +\def\page_lines_number_end_indeed#1#2#3#4#5#6% {\ifcase\istltdir#6\relax - \linenumberlocation\plustwo - \expandafter\mkdorightlinenumber + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo + \expandafter\page_lines_number_left_indeed \else - \linenumberlocation\plusone - \expandafter\mkdoleftlinenumber + \c_page_lines_location\plusone + \expandafter\page_lines_number_left_indeed \fi{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}} -\def\dosomelinenumber#1#2#3#4% tag 1=left|2=right linenumber leftskip +\def\page_lines_number_construct#1#2#3#4% tag 1=left|2=right linenumber leftskip {\begingroup \def\currentlinenumbering{#1}% \def\linenumber{#3}% unsafe - \doifelse{\linenumberparameter\c!width}\v!margin - {\linenumberwidth\leftmarginwidth} - {\linenumberwidth\linenumberparameter\c!width}% - \linenumberdistance\linenumberparameter\c!distance\relax - \ifcase#2\relax\or\hskip\linenumberdistance\fi\relax - \ifnum\linenumberlocation=\plusfive - \scratchdimen\dimexpr#4\scaledpoint-\linenumberdistance\relax - \linenumberlocation\plusone + \doifelse{\linenumberingparameter\c!width}\v!margin + {\d_page_lines_width\leftmarginwidth} + {\d_page_lines_width\linenumberingparameter\c!width}% + \d_page_lines_distance\linenumberingparameter\c!distance\relax + \ifcase#2\relax\or\hskip\d_page_lines_distance\fi\relax + \ifnum\c_page_lines_location=\plusfive + \scratchdimen\dimexpr#4\scaledpoint-\d_page_lines_distance\relax + \c_page_lines_location\plusone \else \scratchdimen\zeropoint \fi - \ifcase\linenumberalignment - \linenumberlocation\zerocount % middle + \ifcase\c_page_lines_alignment + \c_page_lines_location\zerocount % middle \or - \linenumberlocation\plusone % left + \c_page_lines_location\plusone % left \or - \linenumberlocation\plustwo % right + \c_page_lines_location\plustwo % right \fi - \ifconditional\tracelinenumbering\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi to \linenumberwidth - {\ifcase\linenumberlocation + \ifconditional\tracelinenumbering\ruledhbox\else\hbox\fi to \d_page_lines_width + {\ifcase\c_page_lines_location \hss % middle \or % left @@ -461,16 +423,16 @@ \or \doifoddpageelse\hss\relax % outer \fi - \ifconditional\faketextlinenumber + \ifconditional\c_page_lines_fake_number % we need to reserve space \else - \dolinenumberattributes\c!style\c!color - \linenumberparameter\c!command - {\linenumberparameter\c!left - \convertnumber{\linenumberparameter\c!conversion}{#3}% - \linenumberparameter\c!right}% + \uselinenumberingstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color + \linenumberingparameter\c!command + {\linenumberingparameter\c!left + \convertnumber{\linenumberingparameter\c!conversion}{#3}% + \linenumberingparameter\c!right}% \fi - \ifcase\linenumberlocation + \ifcase\c_page_lines_location \hss % middle \or \hss % left @@ -481,53 +443,60 @@ \or \doifoddpageelse\relax\hss % outer \fi}% - \ifcase#2\relax\or\or\hskip\linenumberdistance\fi\relax - \hskip-\scratchdimen + \ifcase#2\relax + \hskip-\scratchdimen + \or + \hskip-\scratchdimen + \or + \hskip\dimexpr\d_page_lines_distance-\scratchdimen\relax + \fi + \relax \the\everylinenumber \endgroup} -% left right inner outer - -% align: \alignedline\@@rnalign\v!right{\box0\hskip\@@rndistance} - % referencing -\unexpanded\def\someline [#1]{\mkstartlinereference{#1}\mkstoplinereference{#1}} % was just a def -\unexpanded\def\startline[#1]{\mkstartlinereference{#1}} -\unexpanded\def\stopline [#1]{\mkstoplinereference {#1}} +\unexpanded\def\someline [#1]{\page_lines_reference_start{#1}\page_lines_reference_stop{#1}} % was just a def +\unexpanded\def\startline[#1]{\page_lines_reference_start{#1}} +\unexpanded\def\stopline [#1]{\page_lines_reference_stop {#1}} -\def\mkshowstartlinereference#1% +\def\page_lines_reference_show_start#1% {\ifconditional\tracelinenumbering \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\llap {\vrule\!!width\onepoint\!!depth\strutdp\!!height.8\strutht\raise.85\strutht\hbox{\llap{\tt\txx#1}}}}% - \smashbox\scratchbox\box\scratchbox + \smashbox\scratchbox + \box\scratchbox \fi} -\def\mkshowstoplinereference#1% +\def\page_lines_reference_show_stop#1% {\ifconditional\tracelinenumbering \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\rlap {\raise.85\strutht\hbox{\rlap{\tt\txx#1}}\vrule\!!width\onepoint\!!depth\strutdp\!!height.8\strutht}}% - \smashbox\scratchbox\box\scratchbox + \smashbox\scratchbox + \box\scratchbox \fi} -\def\mkstartlinereference#1{\mksomelinereference{#1}{lr:b:#1}{\mkshowstartlinereference{#1}}\ignorespaces} -\def\mkstoplinereference #1{\removeunwantedspaces\mksomelinereference{#1}{lr:e:#1}{\mkshowstoplinereference{#1}}} +\def\page_lines_reference_start#1{\page_lines_some_reference{#1}{lr:b:#1}{\page_lines_reference_show_start{#1}}\ignorespaces} +\def\page_lines_reference_stop #1{\removeunwantedspaces\page_lines_some_reference{#1}{lr:e:#1}{\page_lines_reference_show_stop{#1}}} % eventually we will do this in lua \def\currentreferencelinenumber{\ctxcommand{filterreference("linenumber")}} -\def\doifelsesamelinereference#1#2#3% +\let\m_page_lines_from\empty +\let\m_page_lines_to \empty + +\unexpanded\def\doifelsesamelinereference#1#2#3% {\doifreferencefoundelse{lr:b:#1} - {\edef\fline{\currentreferencelinenumber}% + {\edef\m_page_lines_from{\currentreferencelinenumber}% \doifreferencefoundelse{lr:e:#1} - {\edef\tline{\currentreferencelinenumber}% - %[\fline,\tline] - \ifx\fline\tline#2\else#3\fi} + {\edef\m_page_lines_to{\currentreferencelinenumber}% + %[\m_page_lines_from,\m_page_lines_to] + \ifx\m_page_lines_from\m_page_lines_to#2\else#3\fi} {#2}} {#2}} -\def\inline#1[#2]% +\unexpanded\def\inline#1[#2]% {\doifelsenothing{#1} {\doifelsesamelinereference{#2} {\in{\leftlabeltext\v!line}{\rightlabeltext\v!line}[lr:b:#2]} @@ -536,7 +505,7 @@ {\in{#1}[lr:b:#2]} {\in{#1}[lr:b:#2]--\in[lr:e:#2]}}} -\def\inlinerange[#1]% +\unexpanded\def\inlinerange[#1]% {\doifelsesamelinereference{#1} {\in[lr:b:#1]} {\in[lr:b:#1]--\in[lr:e:#1]}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mbk.mkvi b/tex/context/base/page-mbk.mkvi index eb8061bf3..9e3e57193 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-mbk.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/page-mbk.mkvi @@ -220,9 +220,9 @@ \box\floatbox \filbreak}% \ifdim\ht\b_page_margin_blocks>\textheight - % \dosavefloatinfo % no saving done anyway + % page_floats_report_saved % no saving done anyway \else - \doinsertfloatinfo + \page_floats_report_total \fi} \def\page_margin_blocks_process_float_nop diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mis.lua b/tex/context/base/page-mis.lua deleted file mode 100644 index 20ed23b50..000000000 --- a/tex/context/base/page-mis.lua +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -if not modules then modules = { } end modules ['page-mis'] = { - version = 1.001, - comment = "companion to page-mis.mkiv", - author = "Hans Hagen, PRAGMA-ADE, Hasselt NL", - copyright = "PRAGMA ADE / ConTeXt Development Team", - license = "see context related readme files" -} - --- todo: adapt message - -local format, validstring = string.format, string.valid -local sortedkeys = table.sortedkeys - -local cache = { } - -local function flush(page) - local c = cache[page] - if c then - for i=1,#c do - context.viafile(c[i],format("page.%s",validstring(page,"nopage"))) - end - cache[page] = nil - end -end - -local function setnextpage() - local n = next(cache) and sortedkeys(cache)[1] - if not n then - n = 0 -- nothing in the cache - elseif n == 0 then - n = -1 -- generic buffer (0) - elseif n > 0 then - -- upcoming page (realpageno) - end - tex.setcount("global","c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page",n) -end - -function commands.flushpostponedblocks(page) - -- we need to flush previously pending pages as well and the zero - -- slot is the generic one so that one is always flushed - local t = sortedkeys(cache) - local p = tonumber(page) or tex.count.realpageno or 0 - for i=1,#t do - local ti = t[i] - if ti <= p then - flush(ti) - else - break - end - end - setnextpage() -end - -function commands.registerpostponedblock(page) - if type(page) == "string" then - if string.find(page,"^+") then - page = tex.count.realpageno + (tonumber(page) or 1) -- future delta page - else - page = tonumber(page) or 0 -- preferred page or otherwise first possible occasion - end - end - if not page then - page = 0 - end - local c = cache[page] - if not c then - c = { } - cache[page] = c - end - c[#c+1] = buffers.raw("postponedblock") - buffers.erase("postponedblock") - if page == 0 then - interfaces.showmessage("layouts",3,#c) - else - interfaces.showmessage("layouts",3,string.format("%s (realpage: %s)",#c,page)) - end - setnextpage() -end diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mis.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-mis.mkiv deleted file mode 100644 index 6137bb462..000000000 --- a/tex/context/base/page-mis.mkiv +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -%D \module -%D [ file=page-mis, -%D version=2008.11.17, % was part of page-flt.tex / 2000.10.20 -%D title=\CONTEXT\ Page Macros, -%D subtitle=Misc Float Things, -%D author=Hans Hagen, -%D date=\currentdate, -%D copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}] -%C -%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. - -\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Misc Float Things} - -\registerctxluafile{page-mis}{1.001} - -\unprotect - -% postponing - -\newevery\everytopofpage\relax - -\appendtoks \the\everytopofpage \to\everystarttext -\appendtoks\global\everytopofpage\emptytoks\to\everystoptext - -% \startpostponing [pagenumber] [+pageoffset] -% -% \startpostponing[2] -% PAGE 2 \blank -% \stoppostponing -% -% \startpostponing[+1] -% PAGE +1 \blank -% \stoppostponing -% -% \startpostponing[+2] -% PAGE +2 \blank -% \stoppostponing -% -% \starttext \dorecurse{4}{\input tufte \page} \stoptext - -%D There is no real need to use \LUA\ here but the bookkeeping -%D is somewhat easier and we also can erase buffers easier when -%D we keep a local cache, especially as we can flush per page. - -\newif \ifinpostponing % prevents nesting -\newcount\c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page % set at the lua end - -\unexpanded\setvalue{\e!start\v!postponing}% - {\bgroup - \obeylines - \doifnextoptionalelse{\egroup\page_postponed_blocks_start}{\egroup\page_postponed_blocks_start[0]}} - -\unexpanded\setvalue{\e!stop\v!postponing}% - {\ctxcommand{registerpostponedblock("\currentpostponedpage")}\relax} - -\def\page_postponed_blocks_start[#1]% - {\edef\currentpostponedpage{#1}% - \grabbufferdatadirect{postponedblock}{\e!start\v!postponing}{\e!stop\v!postponing}} - -% officially we should flush again after a flush as there can be new future pages -% but that will be looked into when we run into it - -\unexpanded\def\page_postponed_blocks_flush_indeed - {\begingroup - \setsystemmode\v!postponing - \inpostponingtrue % for old times sake - \global\pagetotal\zeropoint % here? still needed? (was after flush pagefloats) - \the\everytopofpage\relax - %\flushrestfloats - \doflushpagefloats - \setnormalcatcodes % postponing in verbatim - \restoreglobalbodyfont % otherwise problems inside split verbatim - \ctxcommand{flushpostponedblocks()}% - \relax - \page_otr_command_flush_floats % new but potential dangerous, maybe we need a classification - \endgroup} % of blocks: with and without flush - -\def\page_postponed_blocks_flush - {\ifinpostponing - % probably a nested flush - \else\ifnum\c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page=\zerocount - % nothing in cache - \else\ifnum\c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page<\zerocount - % generic cache - \page_postponed_blocks_flush_indeed - \else\ifnum\c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page>\realpageno - % future content - \else - % pending content - \page_postponed_blocks_flush_indeed - \fi\fi\fi\fi} - -\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv index 3792f06ee..e22ecd0a3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-mul.mkiv @@ -11,9 +11,8 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -% SEE PAGE-MUL-NEW.MKIV - -% BEWARE: TEMPORARY ISSUES WITH VSIZE AND HSIZE BUT WILL BE REDONE +% !!! there are some issues with hsize an vsize as well as flushing +% !!! floats but this module will be redone anyway \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Simple Multi Column} @@ -304,7 +303,7 @@ %\setcolumntextheight\relax \widowpenalty\zerocount % is gewoon beter \clubpenalty \zerocount % zeker bij grids - \dopushcolumnfloats + \page_floats_column_push_saved \dimen0\dimexpr\pagetotal+\parskip+\openlineheight\relax \ifdim\dimen0<\pagegoal \allowbreak @@ -389,7 +388,7 @@ \synchronizeoutput % new may 2004 / we need to: \pagegoal\vsize \checkendcolumnfootnotes \dosomebreak\allowbreak - \dopopcolumnfloats} + \page_floats_column_pop_saved} %D Because some initializations happen three times, we defined a macro for %D them. Erasing \type{\everypar} is needed because we don't want anything @@ -1084,21 +1083,24 @@ %D %D When all those floats are flushed, we switch to the local flushing routine. -\def\dopushcolumnfloats - {\ifsomefloatwaiting - \showmessage\m!columns6{\the\savednoffloats}% - \global\setbox\savedfloatlist\box\floatlist - \xdef\dopopcolumnfloats - {\global\savednoffloats\the\savednoffloats - \global\setbox\floatlist\box\savedfloatlist - \global\noexpand\somefloatwaitingtrue}% - \global\savednoffloats\zerocount - \global\somefloatwaitingfalse - \else - \global\let\dopopcolumnfloats\relax - \fi} - -\let\dopopcolumnfloats\relax +% \newbox \floatlist +% \newbox \savedfloatlist +% +% \def\page_floats_column_push_saved +% {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting +% \showmessage\m!columns6{\the\savednoffloats}% +% \global\setbox\savedfloatlist\box\floatlist +% \xdef\page_floats_column_pop_saved +% {\global\savednoffloats\the\savednoffloats +% \global\setbox\floatlist\box\savedfloatlist +% \global\noexpand\settrue\c_page_floats_some_waiting}% +% \global\savednoffloats\zerocount +% \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_some_waiting +% \else +% \global\let\page_floats_column_pop_saved\relax +% \fi} +% +% \let\page_floats_column_pop_saved\relax % \def\setcolumnfloats % messy as it adapts everypar % {\xdef\globalsavednoffloats{\the\savednoffloats}% @@ -1212,25 +1214,25 @@ \def\docolumnroomfloat {\ifpostponecolumnfloats - \global\roomforfloatfalse - \else\ifnofloatpermitted - \global\roomforfloatfalse + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_room + \else\ifconditional\c_page_floats_not_permitted + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_room \else \bgroup \getcolumnstatus\column\count255\total\dimen0\goal\dimen2\\% - \dofloatsgetinfo\s!text + \page_floats_get_info\s!text \setbox\scratchbox\vbox % tricky met objecten ? {\blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spacebefore] \snaptogrid\vbox{\vskip\floatheight}}% copy? \advance\dimen0\dimexpr\ht\scratchbox+2\openlineheight+.5\lineheight\relax\relax % needed because goal a bit higher \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 - \global\roomforfloatfalse + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_room \else - \global\roomforfloattrue + \global\settrue\c_page_floats_room \fi \ifdim\floatwidth>\hsize \showmessage\m!columns{11}\empty - \global\roomforfloatfalse + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_room \fi \egroup \fi\fi} @@ -1241,7 +1243,7 @@ \newif\ifflushingcolumnfloats \flushingcolumnfloatstrue \def\doflushcolumnfloat - {\ifpostponecolumnfloats\else\ifflushingcolumnfloats\ifsomefloatwaiting + {\ifpostponecolumnfloats\else\ifflushingcolumnfloats\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \doflushcolumnfloatindeed \fi\fi\fi} @@ -1251,7 +1253,7 @@ \let\doflushcolumnfloat\relax \getcolumnstatus\column\mofcolumns\total\dimen0\goal\dimen2\\% \ifdim\dimen0>\zeropoint - \dofloatsgetinfo\s!text + \page_floats_get_info\s!text \ifdim\floatwidth>\hsize % dropped ? \else @@ -1263,7 +1265,7 @@ \ifnum\mofcolumns<\nofcolumns \advance\mofcolumns \plusone \ifdim\ht\currenttopcolumnbox=\zeropoint - \dofloatsflush\s!text{1}% + \page_floats_flush\s!text\plusone \global\setbox\currenttopcolumnbox\vbox {\snaptogrid\vbox{\box\floatbox} \whitespace % nodig ? @@ -1287,7 +1289,7 @@ \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spacebefore] \nobreak \fi - \dofloatsflush\s!text{1}% + \page_floats_flush\s!text\plusone \page_otr_command_flush_float_box \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spaceafter] \fi @@ -1312,7 +1314,7 @@ {\ifpostponecolumnfloats\else \bgroup \forgetall - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \dimen8\zeropoint \dimen4\zeropoint \count0\zerocount % count0 can be used local @@ -1326,7 +1328,7 @@ \whitespace % nodig ? \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spaceafter]}% \else - \dofloatsgetinfo\s!text + \page_floats_get_info\s!text \ifdim\floatwidth>\hsize \dimen0\dimexpr\floatwidth+\intercolumnwidth+.5pt\relax \dimen2\dimexpr\hsize +\intercolumnwidth+.5pt\relax @@ -1337,7 +1339,7 @@ \count0\zerocount \else \dimen0\dimexpr\count0\hsize+\count0\intercolumnwidth-\intercolumnwidth\relax - \dofloatsflush\s!text{1}% + \page_floats_flush\s!text\plusone \ifdim\floatwidth>\finalcolumntextwidth % better somewhere else too \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox to \finalcolumntextwidth{\hss\box\floatbox\hss}% \fi % otherwise the graphic may disappear @@ -1350,7 +1352,7 @@ \fi \showmessage\m!columns{13}\empty \else - \dofloatsflush\s!text{1}% + \page_floats_flush\s!text\plusone \ifdim\floatwidth>\finalcolumntextwidth % better somewhere else too \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox to \finalcolumntextwidth{\hss\box\floatbox\hss}% \fi % otherwise the graphic may disappear @@ -1386,11 +1388,11 @@ \def\insertcolumnfloats {\doloop - {\ifsomefloatwaiting + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \bgroup \forgetall % no check for width - \dogetfloat + \page_floats_get \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spacebefore] \snaptogrid\vbox{\copy\floatbox} \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spaceafter] diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-not.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-not.mkiv index 06e2f3875..ddc9b1522 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-not.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-not.mkiv @@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Footnotes} -%D Terrible hacks: we need to share save/restore +%D This is an old mechanism that will be replaced as soon as the multicolumn +%D code is redone. -%D We've moved some footnote handling to a separate page -%D module. The macros below are used in the single and multi -%D column page handlers and permit mixed usage of column and -%D page notes. +%D We've moved some footnote handling to a separate page module. The macros below +%D are used in the single and multi column page handlers and permit mixed usage of +%D column and page notes. \unprotect diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-one.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-one.mkiv index 89fd7d4a8..025a9aa1a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-one.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-one.mkiv @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\page_one_command_set_top_insertions {\bgroup - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \noffloatinserts\zerocount \let\totaltopinserted\!!zeropoint \page_one_command_set_top_insertions_indeed @@ -229,23 +229,23 @@ \def\page_one_command_set_top_insertions_indeed {\ifnum\noffloatinserts<\noftopfloats - \dogetfloat + \page_floats_get \page_one_prepare_top_float \ifdim\topinserted<\textheight\relax \xdef\totaltopinserted{\the\topinserted}% \page_one_insert_top_float - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \advance\noffloatinserts \plusone \else \noffloatinserts\noftopfloats\relax \fi - \dofloatflushedinfo + \page_floats_report_flushed \else - \doresavefloat + \page_floats_resave\s!text \noffloatinserts\noftopfloats\relax \fi \else - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifcoditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \showmessage\m!floatblocks6{\the\noftopfloats}% \fi \let\page_one_command_set_top_insertions_indeed\relax @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\page_one_command_set_bottom_insertions {\bgroup - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \noffloatinserts\zerocount \page_one_command_set_bottom_insertions_indeed \fi @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ \def\page_one_command_set_bottom_insertions_indeed {\ifnum\noffloatinserts<\nofbotfloats\relax - \dogetfloat + \page_floats_get \global\advance\botinserted \ht\floatbox\relax \global\advance\botinserted \dp\floatbox\relax \global\advance\botinserted \floattopskip\relax @@ -271,19 +271,19 @@ {\forgetall \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spacebefore]% \page_otr_command_flush_float_box}% - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \advance\noffloatinserts \plusone \else \noffloatinserts\nofbotfloats \fi - \dofloatflushedinfo + \page_floats_report_flushed \else - \doresavefloat + \page_floats_resave\s!text \noffloatinserts\nofbotfloats\relax \fi - \global\nofloatpermittedtrue % vgl topfloats s! + \global\settrue\c_page_floats_not_permitted % vgl topfloats s! \else - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \showmessage\m!floatblocks7{\the\nofbotfloats}% \fi \let\page_one_command_set_bottom_insertions_indeed\relax @@ -324,31 +324,31 @@ \fi \fi \global\botinserted\zeropoint - \global\nofloatpermittedfalse} + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_not_permitted} \unexpanded\def\page_one_command_flush_floats - {\global\flushingfloatstrue - \ifsomefloatwaiting + {\global\settrue\c_page_floats_flushing + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \par % if kept, then option and definitely off in gridmode ! ! ! ! % \ifvmode \prevdepth\maxdimen \fi % prevents whitespace; problematic in icare tests \page_one_command_flush_floats_indeed \fi \global\savednoffloats\zerocount - \global\somefloatwaitingfalse - \global\flushingfloatsfalse} + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_some_waiting + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_flushing} \unexpanded\def\page_one_command_flush_float_box - {\ifcenterfloatbox \ifdim\wd\floatbox<\hsize + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_center_box \ifdim\wd\floatbox<\hsize \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox to \hsize{\hss\box\floatbox\hss}% \fi \fi \snaptogrid\hbox{\iftestfloatbox\ruledhbox\fi{\box\floatbox}}} % was copy \def\page_one_command_flush_floats_indeed % much in common with OTRSET - {\ifsomefloatwaiting - \ifpackflushedfloats - \centerfloatboxfalse % not needed as we do call directly - \dofloatscollect\s!text{\hsize}{1em}% + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_pack_flushed + \setfalse\c_page_floats_center_box % not needed as we do call directly + \page_floats_collect\s!text\hsize\emwidth %% no longer (interferes with footnotes): %% %% \page_one_command_set_vsize % test 2011.06.24.001 @@ -357,9 +357,9 @@ {\hfil \dorecurse\nofcollectedfloats {\ifcase\columndirection % nog document wide - \dofloatsflush\s!text{1}% + \page_floats_flush\s!text\plusone \else - \dofloatsflush\s!text{\the\numexpr\nofcollectedfloats-\recurselevel+1\relax}% + \page_floats_flush\s!text{\the\numexpr\nofcollectedfloats-\recurselevel+1\relax}% \fi \ifdim\wd\floatbox>\makeupwidth % \hsize \hbox to \makeupwidth{\hss\box\floatbox\hss}% @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ \fi}% \hfil}% \else - \dogetfloat + \page_floats_get \fi % there is a chance that due to rounding errors, the float % fits on a page where it was first rejected, in which case @@ -394,8 +394,8 @@ \fi} \unexpanded\def\page_one_command_check_if_float_fits - {\ifnofloatpermitted - \global\roomforfloatfalse + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_not_permitted + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_room \else % new per 31/5/2004, should be an option, only one column mode \begingroup @@ -419,19 +419,19 @@ \fi \relax % really needed ! ! ! ! \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 - \global\roomforfloatfalse + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_room \else - \global\roomforfloattrue + \global\settrue\c_page_floats_room \fi \fi} \unexpanded\def\page_one_command_flush_saved_floats {\global\topinserted\zeropoint \global\botinserted\zeropoint - \ifflushingfloats \else + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_flushing \else \page_one_command_set_top_insertions \page_one_command_set_bottom_insertions - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \doif{\rootfloatparameter\c!cache}\v!no\page_one_command_flush_floats % could be _otr_ \else\ifconditional\c_page_margin_blocks_present \page_one_command_flush_floats @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ \baselinecorrection %\fi \doplacefloatbox - \doinsertfloatinfo + \page_floats_report_total \dohandlenextfloatindent} \def\page_one_place_float_force @@ -469,10 +469,10 @@ %def\page_one_place_float_margin {\page_one_place_float_side_indeed\page_sides_process_float_margin\nonoindentation} % wil be overloaded \def\page_one_place_float_margin {\page_margin_blocks_process_float} -\def\page_one_place_float_page {\dofloatssavepagefloat \s!page \floatlocationmethod} -\def\page_one_place_float_leftpage {\dofloatssavepagefloat \s!leftpage \floatlocationmethod} -\def\page_one_place_float_rightpage {\dofloatssavepagefloat \s!rightpage\floatlocationmethod} -\def\page_one_place_float_somewhere {\dofloatssavesomewherefloat\s!somewhere\floatlocationmethod} +\def\page_one_place_float_page {\page_floats_save_page_float \s!page \floatlocationmethod} +\def\page_one_place_float_leftpage {\page_floats_save_page_float \s!leftpage \floatlocationmethod} +\def\page_one_place_float_rightpage {\page_floats_save_page_float \s!rightpage\floatlocationmethod} +\def\page_one_place_float_somewhere {\page_floats_save_somewhere_float\s!somewhere\floatlocationmethod} \def\page_one_place_float_here {\page_one_place_float_otherwise_here} \def\page_one_place_float_auto {\page_one_place_float_otherwise} @@ -488,38 +488,41 @@ {\doifinsetelse\v!always\floatlocationmethod {\page[\v!preference]% \page_otr_command_check_if_float_fits - \ifroomforfloat + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_room \page_one_place_float_here_indeed \else \showmessage\m!floatblocks9\empty - \doreversesavefloat + \page_floats_resave\s!text \fi} - {\ifsomefloatwaiting - \dosavefloat + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting + \page_floats_save\s!text + \nonoindentation \else \page[\v!preference]% \page_otr_command_check_if_float_fits - \ifroomforfloat + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_room \page_one_place_float_here_indeed \else - \dosavefloat + \page_floats_save\s!text + \nonoindentation \fi \fi}} \def\page_one_place_float_otherwise_else {\doifinsetelse\v!always\floatlocationmethod {\page_otr_command_check_if_float_fits - \ifroomforfloat + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_room \page_one_place_float_auto_top_bottom \else \showmessage\m!floatblocks9\empty - \doreversesavefloat + \page_floats_resave\s!text \fi} {\page_otr_command_check_if_float_fits - \ifroomforfloat + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_room \page_one_place_float_auto_top_bottom \else - \dosavefloat + \page_floats_save\s!text + \nonoindentation \fi}} \def\floatautofactor{.5} @@ -544,7 +547,7 @@ \def\page_one_place_float_top_indeed % maybe remember last beforeskip {\page_one_prepare_top_float \page_one_insert_top_float - \doinsertfloatinfo} + \page_floats_report_total} \def\page_one_place_float_bottom_indeed {\global\advance\botinserted\dimexpr\ht\floatbox+\dp\floatbox+\floattopskip\relax @@ -552,15 +555,15 @@ {\forgetall \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spacebefore]% \page_otr_command_flush_float_box}% - %\global\nofloatpermittedtrue - \doinsertfloatinfo} + %\global\settrue\c_page_floats_not_permitted + \page_floats_report_total} \def\page_one_place_float_face % links, rechts, midden, hoog, midden, laag {%\checkwaitingfloats{#1}% \startopposite \page_otr_command_flush_float_box \stopopposite - }%\doinsertfloatinfo} + }%\page_floats_report_total} \unexpanded\def\page_one_command_flush_side_floats {\page_sides_flush_floats} diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-plg.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-plg.mkiv index 004b9204d..ec61da1d2 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-plg.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-plg.mkiv @@ -11,10 +11,11 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -% \ifx\pageareabox\undefined \else \endinput \fi - \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Extra Page Building} +%D This still needs some work, especially the dimensions need to be +%D checked cq.\ optimized. Beware: method has become alternative! + %D This feature has been present for a while but has never been %D exploited: pluggable pagebuilders. The next example code %D demonstrates the application of one such a plug-in. This variant @@ -31,6 +32,8 @@ %D \startpagelayout[leftpage] %D \setupTABLE[offset=overlay] %D \setupTABLE[c][1][width=\leftmarginwidth] +%D \setupTABLE[c][2][width=\textwidth] +%D \setupTABLE[c][3][width=\rightmarginwidth] %D \bTABLE %D \bTR %D \bTD[nx=3,background=color,backgroundcolor=green] @@ -43,7 +46,7 @@ %D \eTR %D \bTR %D \bTD[nx=3,offset=overlay] -%D {\bTABLE[width=.5\hsize] +%D {\bTABLE %D \bTR %D \bTD \pagearea[footer][text][left] \eTD %D \bTD \pagearea[bottom][text][left] \eTD @@ -56,7 +59,9 @@ %D %D \startpagelayout[rightpage] %D \setupTABLE[offset=overlay] -%D \setupTABLE[c][1][width=\rightmarginwidth] +%D \setupTABLE[c][1][width=\leftmarginwidth] +%D \setupTABLE[c][2][width=\textwidth] +%D \setupTABLE[c][3][width=\rightmarginwidth] %D \bTABLE %D \bTR %D \bTD[nx=3] \pagearea[header][text][middle] \eTD @@ -67,7 +72,7 @@ %D \eTR %D \bTR %D \bTD[nx=3,offset=overlay] -%D {\bTABLE[width=.5\hsize] +%D {\bTABLE %D \bTR %D \bTD \pagearea[bottom][text][right] \eTD %D \bTD \pagearea[footer][text][right] \eTD @@ -80,12 +85,9 @@ %D %D \setupcolors[state=start] %D -%D \setupbackgrounds[text][background=color,backgroundcolor=blue] -%D \setupbackgrounds[header][text][background=color,backgroundcolor=red] -%D %D \setuppagenumbering[alternative=doublesided,location=] %D -%D \setuplayout[method=makeup] +%D \setuplayout[alternative=makeup] %D %D \definetextbackground %D [test] @@ -110,6 +112,8 @@ \unprotect +\installcorenamespace{layoutmakeupalternative} + \def\page_boxes_construct_content_makeup#1#2#3% targetbox flusher box {\setbox#1\hbox {\vbox to \textheight @@ -125,65 +129,76 @@ \dp#1\zeropoint \hsize\paperwidth \vsize\paperheight - \setbox#1\vbox{\csname\??layoutmethod\doifbothsidesoverruled\v!page\v!rightpage\v!leftpage\endcsname}% + \setbox#1\vbox{\csname\??layoutmakeupalternative\doifbothsidesoverruled\v!page\v!rightpage\v!leftpage\endcsname}% \wd#1\paperwidth \ht#1\paperheight \dp#1\zeropoint} \installlayoutalternative\v!makeup{\page_boxes_construct_content_makeup} -\newbox\pageareabox +\newbox\b_page_area \unexpanded\def\pagearea {\dotripleempty\page_area} -\def\page_area[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\page_area {\ifthirdargument - \doifelse{#3}\v!left - {\page_area_indeed{#1}{#2}\c!lefttext} - {\doifelse{#3}\v!right - {\page_area_indeed{#1}{#2}\c!righttext} - {\page_area_indeed{#1}{#2}\c!middletext}}% + \expandafter\page_area_three \else\ifsecondargument - \doifbothsidesoverruled - {\page_area_indeed{#1}{#2}\c!righttext} - {\page_area_indeed{#1}{#2}\c!righttext} - {\page_area_indeed{#1}{#2}\c!lefttext }% + \doubleexpandafter\page_area_two \else - \doif{#1}\v!text % copy due to trial runs in TABLE - {\iftrialtypesetting -% \copy\pagebox - \fakebox\pagebox - \else -% \localpositioningfalse - \page_backgrounds_add_to_text\pagebox - \page_grids_add_to_box\pagebox - \box\pagebox - \fi}% + \doubleexpandafter\page_area_one \fi\fi} +\def\page_area_three[#1][#2][#3]% + {\edef\m_page_area_three{#3}% + \ifx\m_page_area_three\v!left + \let\m_page_area_three\c!lefttext + \else\ifx\m_page_area_three\v!right + \let\m_page_area_three\c!righttext + \else + \let\m_page_area_three\c!middletext + \fi\fi + \page_area_indeed{#1}{#2}\m_page_area_three} + +\def\page_area_two[#1][#2][#3]% + {\edef\m_page_area_three{\doifbothsidesoverruled\c!righttext\c!righttext\c!lefttext}% + \page_area_indeed{#1}{#2}\m_page_area_three} + +\def\page_area_one[#1][#2][#3]% + {\edef\m_page_area_one{#1} + \ifx\m_page_area_one\v!text % copy due to trial runs in TABLE + \iftrialtypesetting + \fakebox\pagebox + \else + \page_backgrounds_add_to_text\pagebox + \page_grids_add_to_box\pagebox + \box\pagebox + \fi + \fi} + \def\page_area_indeed#1#2#3% - {\setbox\pageareabox\vbox{\getspecificlayouttext{#1}{#2}{#3}}% + {\setbox\b_page_area\vbox{\getspecificlayouttext{#1}{#2}{#3}}% \ifsomebackgroundfound{#1#2}% \iftrialtypesetting -% \box\pageareabox - \fakebox\pageareabox + \fakebox\b_page_area \else - \localframed - [\??ma#1#2] - [\c!width=\wd\pageareabox, - \c!height=\ht\pageareabox, + % todo: \localbackgroundframed{\??layoutbackgrounds#1#2}{#1:#2} + \localframed % todo: + [\??layoutbackgrounds#1#2] + [\c!width=\wd\b_page_area, + \c!height=\ht\b_page_area, \c!offset=\v!overlay] - {\box\pageareabox}% + {\box\b_page_area}% \fi \else - \box\pageareabox + \box\b_page_area \fi} % to be done nicely (proper namespacing) -\setvalue{\??layoutmethod\v!leftpage }{\csname\??layoutmethod\v!page\endcsname} -\setvalue{\??layoutmethod\v!rightpage}{\csname\??layoutmethod\v!page\endcsname} +\setvalue{\??layoutmakeupalternative\v!leftpage }{\csname\??layoutmakeupalternative\v!page\endcsname} +\setvalue{\??layoutmakeupalternative\v!rightpage}{\csname\??layoutmakeupalternative\v!page\endcsname} \unexpanded\def\startpagelayout {\bgroup @@ -194,6 +209,6 @@ \def\page_layouts_start_layout[#1]#2\stoppagelayout {\egroup - \setvalue{\??layoutmethod#1}{#2}} + \setvalue{\??layoutmakeupalternative#1}{#2}} \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-pst.lua b/tex/context/base/page-pst.lua new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8586830cf --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/page-pst.lua @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +if not modules then modules = { } end modules ['page-pst'] = { + version = 1.001, + comment = "companion to page-pst.mkiv", + author = "Hans Hagen, PRAGMA-ADE, Hasselt NL", + copyright = "PRAGMA ADE / ConTeXt Development Team", + license = "see context related readme files" +} + +-- todo: adapt message + +local format, validstring = string.format, string.valid +local sortedkeys = table.sortedkeys + +local cache = { } + +local function flush(page) + local c = cache[page] + if c then + for i=1,#c do + context.viafile(c[i],format("page.%s",validstring(page,"nopage"))) + end + cache[page] = nil + end +end + +local function setnextpage() + local n = next(cache) and sortedkeys(cache)[1] + if not n then + n = 0 -- nothing in the cache + elseif n == 0 then + n = -1 -- generic buffer (0) + elseif n > 0 then + -- upcoming page (realpageno) + end + tex.setcount("global","c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page",n) +end + +function commands.flushpostponedblocks(page) + -- we need to flush previously pending pages as well and the zero + -- slot is the generic one so that one is always flushed + local t = sortedkeys(cache) + local p = tonumber(page) or tex.count.realpageno or 0 + for i=1,#t do + local ti = t[i] + if ti <= p then + flush(ti) + else + break + end + end + setnextpage() +end + +function commands.registerpostponedblock(page) + if type(page) == "string" then + if string.find(page,"^+") then + page = tex.count.realpageno + (tonumber(page) or 1) -- future delta page + else + page = tonumber(page) or 0 -- preferred page or otherwise first possible occasion + end + end + if not page then + page = 0 + end + local c = cache[page] + if not c then + c = { } + cache[page] = c + end + c[#c+1] = buffers.raw("postponedblock") + buffers.erase("postponedblock") + if page == 0 then + interfaces.showmessage("layouts",3,#c) + else + interfaces.showmessage("layouts",3,string.format("%s (realpage: %s)",#c,page)) + end + setnextpage() +end diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-pst.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-pst.mkiv new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1078dda03 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/page-pst.mkiv @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=page-mis, +%D version=2008.11.17, % was part of page-flt.tex / 2000.10.20 +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Page Macros, +%D subtitle=Postponing, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Postponing} + +\registerctxluafile{page-pst}{1.001} + +\unprotect + +% postponing + +\newevery\everytopofpage\relax + +\appendtoks + \the\everytopofpage +\to \everystarttext + +\appendtoks + \global\everytopofpage\emptytoks +\to \everystoptext + +% \startpostponing [pagenumber] [+pageoffset] +% +% \startpostponing[2] +% PAGE 2 \blank +% \stoppostponing +% +% \startpostponing[+1] +% PAGE +1 \blank +% \stoppostponing +% +% \startpostponing[+2] +% PAGE +2 \blank +% \stoppostponing +% +% \starttext \dorecurse{4}{\input tufte \page} \stoptext + +%D There is no real need to use \LUA\ here but the bookkeeping +%D is somewhat easier and we also can erase buffers easier when +%D we keep a local cache, especially as we can flush per page. + +%newif \ifinpostponing % prevents nesting + +\newcount \c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page % set at the lua end +\newconstant\c_page_postponed_busy + +\unexpanded\setvalue{\e!start\v!postponing}% + {\bgroup + \obeylines + \doifnextoptionalelse{\egroup\page_postponed_blocks_start}{\egroup\page_postponed_blocks_start[0]}} + +\unexpanded\setvalue{\e!stop\v!postponing}% + {\ctxcommand{registerpostponedblock("\currentpostponedpage")}\relax} + +\def\page_postponed_blocks_start[#1]% + {\edef\currentpostponedpage{#1}% + \grabbufferdatadirect{postponedblock}{\e!start\v!postponing}{\e!stop\v!postponing}} + +% officially we should flush again after a flush as there can be new future pages +% but that will be looked into when we run into it + +\unexpanded\def\page_postponed_blocks_flush_indeed + {\begingroup + \setsystemmode\v!postponing + \settrue\c_page_postponed_busy + \global\pagetotal\zeropoint % here? still needed? (was after flush pagefloats) + \the\everytopofpage\relax + %\flushrestfloats + \page_floats_flush_page_floats + \setnormalcatcodes % postponing in verbatim + \restoreglobalbodyfont % otherwise problems inside split verbatim + \ctxcommand{flushpostponedblocks()}% + \relax + \page_otr_command_flush_floats % new but potential dangerous, maybe we need a classification + \endgroup} % of blocks: with and without flush + +\unexpanded\def\page_postponed_blocks_flush + {\ifconditional\c_page_postponed_busy + % probably a nested flush + \else\ifnum\c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page=\zerocount + % nothing in cache + \else\ifnum\c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page<\zerocount + % generic cache + \page_postponed_blocks_flush_indeed + \else\ifnum\c_page_postponed_blocks_next_page>\realpageno + % future content + \else + % pending content + \page_postponed_blocks_flush_indeed + \fi\fi\fi\fi} + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-sel.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-sel.mkiv deleted file mode 100644 index 27f094118..000000000 --- a/tex/context/base/page-sel.mkiv +++ /dev/null @@ -1,347 +0,0 @@ -%D \module -%D [ file=page-sel, % moved from page-imp -%D version=1998.01.15, -%D title=\CONTEXT\ Page Macros, -%D subtitle=Page Selection, -%D author=Hans Hagen, -%D date=\currentdate, -%D copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}] -%C -%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is -%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for -%C details. - -%D This will become runtime loaded code. - -\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Page Selection} - -\unprotect - -%D One can (mis)use this mechanism, in close cooperation -%D with \PDFTEX\ to arrange pages of already produced files. -%D -%D \starttyping -%D \insertpages[file.pdf][1,3][n=30,width=18cm] -%D \stoptyping -%D -%D The pages are inserted in the text area, and even pages -%D are repositioned according to the width. In this example -%D empty pages are added after page 1 and 3. -%D -%D Selecting pages can be accomplished by: -%D -%D \starttyping -%D \filterpages[file.pdf][1,3,5][n=30,width=18cm] -%D \stoptyping -%D -%D One may pass \type {odd} or \type {even} instead of a -%D comma separated list. A third alternative is: -%D -%D \starttyping -%D \copypages[file.pdf][n=30,scale=950] -%D \stoptyping -%D -%D This macros inserts the page, according to the settings -%D provided. - -\def\insertpages - {\dotripleempty\doinsertpages} - -\def\doinsertpages[#1][#2][#3]% - {\doifassignmentelse{#2} - {\dodoinsertpages[#1][][#2]} - {\dodoinsertpages[#1][#2][#3]}} - -\def\dodoinsertpages[#1][#2][#3]% - {\bgroup - \dontcomplain - \getfiguredimensions[#1]% - \getparameters[\??ip][\c!n=\noffigurepages,\c!width=\zeropoint,#3]% - \doifinset0{#2}{\emptyhbox\page}% - \dorecurse\@@ipn - {\dofilterpage{#1}\recurselevel - \doifinset\recurselevel{#2}{\emptyhbox\page}}% - \egroup} - -\def\filterpages - {\dotripleempty\dofilterpages} - -\def\dofilterpages[#1][#2][#3]% % \noffigurepages not yet supported - {\bgroup - \dontcomplain - \getfiguredimensions[#1]% - \getparameters[\??ip][\c!n=\noffigurepages,\c!width=\zeropoint,#3]% - \doifelse{#2}\v!even - {\dorecurse\@@ipn - {\ifodd\recurselevel\relax\else\dofilterpage{#1}\recurselevel\fi}} - {\doifelse{#2}\v!odd - {\dorecurse\@@ipn - {\ifodd\recurselevel\relax\dofilterpage{#1}\recurselevel\fi}} - {\def\dodocommand##1{\ifnum##1>\@@ipn\else\dofilterpage{#1}{##1}\fi}% - \def\docommand ##1{\dowithrange{##1}\dodocommand}% - \processcommalist[#2]\docommand}}% - \egroup} - -\def\dofilterpage#1#2% - {\hbox to \textwidth - {\ifdoublesided\ifdim\@@ipwidth>\zeropoint\relax\ifodd\realpageno\else - \hfill - \def\dowithfigure{\hskip-\@@ipwidth}% - \fi\fi\fi - \setbox0\hbox - {\externalfigure[#1][\c!page=#2,\c!height=\textheight]}% - \wd0\zeropoint - \box0} - \page} - -\def\copypages - {\dodoubleempty\docopypages} - -\def\docopypages[#1][#2]% - {\bgroup - \getfiguredimensions[#1]% - \getparameters[\??ip] - [\c!n=\noffigurepages, - \c!marking=\v!off, - \c!scale=\!!thousand, - \c!offset=\zeropoint, - #2]% - \dorecurse\@@ipn - {\vbox to \textheight - {\hsize\textwidth - \scratchdimen\@@ipoffset - \centeredbox - {\doifelse\@@ipmarking\v!on\cuthbox\hbox % only place where cuthbox is used - {\ifdim\scratchdimen>\zeropoint\relax - \advance\vsize -2\scratchdimen - \advance\hsize -2\scratchdimen - \externalfigure[#1][\c!page=\recurselevel,#2,\c!scale=,\c!factor=\v!max,\c!offset=\v!overlay]% - \else - \externalfigure[#1][\c!page=\recurselevel,#2,\c!offset=\v!overlay]% - \fi}}} - \page} - \egroup} - -%D \macros -%D {combinepages} -%D -%D Yet another way of postprocessing is handles by \type -%D {\combinepages}. This macro builds a matrix of pages from a -%D file, for example: -%D -%D \starttyping -%D \setuppapersize -%D [A4][A4] % or [A4,landscape][A4,landscape] -%D -%D \setuplayout -%D [header=0pt,footer=1cm, -%D backspace=1cm,topspace=1cm, -%D width=middle,height=middle] -%D -%D \setupfootertexts -%D [presentation---\currentdate\space---\space\pagenumber] -%D -%D \starttext -%D \combinepages[slides][nx=2,ny=3,frame=on] -%D \stoptext -%D \stoptyping -%D -%D One can influence the way the pages are combined. (This -%D will be explained some time.) - -\def\combinepages - {\dodoubleempty\docombinepages} - -\def\docombinepages[#1][#2]% a=perpag b=free - {\bgroup - \dontcomplain - \getfiguredimensions[#1]% - \getparameters - [\??ip] - [\c!alternative=\v!a, - \c!n=\noffigurepages,\c!nx=2,\c!ny=2,\c!start=1,\c!stop=\!!maxcard, - \c!distance=\bodyfontsize, - \c!bottom=\vfill,\c!top=\vss, - \c!left=\hss,\c!right=\hss, - \c!before=\page,\c!after=\page,\c!inbetween=\blank, - \c!frame=,\c!background=,\c!backgroundcolor=, - #2]% - \def\@@ipname{#1}% - \@@ipbefore - \expandcheckedcsname{\??ip::\c!alternative:}\@@ipalternative\v!b - \@@ipafter - \egroup} - -\setvalue{\??ip::\c!alternative:\v!a}% - {\global\combinedpagescounter\@@ipstart - \doloop - {\vbox to \textheight - {\hsize\textwidth % ? ? - \scratchdimen\@@ipdistance - \!!widtha \dimexpr(\hsize-\@@ipnx\scratchdimen+\scratchdimen)/\@@ipnx\relax - \!!heighta\dimexpr(\vsize-\@@ipny\scratchdimen+\scratchdimen)/\@@ipny\relax - \dorecurse\@@ipny - {\hbox to \hsize - {\dorecurse\@@ipnx - {\vbox to \!!heighta - {\hsize\!!widtha - \vsize\!!heighta - \@@iptop - \hbox to \hsize - {\@@ipleft - \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipstop\relax - \globallet\@@ipn\!!zerocount - \else\ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \else - \externalfigure[\@@ipname] - [\c!object=\v!no, - \c!page=\number\combinedpagescounter, - \c!factor=\v!max, - \c!background=\@@ipbackground, - \c!backgroundcolor=\@@ipbackgroundcolor, - \c!frame=\@@ipframe]% - \fi\fi - \@@ipright} - \@@ipbottom}% - \global\advance\combinedpagescounter\plusone - \hfil}% - \hfilneg} - \vfil}% - \vfilneg}% - \page - \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \exitloop\fi}} - -\setvalue{\??ip::\c!alternative:\v!c}% - {\global\combinedpagescounter\@@ipstart - \doloop - {\vbox to \textheight - {\hsize\textwidth % ? ? - \scratchdimen\@@ipdistance - \!!widtha \dimexpr(\hsize-\@@ipnx\scratchdimen+\scratchdimen)/\@@ipnx\relax - \!!heighta\dimexpr(\vsize-\@@ipny\scratchdimen+\scratchdimen)/\@@ipny\relax - \hbox to \hsize - {\dorecurse\@@ipnx - {\@@ipleft - \vbox to \textheight - {\hsize\!!widtha - {\dorecurse\@@ipny - {\@@iptop - \hbox to \hsize - {\vbox to \!!heighta - {\hsize\!!widtha - \vsize\!!heighta - \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipstop\relax - \globallet\@@ipn\!!zerocount - \else\ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \else - \externalfigure[\@@ipname] - [\c!object=\v!no, - \c!page=\number\combinedpagescounter, - \c!factor=\v!max, - \c!background=\@@ipbackground, - \c!backgroundcolor=\@@ipbackgroundcolor, - \c!frame=\@@ipframe]% - \fi\fi}} - \global\advance\combinedpagescounter\plusone - \@@ipbottom}% - \vfil}% - \vfilneg} - \hfil}% - \hfilneg}} - \page - \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \exitloop\fi}} - -\setvalue{\??ip::\c!alternative:\v!horizontal}{\getvalue{\??ip::\c!alternative:\v!a}} -\setvalue{\??ip::\c!alternative:\v!vertical }{\getvalue{\??ip::\c!alternative:\v!c}} - -\setvalue{\??ip::\c!alternative:\v!b}% - {\global\combinedpagescounter\@@ipstart - \doloop - {\startbaselinecorrection - \scratchdimen\@@ipdistance - \!!widtha\dimexpr(\hsize-\@@ipnx\scratchdimen+\scratchdimen)/\@@ipnx\relax - \hbox to \hsize - {\dorecurse\@@ipnx - {\global\advance\combinedpagescounter\plusone - \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\@@ipn \else - \normalexpanded{\noexpand\externalfigure[\@@ipname] - [\c!page=\number\combinedpagescounter, - \c!width=\the\!!widtha,% todo \freezedimenmacro - \c!background=\@@ipbackground, - \c!backgroundcolor=\@@ipbackgroundcolor, - \c!frame=\@@ipframe]}% - \hfill - \fi}\hfillneg}% - \stopbaselinecorrection - \ifnum\combinedpagescounter<\@@ipn\relax - \@@ipinbetween - \else - \exitloop - \fi}} - -% This macro cuts a page into n parts that can be pasted -% together. - -\def\slicepages - {\dotripleempty\doslicepages} - -\def\doslicepages[#1][#2][#3]% - {\ifthirdargument - \dodoslicepages[#1][#2][#3]% - \else - \dodoslicepages[#1][#2][#2]% - \fi} - -\newcounter\slicedpagenumber - -\def\dodoslicepages[#1][#2][#3]% - {\bgroup - \dontcomplain - \globallet\slicedpagenumber\!!zerocount - \getfiguredimensions[#1] - \getparameters - [\??ip] - [\c!n=1, - \c!offset=\zeropoint, - \c!hoffset=\zeropoint,\c!voffset=\zeropoint, - \c!width=\figurewidth,\c!height=\figureheight,#2] - \ifnum\@@ipn>\zerocount - \definepapersize - [\s!dummy][\c!height=\@@ipheight,\c!width=\@@ipwidth] - \setuppapersize - [\s!dummy][\s!dummy] - \setuplayout - [\c!backspace=\zeropoint,\c!topspace=\zeropoint, - \c!height=\v!middle,\c!width=\v!middle, - \c!textdistance=\zeropoint, - \c!header=\zeropoint,\c!footer=\zeropoint] - \fi - \dorecurse\noffigurepages - {\global\let\slicedpagenumber\recurselevel - \ifnum\@@ipn>\plusone - \dorecurse\@@ipn - {\let\xslice\recurselevel - \dorecurse\@@ipn - {\let\yslice\recurselevel - \clip - [\c!nx=\@@ipn,\c!ny=\@@ipn,\c!x=\xslice,\c!y=\yslice] - {\scale - [\c!scale=\@@ipn000] - {\externalfigure[#1][\c!page=\slicedpagenumber]}} - \page}} - \else - \ifodd\slicedpagenumber\relax - \getparameters[\??ip][#2] - \else - \getparameters[\??ip][#3] - \fi - \hskip\@@ipoffset - \clip - [\c!hoffset=\@@iphoffset,\c!voffset=\@@ipvoffset, - \c!height=\@@ipheight,\c!width=\@@ipwidth] - {\externalfigure[#1][\c!page=\slicedpagenumber]} - \page - \fi} - \egroup} - -% \starttext \slicepages[slice1.pdf][n=3] \stoptext - -\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-sel.mkvi b/tex/context/base/page-sel.mkvi new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d0771b48 --- /dev/null +++ b/tex/context/base/page-sel.mkvi @@ -0,0 +1,368 @@ +%D \module +%D [ file=page-sel, % moved from page-imp +%D version=1998.01.15, +%D title=\CONTEXT\ Page Macros, +%D subtitle=Page Selection, +%D author=Hans Hagen, +%D date=\currentdate, +%D copyright={PRAGMA ADE \& \CONTEXT\ Development Team}] +%C +%C This module is part of the \CONTEXT\ macro||package and is +%C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for +%C details. + +%D This code relates to old texexec features and one can wonder if it needs +%D to be in the core. So, this could become runtime loaded code. Some of +%D the alternatives need checking. + +\writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Page Macros / Page Selection} + +\unprotect + +%D One can (mis)use this mechanism to (re)arrange pages of already produced +%D files. +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \insertpages[file.pdf][1,3][n=30,width=18cm] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D The pages are inserted in the text area, and even pages are repositioned +%D according to the width. In this example empty pages are added after page +%D 1 and 3. +%D +%D Selecting pages can be accomplished by: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \filterpages[file.pdf][1,3,5][n=30,width=18cm] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D One may pass \type {odd} or \type {even} instead of a comma separated list. A +%D third alternative is: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \copypages[file.pdf][n=30,scale=950] +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D This macros inserts the page, according to the settings provided. + +\installcorenamespace{withpages} + +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??withpages {withpages} +% \installdirectcommandhandler \??withpages {withpages} + +\newcount\c_page_selectors_n + +\unexpanded\def\insertpages + {\dotripleempty\page_selectors_insert} + +\def\page_selectors_insert[#filename][#emptylist][#settings]% + {\doifassignmentelse{#emptylist} + {\page_selectors_insert_indeed[#filename][][#emptylist]} + {\page_selectors_insert_indeed[#filename][#emptylist][#settings]}} + +\def\page_selectors_insert_indeed[#filename][#emptylist][#settings]% + {\bgroup + \dontcomplain + \getfiguredimensions[#filename]% + \global\c_page_selectors_n\noffigurepages\relax + \setupcurrentwithpages[\c!width=\zeropoint,#settings]% + \scratchwidth\directwithpagesparameter\c!width\relax + \doifinset0{#emptylist} + {\emptyhbox\page}% + \dorecurse\c_page_selectors_n + {\page_selectors_filter_a_page{#filename}\recurselevel + \doifinset\recurselevel{#emptylist} + {\emptyhbox\page}}% + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\filterpages + {\dotripleempty\page_selectors_filter} + +\def\page_selectors_filter[#filename][#selection][#settings]% % \noffigurepages not yet supported + {\bgroup + \dontcomplain + \getfiguredimensions[#filename]% + \global\c_page_selectors_n\noffigurepages\relax + \setupcurrentwithpages[\c!width=\zeropoint,#settings]% + \scratchwidth\directwithpagesparameter\c!width\relax + \edef\p_selection{#selection}% + \ifx\p_selection\v!even + \dorecurse\c_page_selectors_n + {\ifodd\recurselevel\else + \page_selectors_filter_a_page{#filename}\recurselevel + \fi}% + \else\ifx\p_selection\v!odd + \dorecurse\c_page_selectors_n + {\ifodd\recurselevel\relax + \page_selectors_filter_a_page{#filename}\recurselevel + \fi}% + \else + \def\page_selectors_filter_step_indeed#page% + {\ifnum#page>\c_page_selectors_n\else + \page_selectors_filter_a_page{#filename}{#page}% + \fi}% + \def\page_selectors_filter_step#step% + {\dowithrange{#step}\page_selectors_filter_step_indeed}% + \processcommacommand[\p_selection]\page_selectors_filter_step + \fi + \egroup} + +\def\page_selectors_filter_a_page#filename#page% + {\hbox to \textwidth + {\ifdim\scratchwidth>\zeropoint + \rightorleftpageaction{\scratchwidth\zeropoint}{\hfill}% + \fi + \setbox\scratchbox\hbox + {\hskip-\scratchwidth + \externalfigure[#filename][\c!page=#page,\c!height=\textheight]\hss}% + \wd\scratchbox\zeropoint + \box\scratchbox} + \page} + +\unexpanded\def\copypages + {\dotripleempty\page_selectors_copy} + +\def\page_selectors_copy[#filename][#settings][#figuresettings]% + {\bgroup + \getfiguredimensions[#filename]% + \global\c_page_selectors_n\noffigurepages\relax + \setupcurrentwithpages[\c!marking=\v!off,\c!offset=\zeropoint,#settings]% + \scratchoffset\directwithpagesparameter\c!offset\relax + \dorecurse\c_page_selectors_n + {\vbox to \textheight + {\hsize\textwidth + \centeredbox + {\doifelse{\directwithpagesparameter\c!marking}\v!on\cuthbox\hbox % only place where cuthbox is used + {\ifdim\scratchoffset>\zeropoint\relax + \advance\vsize -2\scratchoffset + \advance\hsize -2\scratchoffset + \externalfigure[#filename][\c!page=\recurselevel,#figuresettings,\c!scale=,\c!factor=\v!max,\c!offset=\v!overlay]% + \else + \externalfigurefilename][\c!page=\recurselevel,#figuresettings,\c!offset=\v!overlay]% + \fi}}} + \page} + \egroup} + +%D \macros +%D {combinepages} +%D +%D Yet another way of postprocessing is handles by \type {\combinepages}. This macro +%D builds a matrix of pages from a file, for example: +%D +%D \starttyping +%D \setuppapersize +%D [A4][A4] % or [A4,landscape][A4,landscape] +%D +%D \setuplayout +%D [header=0pt,footer=1cm, +%D backspace=1cm,topspace=1cm, +%D width=middle,height=middle] +%D +%D \setupfootertexts +%D [presentation---\currentdate\space---\space\pagenumber] +%D +%D \starttext +%D \combinepages[slides][nx=2,ny=3,frame=on] +%D \stoptext +%D \stoptyping +%D +%D One can influence the way the pages are combined. (This will be explained some +%D time.) + +\installcorenamespace{combinepagesalternative} + +\unexpanded\def\combinepages + {\dodoubleempty\page_selectors_combine} + +\def\page_selectors_combine[#filename][#settings]% a=perpag b=free + {\bgroup + \dontcomplain + \getfiguredimensions[#filename]% + \global\c_page_selectors_n\noffigurepages\relax + \setupcurrentwithpages + [\c!alternative=\v!a, + \c!nx=\plustwo,\c!ny=\plustwo,\c!start=\plusone,\c!stop=\maxcard, + \c!distance=\bodyfontsize, + \c!bottom=\vfill,\c!top=\vss,\c!left=\hss,\c!right=\hss, + \c!before=\page,\c!after=\page,\c!inbetween=\blank, + \c!frame=,\c!background=,\c!backgroundcolor=, + \c!name={#filename}, + #settings]% + \directwithpagesparameter\c!before + \scratchnx\directwithpagesparameter\c!nx + \scratchny\directwithpagesparameter\c!ny + \scratchdistance\directwithpagesparameter\c!distance\relax + \scratchwidth\dimexpr(\textwidth-\scratchnx\scratchdistance+\scratchdistance)/\scratchnx\relax + \scratchheight\dimexpr(\textheight-\scratchny\scratchdistance+\scratchdistance)/\scratchny\relax + \expandcheckedcsname{\??combinepagesalternative}{\directwithpagesparameter\c!alternative}\v!b + \directwithpagesparameter\c!after + \egroup} + +\setvalue{\??combinepagesalternative\v!a}% + {\global\combinedpagescounter\directwithpagesparameter\c!start\relax + \doloop + {\vbox to \textheight + {\dorecurse\scratchny + {\hbox to \textwidth + {\dorecurse\scratchnx + {\vbox to \scratchheight + {\hsize\scratchwidth + \vsize\scratchheight + \directwithpagesparameter\c!top + \hbox to \hsize + {\directwithpagesparameter\c!left + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\directwithpagesparameter\c!stop\relax + \global\c_page_selectors_n\zerocount + \else\ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\c_page_selectors_n \else + \externalfigure + [\directwithpagesparameter\c!name] + [\c!object=\v!no, + \c!page=\number\combinedpagescounter, + \c!factor=\v!max, + \c!background=\directwithpagesparameter\c!background, + \c!backgroundcolor=\directwithpagesparameter\c!backgroundcolor, + \c!frame=\directwithpagesparameter\c!frame]% + \fi\fi + \directwithpagesparameter\c!right} + \directwithpagesparameter\c!bottom}% + \global\advance\combinedpagescounter\plusone + \hfil}% + \hfilneg} + \vfil}% + \vfilneg}% + \page + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\c_page_selectors_n + \exitloop + \fi}} + +\setvalue{\??combinepagesalternative\v!c}% + {\global\combinedpagescounter\directwithpagesparameter\c!start\relax + \doloop + {\vbox to \textheight + {\hbox to \textwidth + {\dorecurse\scratchnx + {\directwithpagesparameter\c!left + \vbox to \textheight + {\hsize\scratchwidth + \dorecurse\scratchny + {\directwithpagesparameter\c!top + \hbox to \hsize + {\vbox to \scratchheight + {\hsize\scratchwidth + \vsize\scratchheight + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\directwithpagesparameter\c!stop\relax + \global\c_page_selectors_n\zerocount + \else\ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\c_page_selectors_n \else + \externalfigure + [\directwithpagesparameter\c!name] + [\c!object=\v!no, + \c!page=\number\combinedpagescounter, + \c!factor=\v!max, + \c!background=\directwithpagesparameter\c!background, + \c!backgroundcolor=\directwithpagesparameter\c!backgroundcolor, + \c!frame=\directwithpagesparameter\c!frame]% + \fi\fi}} + \global\advance\combinedpagescounter\plusone + \directwithpagesparameter\c!bottom}}% + \hfil}% + \hfilneg}}% + \page + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\c_page_selectors_n + \exitloop + \fi}} + +\setvalue{\??combinepagesalternative\v!horizontal}{\getvalue{\??combinepagesalternative\v!a}} +\setvalue{\??combinepagesalternative\v!vertical }{\getvalue{\??combinepagesalternative\v!c}} + +\setvalue{\??combinepagesalternative\v!b}% + {\global\combinedpagescounter\directwithpagesparameter\c!start\relax + \doloop + {\startbaselinecorrection + \hbox to \textwidth + {\dorecurse\scratchnx + {\global\advance\combinedpagescounter\plusone + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter>\c_page_selectors_n \else + \normalexpanded{\externalfigure + [\directwithpagesparameter\c!name] + [\c!page=\number\combinedpagescounter, + \c!width=\the\scratchwidth, + \c!background=\directwithpagesparameter\c!background, + \c!backgroundcolor=\directwithpagesparameter\c!backgroundcolor, + \c!frame=\directwithpagesparameter\c!frame]}% + \hfill + \fi}% + \hfillneg}% + \stopbaselinecorrection + \ifnum\combinedpagescounter<\c_page_selectors_n\relax + \directwithpagesparameter\c!inbetween + \else + \exitloop + \fi}} + +% This macro cuts a page into n parts that can be pasted together. + +\unexpanded\def\slicepages + {\dotripleempty\page_selectors_slice} + +\def\page_selectors_slice[#filename][#oddsettings][#evensettings]% + {\ifthirdargument + \page_selectors_slice_indeed[#filename][#oddsettings][#evensettings]% + \else + \page_selectors_slice_indeed[#filename][#oddsettings][#oddsettings]% + \fi} + +\let\slicedpagenumber\!!zerocount +\let\slicedpagestepx \!!zerocount +\let\slicedpagestepy \!!zerocount + +\def\page_selectors_slice_indeed[#filename][#oddsettings][#evensettings]% + {\bgroup + \dontcomplain + \global\let\slicedpagenumber\!!zerocount + \getfiguredimensions[#filename]% + \global\c_page_selectors_n\noffigurepages\relax + \setupcurrentwithpages + [\c!offset=\zeropoint,\c!hoffset=\zeropoint,\c!voffset=\zeropoint, + \c!width=\figurewidth,\c!height=\figureheight,#oddsettings]% + \ifnum\c_page_selectors_n>\zerocount + \definepapersize + [\s!dummy][\c!height=\directwithpagesparameter\c!height,\c!width=\directwithpagesparameter\c!width]% + \setuppapersize + [\s!dummy][\s!dummy]% + \setuplayout + [\c!backspace=\zeropoint,\c!topspace=\zeropoint, + \c!height=\v!middle,\c!width=\v!middle, + \c!textdistance=\zeropoint, + \c!header=\zeropoint,\c!footer=\zeropoint]% + \fi + \dorecurse\noffigurepages + {\global\let\slicedpagenumber\recurselevel + \ifnum\c_page_selectors_n>\plusone + \dorecurse\c_page_selectors_n + {\let\slicedpagestepx\recurselevel + \dorecurse\c_page_selectors_n + {\let\slicedpagestepy\recurselevel + \clip + [\c!nx=\c_page_selectors_n,\c!ny=\c_page_selectors_n,\c!x=\slicedpagestepx,\c!y=\slicedpagestepy] + {\scale + [\c!scale=\number\c_page_selectors_n000] + {\externalfigure[#filename][\c!page=\slicedpagenumber]}}% + \page}}% + \else + \ifodd\slicedpagenumber\relax + \setupcurrentwithpages[#oddsettings]% + \else + \setupcurrentwithpages[#evensettings]% + \fi + \hskip\directwithpagesparameter\c!offset\relax + \clip + [\c!hoffset=\directwithpagesparameter\c!hoffset,\c!voffset=\directwithpagesparameter\c!voffset, + \c!height=\directwithpagesparameter\c!height,\c!width=\directwithpagesparameter\c!width] + {\externalfigure[#filename][\c!page=\slicedpagenumber]}% + \page + \fi} + \egroup} + +% \starttext \slicepages[slice1.pdf][n=3] \stoptext + +\protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-set.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-set.mkiv index 99570004c..88382282f 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-set.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-set.mkiv @@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ \fi} \unexpanded\def\page_set_command_check_if_float_fits - {\global\ifnofloatpermitted\roomforfloatfalse\else\roomforfloattrue\fi} + {\global\ifconditional\c_page_floats_not_permitted\setfalse\c_page_floats_room\else\settrue\c_page_floats_room\fi} \def\OTRSETunpreparebox#1% {\ifhbox#1% spans and so @@ -1279,11 +1279,11 @@ \def\OTRSETsavebox#1% clean up the skips {\OTRSETunpreparebox{#1}% - \dofloatssave\s!text} + \page_floats_save\s!text} \def\OTRSETresavebox#1% clean up the skips {\OTRSETunpreparebox{#1}% - \dofloatsresave\s!text} + \page_floats_resave\s!text} \unexpanded\def\page_set_command_flush_float_box {\iftestfloatbox\ruledhbox\fi{\box\floatbox}} @@ -1292,12 +1292,12 @@ {\bgroup \def\OTRSETsavebox##1{\!!doneafalse}% \doloop - {\ifsomefloatwaiting + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \OTRSETskipstart - \dofloatsgetinfo\s!text + \page_floats_get_info\s!text \ifdim\floatwidth>\zeropoint \!!doneatrue - \dofloatsflush\s!text{1}% + \page_floats_flush\s!text\plusone \dp\floatbox\zeropoint \OTRSETstoreincolumnslot{TBLR}\floatbox \if!!donea @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ \fi \fi \global\setfalse\OTRSETfinish - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \page_otr_command_set_vsize \pagebreak \page_otr_command_set_vsize @@ -1991,7 +1991,7 @@ \dp\floatbox\strutdp \@EA\uppercasestring\floatmethod\to\floatmethod \OTRSETstoreincolumnslot\floatmethod\floatbox - \doinsertfloatinfo} + \page_floats_report_total} % kind of new, looks much like OTRONE, but not entirely @@ -1999,7 +1999,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\page_set_command_set_top_insertions {\bgroup - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \noffloatinserts\zerocount \let\totaltopinserted\!!zeropoint \OTRSETdodosettopinserts @@ -2021,7 +2021,7 @@ \def\OTRSETdodosettopinserts {\ifnum\noffloatinserts<\noftopfloats - \dogetfloat + \page_floats_get \ifdim\topinserted=\zeropoint\relax \settrue\c_page_set_top_of_insert \else @@ -2047,15 +2047,15 @@ \else \xdef\totaltopinserted{\the\topinserted}% \insert\topins{\forgetall\box\scratchbox}% interlineskip ? - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \advance\noffloatinserts \plusone \else \noffloatinserts\noftopfloats\relax \fi - \dofloatflushedinfo + \page_floats_report_flushed \fi \else - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \showmessage\m!floatblocks6{\the\noftopfloats}% \fi \let\OTRSETdodosettopinserts\relax @@ -2064,7 +2064,7 @@ \unexpanded\def\page_set_command_set_bottom_insertions {\bgroup - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \noffloatinserts\zerocount \OTRSETdodosetbotinserts \fi @@ -2072,7 +2072,7 @@ \def\OTRSETdodosetbotinserts {\ifnum\noffloatinserts<\nofbotfloats\relax - \dogetfloat + \page_floats_get \global\advance\botinserted \ht\floatbox\relax \global\advance\botinserted \dp\floatbox\relax \global\advance\botinserted \floattopskip\relax @@ -2081,19 +2081,19 @@ {\forgetall \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spacebefore]% \page_otr_command_flush_float_box}% - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \advance\noffloatinserts \plusone \else \noffloatinserts\nofbotfloats \fi - \dofloatflushedinfo + \page_floats_report_flushed \else \OTRSETresavebox\floatbox \noffloatinserts\nofbotfloats\relax \fi - \global\nofloatpermittedtrue % vgl topfloats s! + \global\settrue\c_page_floats_not_permitted % vgl topfloats s! \else - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \showmessage\m!floatblocks7{\the\nofbotfloats}% \fi \let\OTRSETdodosetbotinserts\relax @@ -2540,10 +2540,10 @@ \unexpanded\def\page_set_command_flush_saved_floats % rather similar to _one_ ut this might change {\global\topinserted\zeropoint \global\botinserted\zeropoint - \ifflushingfloats \else + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_flushing \else \page_set_command_set_top_insertions \page_set_command_set_bottom_insertions - \ifsomefloatwaiting + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting \doif{\rootfloatparameter\c!cache}\v!no\page_set_command_flush_floats % could be _otr_ \fi \fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-sid.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-sid.mkiv index f4d42a41c..f3b54e430 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-sid.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-sid.mkiv @@ -104,13 +104,12 @@ \let\logsidefloat \relax -\newif\ifroomforfloat % shared (will change) \newif\iftracesidefloats % public (might change) % end of public variables \def\page_sides_insert_info - {\doinsertfloatinfo} + {\page_floats_report_total} \def\page_sides_apply_horizontal_shift {\ifdim\d_page_sides_maximum>\zeropoint @@ -601,7 +600,7 @@ \fi \relax % really needed ! ! ! ! \ifdim\dimen0>\dimen2 - \global\roomforfloatfalse + \global\setfalse\c_page_floats_room \else \ifdim\dimexpr\pagegoal-\d_page_sides_vsize\relax<\d_page_sides_bottomskip \global\advance\d_page_sides_vsize \dimen0 @@ -612,7 +611,7 @@ \global\advance\d_page_sides_vsize \d_page_sides_bottomskip \global\setfalse\c_page_sides_short \fi - \global\roomforfloattrue + \global\settrue\c_page_floats_room \fi} \def\page_sides_prepare_space @@ -633,7 +632,7 @@ \page_sides_relocate_float{#1}% \page_sides_apply_vertical_shift \page_sides_analyse_space - \ifroomforfloat \else + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_room \else \page_otr_fill_and_eject_page \page_sides_analyse_space \page_sides_inject_dummy_lines diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-spr.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-spr.mkiv index f4768d4e9..dc1e013d5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-spr.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-spr.mkiv @@ -17,10 +17,9 @@ \unprotect -\newbox\spreadbox -\newif \ifinspread - -\setnewconstant\showspreadmode\plusone +\newbox \b_page_spread_content +\newconditional\c_page_spread_busy +\newconditional\c_page_spread_once % when true only one flush (writes etc) % beware, ugly overload, to be redone @@ -35,52 +34,81 @@ \noindent % content can be < \hsize \page_otr_command_package_contents#2#3}}% \dp#1\zeropoint - \setbox#1\hbox to \makeupwidth - {\ifinspread - \ifvoid\spreadbox - \global\setbox\spreadbox\box#1% - \copy\spreadbox\hss % left page + \ifconditional\c_page_spread_busy + \normalsettextpagecontent_spread{#1}% + \else + \normalsettextpagecontent_normal{#1}% + \fi} + +\def\normalsettextpagecontent_normal#1% + {\setbox#1\hbox to \makeupwidth + {\hss\box#1\hss}} % never change the \hss's + +\def\normalsettextpagecontent_spread#1% + {\setbox#1\hbox to \makeupwidth + {\ifvoid\b_page_spread_content + \ifconditional\c_page_spread_once + \box#1% \else - % prevent duplicate writes in normal run - \ifarrangingpages \else \ifcase\showspreadmode - \global\setbox\spreadbox\emptyhbox - \wd\spreadbox\makeupwidth - \ht\spreadbox\textheight - \fi \fi - \hss\box\spreadbox % right page + \global\setbox\b_page_spread_content\box#1% + \copy\b_page_spread_content \fi + \hss % left page \else - \hss\box#1\hss % never change the \hss's + \hss % right page + \ifarrangingpages + % writes don't matter anyway + \else\ifconditional\c_page_spread_once + \global\setbox\b_page_spread_content\emptyhbox + \wd\b_page_spread_content\makeupwidth + \ht\b_page_spread_content\textheight + \else + % writes can interfere (todo: write stripper, but how about hyperlinks) + \fi \fi + \box\b_page_spread_content \fi}} -\def\doflushspread - {\ifinspread \ifvoid\spreadbox\else +\unexpanded\def\page_spread_flush + {\ifconditional\c_page_spread_busy \ifvoid\b_page_spread_content\else % this page will be discarded later \emptyhbox \page \fi \fi } \unexpanded\def\startspread - {\bgroup - \ifdoublesided - \page[\v!left]% - %\setsystemmode{spread}% - \inspreadtrue - \expanded{\setuplayout[\c!textwidth=\the\dimexpr2\textwidth+2\backspace\relax]}% - \unexpanded\def\startspread{\bgroup\let\stopspread\egroup}% - \let\stopspread\dostopspread + {\ifdoublesided + \ifconditional\c_page_spread_busy + \doubleexpandafter\page_spread_start_nop + \else + \doubleexpandafter\page_spread_start_yes + \fi \else - \let\stopspread\egroup + \expandafter\page_spread_start_nop \fi} \let\stopspread\relax -\def\dostopspread - {\kern\zeropoint\page - \inspreadfalse +\unexpanded\def\page_spread_start_yes + {\bgroup + \page[\v!left]% + %\setsystemmode{spread}% + \settrue\c_page_spread_busy + \expanded{\setuplayout[\c!textwidth=\the\dimexpr2\textwidth+2\backspace\relax]}% + \let\stopspread\page_spread_stop_yes} + +\unexpanded\def\page_spread_stop_yes + {\kern\zeropoint + \page \setuplayout[\c!textwidth=\textwidth] \page[\v!left] \egroup} +\unexpanded\def\page_spread_start_nop + {\bgroup + \let\stopspread\page_spread_stop_nop} + +\unexpanded\def\page_spread_stop_nop + {\egroup} + \protect \endinput % texexec --arr --pdf test diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-str.mkiv b/tex/context/base/page-str.mkiv index 47eb5e3bf..200a71377 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-str.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/page-str.mkiv @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ \unprotect \let \currentoutputstream \empty -\newif \ifinoutputstream +\newif \ifinoutputstream % will becoem a conditional or mode \newtoks \everyenableoutputstream \appendtoks @@ -71,15 +71,13 @@ {\ctxlua{streams.stop()}% \endgroup} -\let\currentoutputsubstream\empty - \unexpanded\def\startoutputsubstream[#1]% just push/pop instead - {\glet\savedcurrentoutputstream\currentoutputstream + {\globalpushmacro\currentoutputstream \enableoutputstream[#1]} \unexpanded\def\stopoutputsubstream - {\glet\currentoutputstream\savedcurrentoutputstream - \enableoutputstream[\savedcurrentoutputstream]} + {\globalpopmacro\currentoutputstream + \enableoutputstream[\currentoutputstream]} \def\flushoutputstream [#1]{\ctxlua{streams.flush("#1")}} \def\outputstreamcopy [#1]{\vbox{\ctxlua{streams.flush("#1",true)}}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi b/tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi index c86597338..241461ec0 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/page-txt.mkvi @@ -430,6 +430,9 @@ \global\setfalse\resyncaftertextline \fi} +\def\getspecificlayouttext#vertical#horizontal#what% + {\csname\namedlayoutelementhash{#vertical:#horizontal}#what\endcsname} + % \settext[header][text][middle][xxx][yyy] \def\settextcontent @@ -474,8 +477,6 @@ %D macros. These are hooked into the general purpose token %D list registers mentioned before. -\def\ignoredlinebreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces} - \def\page_layouts_place_text_line_indeed#vertical#height% {\let\currentlayouttextline#vertical% \ifdim#height>\zeropoint\relax % prevents pagenumbers when zero height @@ -693,26 +694,26 @@ % associated. This is a rather messy test but better than the MkII % way where we use states and keep settings. -\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_ \relax -\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__v\relax -\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\relax -\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\relax +\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location \relax +\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_v\relax +\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\relax +\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\relax \def\page_layouts_place_page_number % also elsewhere .. beware, not \unexpanded else {\placelocationpagenumber} % test below fails \def\page_layouts_reset_page_number_location - {\ifx\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__v\relax\else - \edef\currentlayoutelement{\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__v:\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h}% - \edef\page_layouts_previous_page_number_locator{\detokenizedlayoutelementparameter\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x}% + {\ifx\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_v\relax\else + \edef\currentlayoutelement{\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_v:\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h}% + \edef\page_layouts_previous_page_number_locator{\detokenizedlayoutelementparameter\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x}% \doif{\meaning\page_layouts_previous_page_number_locator}{\meaning\page_layouts_place_page_number} - {\resetlayoutelementparameter\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x}% + {\resetlayoutelementparameter\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x}% \fi} \def\page_layouts_set_page_number_location - {\edef\currentlayoutelement{\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__v:\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h}% - \letlayoutelementparameter\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\page_layouts_place_page_number - \ifx\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!marginedgetext + {\edef\currentlayoutelement{\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_v:\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h}% + \letlayoutelementparameter\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\page_layouts_place_page_number + \ifx\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!marginedgetext \let\page_layouts_place_extra_text_left \page_layouts_place_page_number_left \let\page_layouts_place_extra_text_right\page_layouts_place_page_number_right \else @@ -721,38 +722,39 @@ \fi} \def\page_layouts_identify_page_number_location - {\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__v\v!footer - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!text - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!middletext - \processallactionsinset[\@@nmlocation] - [ \v!header=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__v\v!header, - \v!footer=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__v\v!footer, - \v!middle=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!text - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!middletext, - \v!left=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!text - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!lefttext, - \v!right=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!text - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!righttext, - \v!inleft=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!margin - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!lefttext, - \v!inright=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!margin - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!righttext, - \v!inmargin=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!margin - \def\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x{\ifdoublesided\c!margintext\else\c!righttext\fi}, - \v!margin=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!margin - \def\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x{\ifdoublesided\c!margintext\else\c!righttext\fi}, - \v!atmargin=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!text - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!marginedgetext, - \v!marginedge=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__h\v!text - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location__x\c!marginedgetext]} + {\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_v\v!footer + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!text + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!middletext + \processallactionsinset[\directpagenumberingparameter\c!location] + [ \v!header=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_v\v!header, + \v!footer=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_v\v!footer, + \v!middle=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!text + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!middletext, + \v!left=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!text + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!lefttext, + \v!right=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!text + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!righttext, + \v!inleft=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!margin + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!lefttext, + \v!inright=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!margin + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!righttext, + \v!inmargin=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!margin + \def\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x{\ifdoublesided\c!margintext\else\c!righttext\fi}, + \v!margin=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!margin + \def\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x{\ifdoublesided\c!margintext\else\c!righttext\fi}, + \v!atmargin=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!text + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!marginedgetext, + \v!marginedge=>\let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_h\v!text + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_x\c!marginedgetext]} \unexpanded\def\dosetpagenumberlocation - {\ifx\@@nmlocation\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_ + {\edef\p_page_numbering_location{\directpagenumberingparameter\c!location}% + \ifx\p_page_numbering_location\m_page_layouts_page_number_location % unchanged \else - \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location_\@@nmlocation + \let\m_page_layouts_page_number_location\p_page_numbering_location \page_layouts_reset_page_number_location - \ifx\@@nmlocation\empty + \ifx\p_page_numbering_location\empty % set otherwise \else \page_layouts_identify_page_number_location @@ -764,9 +766,12 @@ {\begingroup \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\ignorespaces\layoutelementparameter\c!marginedgetext\removeunwantedspaces}% \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox\else - \doifelsenothing\@@nmwidth - {\box\scratchbox\tfskip} - {\hbox to \@@nmwidth{\box\scratchbox\hss}}% + \edef\p_page_numbering_width{\directpagenumberingparameter\c!width}% + \ifx\p_page_numbering_width\empty + \box\scratchbox\tfskip + \else + \hbox to \p_page_numbering_width{\box\scratchbox\hss}% + \fi \fi \endgroup} @@ -774,9 +779,12 @@ {\begingroup \setbox\scratchbox\hbox{\ignorespaces\layoutelementparameter\c!marginedgetext\removeunwantedspaces}% \ifzeropt\wd\scratchbox\else - \doifelsenothing\@@nmwidth - {\tfskip\box\scratchbox} - {\hbox to \@@nmwidth{\hss\box\scratchbox}}% + \edef\p_page_numbering_width{\directpagenumberingparameter\c!width}% + \ifx\p_page_numbering_width\empty + \tfskip\box\scratchbox + \else + \hbox to \p_page_numbering_width{\hss\box\scratchbox}% + \fi \fi \endgroup} diff --git a/tex/context/base/regi-ini.lua b/tex/context/base/regi-ini.lua index ec6f812cc..3440dd52d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/regi-ini.lua +++ b/tex/context/base/regi-ini.lua @@ -234,6 +234,9 @@ function commands.stopregime() end end +commands.pushregime = regimes.push +commands.popregime = regimes.pop + -- obsolete: -- -- function regimes.setsynonym(synonym,target) diff --git a/tex/context/base/scrn-pag.mkvi b/tex/context/base/scrn-pag.mkvi index 66f197ffd..5bbdadda8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/scrn-pag.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/scrn-pag.mkvi @@ -150,12 +150,6 @@ {\global\setfalse\c_scrn_canvas_tight_page}% \to \everysetupinteractionscreen -\appendtoks - \doifelse\@@pcstate\v!start - \scrn_canvas_synchronize_simple - \scrn_canvas_synchronize_complex -\to \everyshipout - \setupinteractionscreen [\c!width=\printpaperwidth, \c!height=\printpaperheight, diff --git a/tex/context/base/scrn-wid.lua b/tex/context/base/scrn-wid.lua index 6fdc4fca0..14d58a29a 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/scrn-wid.lua +++ b/tex/context/base/scrn-wid.lua @@ -167,11 +167,19 @@ function renderings.rendering(label) end end -function renderings.var(label,key) +local function var(label,key) local rn = renderings[label] - context(rn and rn[key] or "") + return rn and rn[key] or "" end +renderings.var = var + +function commands.renderingvar(label,key) + context(var(label,key)) +end + +commands.registerrendering = renderings.register + -- Rendering: function commands.insertrenderingwindow(specification) diff --git a/tex/context/base/scrn-wid.mkvi b/tex/context/base/scrn-wid.mkvi index 2b75f83cd..610f1e7b9 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/scrn-wid.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/scrn-wid.mkvi @@ -483,10 +483,8 @@ % todo: dedicated margin classes -\def\scrn_comment_place - {\executeifdefined - {\??commentlocation\commentparameter\c!location}\hbox - {\hbox{\box\b_scrn_comment_link}}} +\unexpanded\def\scrn_comment_place + {\hbox{\expandcheckedcsname\??commentlocation{\commentparameter\c!location}\s!unknown}} \setvalue{\??commentlocation\v!inmargin }{\inmargin } \setvalue{\??commentlocation\v!leftedge }{\inleftedge } @@ -495,6 +493,12 @@ \setvalue{\??commentlocation\v!rightmargin}{\inrightmargin} \setvalue{\??commentlocation\v!high }{\high} \setvalue{\??commentlocation\v!none }{\scrn_comment_collect} +\setvalue{\??commentlocation\s!unknown }{\scrn_comment_flush_collect} + +\unexpanded\def\scrn_comment_flush_collect + {\ifvoid\b_scrn_comment_collect\else + \box\b_scrn_comment_collect + \fi} \def\scrn_comment_collect#content% {\global\setbox\b_scrn_comment_collect\hbox\bgroup @@ -505,10 +509,7 @@ #content% \egroup} -\unexpanded\def\placecomments - {\ifvoid\b_scrn_comment_collect\else - \box\b_scrn_comment_collect - \fi} +\let\placecomments\scrn_comment_flush_collect \definecomment[comment] @@ -529,6 +530,13 @@ %D Todo: like external figures, also search on path, %D although, they need to be present ar viewing time, so ... +\installcorenamespace{externalsoundtracks} + +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??externalsoundtracks {externalsoundtracks} + +\setupexternalsoundtracks + [\c!option=] + \unexpanded\def\useexternalsoundtrack {\dodoubleargument\scrn_soundtrack_indeed} @@ -541,17 +549,11 @@ \def\checksoundtrack#tag% yet untested in mkiv (also move management to lua) {\iflocation \ctxcommand{insertsoundclip{ - tag = "#tag", - repeat = "\@@sdoption", % not entirely ok but works + tag = "#tag", + ["repeat"] = "\directexternalsoundtrackparameter\c!option", % todo: pass option as-is }}% \fi} -\unexpanded\def\setupexternalsoundtracks - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??sd]} - -\setupexternalsoundtracks - [\c!option=] - %D Renderings (not yet tested in mkvi): % Todo: multiple instances and inheritance .. will be done when @@ -568,7 +570,7 @@ \def\setinternalrendering{\dodoubleempty \scrn_rendering_set} \def\scrn_rendering_use[#tag][#mime][#file][#option]% - {\ctxlua{interactions.renderings.register { + {\ctxcommand{registerrendering{ type = "external", label = "#tag", mime = "#mime", @@ -579,7 +581,7 @@ \def\scrn_rendering_set[#tag][#option]% {content} {\bgroup \dowithnextbox - {\ctxlua{interactions.renderings.register { + {\ctxcommand{registerrendering{ type = "internal", label = "#tag", mime = "IRO", % brrr @@ -591,28 +593,24 @@ \egroup}% \hbox} -\def\renderingtype #tag{\ctxlua{interactions.renderings.var("#tag","type")}} -\def\renderingoption#tag{\ctxlua{interactions.renderings.var("#tag","option")}} +\def\renderingtype #tag{\ctxcommand{renderingvar("#tag","type")}} +\def\renderingoption#tag{\ctxcommand{renderingvar("#tag","option")}} -\def\renderingwidth {8cm} % will become private -\def\renderingheight{6cm} % will become private +\newdimen\d_scrn_rendering_width \d_scrn_rendering_width 8cm +\newdimen\d_scrn_rendering_height \d_scrn_rendering_height 6cm -\unexpanded\def\definerenderingwindow - {\dodoubleempty\scrn_rendering_define_window} +\let\m_scrn_rendering_page\!!zerocount -\def\scrn_rendering_define_window[#tag][#settings]% - {\presetlocalframed[\??rw#tag]% - \getparameters - [\??rw#tag]% - [\c!openpageaction=,\c!closepageaction=,% - \c!width=\renderingwidth,\c!height=\renderingheight,% - #settings]} +\installcorenamespace{renderingwindow} -\unexpanded\def\setuprenderingwindow - {\dodoubleargument\scrn_rendering_setup_window} +\installframedcommandhandler \??renderingwindow {renderingwindow} \??renderingwindow -\def\scrn_rendering_setup_window[#tag]% - {\getparameters[\??rw#tag]} +\appendtoks + \letrenderingwindowparameter\c!openpageaction \empty + \letrenderingwindowparameter\c!closepageaction\empty + \setrenderingwindowparameter\c!width {\d_scrn_rendering_width }% + \setrenderingwindowparameter\c!height {\d_scrn_rendering_height}% +\to \everypresetrenderingwindow \unexpanded\def\placerenderingwindow {\dodoubleempty\scrn_rendering_place_window} @@ -622,31 +620,32 @@ \edef\currentrendering{\ifsecondargument#rendering\else#window\fi}% \doifelse{\renderingtype\currentrendering}{internal} % an object {\getobjectdimensions{IRO}\currentrendering - \edef\renderingheight{\the\dimexpr\objectheight+\objectdepth\relax}% - \edef\renderingwidth{\objectwidth}% - \dogetobjectreferencepage{IRO}\currentrendering\renderingpage}% - {\def\renderingheight{\vsize}% - \def\renderingwidth{\hsize}% - \def\renderingpage{\realpageno}}% + \d_scrn_rendering_height\dimexpr\objectheight+\objectdepth\relax + \d_scrn_rendering_width\objectwidth\relax + \dogetobjectreferencepage{IRO}\currentrendering\m_scrn_rendering_page}% + {\d_scrn_rendering_height\vsize + \d_scrn_rendering_width\hsize + \let\m_scrn_rendering_page\realpageno}% % create fall back if needed - \ifcsname\??rw#window\c!width\endcsname - \def\currentrenderingwindow{#window}% - \else + \edef\currentrenderingwindow{\namedrenderingwindowparameter{#window}\c!width}% stupid test, we need a proper one here + \ifx\currentrenderingwindow\empty \let\currentrenderingwindow\s!default - \definerenderingwindow[\currentrenderingwindow]% + \definerenderingwindow[\currentrenderingwindow]% why not global + \else + \edef\currentrenderingwindow{#window}% \fi -% todo -% \handlereferenceactions{\getvalue{\??rw\currentrenderingwindow\c!openpageaction }}\dosetuprenderingopenpageaction -% \handlereferenceactions{\getvalue{\??rw\currentrenderingwindow\c!closepageaction}}\dosetuprenderingclosepageaction - \localframed - [\??rw\currentrenderingwindow][\c!offset=\v!overlay]% + % todo: + % \handlereferenceactions{\renderingwindowparameter\c!openpageaction }\dosetuprenderingopenpageaction + % \handlereferenceactions{\renderingwindowparameter\c!closepageaction}\dosetuprenderingclosepageaction + \letrenderingwindowparameter\c!offset\v!overlay + \inheritedrenderingwindowframed {\vfill \ctxcommand{insertrenderingwindow { label = "\currentrendering", - width = \number\dimexpr\renderingwidth\relax, - height = \number\dimexpr\renderingheight\relax, + width = \number\d_scrn_rendering_width, + height = \number\d_scrn_rendering_height, option = "\renderingoption\currentrendering", - page = \number\renderingpage, + page = \number\m_scrn_rendering_page, }}\hfill}% \egroup} @@ -662,6 +661,8 @@ % %D \dorecurse{10}{\linkedlistelement[demo]{link \recurselevel} \page} % %D \stoptyping % +% \definesystemvariable {lk} % LinK +% % \installcommandhandler\??lk{linkedlist}\??lk % % \let\setupbutton\setuplinkedlists\setuplinkedlist diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv index ea537aea7..0e2333045 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/spac-def.mkiv @@ -21,29 +21,37 @@ % maybe \everysynchronizeglobalspacing % maybe \everysynchronizelocalspacing -\appendtoks \forgetverticalstretch \to \everybodyfont -\appendtoks \presetnormallineheight \to \everybodyfont -\appendtoks \setnormalbaselines \to \everybodyfont % check if redundant (\forgetverticalstretch does it too) -\appendtoks \setstrut \to \everybodyfont % check if redundant (\forgetverticalstretch does it too) -\appendtoks \settopskip \to \everybodyfont % factors set in \forgetverticalstretch -\appendtoks \setmaxdepth \to \everybodyfont % factors set in \forgetverticalstretch -\appendtoks \synchronizeindenting \to \everybodyfont -\appendtoks \synchronizeblank \to \everybodyfont -\appendtoks \synchronizewhitespace \to \everybodyfont -\appendtoks \synchronizespacecodes \to \everybodyfont % not needed, frozen factors -\appendtoks \setrelativeinterlinespace \to \everybodyfont +\appendtoks + \forgetverticalstretch + \presetnormallineheight + \setnormalbaselines % check if redundant (\forgetverticalstretch does it too) + \setstrut % check if redundant (\forgetverticalstretch does it too) + \settopskip % factors set in \forgetverticalstretch + \setmaxdepth % factors set in \forgetverticalstretch + \synchronizeindenting + \synchronizeblank + \synchronizewhitespace + \synchronizespacecodes % not needed, frozen factors + \setrelativeinterlinespace +\to \everybodyfont % why exception -\appendtoks \updateraggedskips \to \everyfontswitch % under test +\appendtoks + \updateraggedskips % under test +\to \everyfontswitch % maybe more -\prependtoks \let\par\normalpar \to \everybeforepagebody % see \fillinline (was endgraf) +\prependtoks + \let\par\normalpar +\to \everybeforepagebody % see \fillinline (was endgraf) % needs checking: -\appendtoks \synchronizespacecodes \to \everydefinedfont % not needed, frozen factors +\appendtoks + \synchronizespacecodes +\to \everydefinedfont % not needed, frozen factors \setupinterlinespace [\c!minheight=\zeropoint, % only special purpose diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-grd.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-grd.mkiv index cf350fdb6..369c147e3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spac-grd.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/spac-grd.mkiv @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ %C therefore copyrighted by \PRAGMA. See mreadme.pdf for %C details. -%D This module will be merged intio spac-ver.mkiv. +%D This module will be merged into spac-ver.mkiv. \writestatus{loading}{ConTeXt Spacing Macros / Grid Snapping} @@ -142,7 +142,9 @@ \def\showbaselinecorrection {\def\dobaselinecorrection % visualization is not watertight! {\bgroup -\ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint\kern-\prevdepth\fi + \ifdim\prevdepth>\zeropoint + \kern-\prevdepth + \fi \setbox\scratchbox\emptyhbox \wd\scratchbox\hsize \dp\scratchbox\strutdp diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv index 49187a6ad..18460b1c6 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/spac-hor.mkiv @@ -417,7 +417,7 @@ \appendtoks \let~\space \let\ \space -\to \simplifiedcommands +\to \everysimplifycommands \unexpanded\def\removeunwantedspaces {\ifhmode @@ -987,4 +987,8 @@ \unexpanded\def\medglue {\spac_glues_text_or_math\medmuskip \v!medium} \unexpanded\def\thickglue{\spac_glues_text_or_math\thickmuskip\v!big} +%D For the moment here (used in page-txt): + +\unexpanded\def\ignoredlinebreak{\unskip\space\ignorespaces} + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv b/tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv index e404dc9ef..f3dd5eafe 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/spac-ver.mkiv @@ -1259,7 +1259,6 @@ \definesystemattribute[skipcategory] [public] \definesystemattribute[skippenalty] [public] \definesystemattribute[skiporder] [public] -\definesystemattribute[displaymath] [public] \definesystemattribute[snapmethod] [public] \definesystemattribute[snapvbox] [public] %definesystemattribute[snapcategory] [public] @@ -1868,4 +1867,56 @@ \relax \fi} +%D Some preliminary code: a simple and fast hanger, for usage in +%D macros (moved from cont-new). + +\installcorenamespace {hanging} + +\installdirectcommandhandler \??hanging {hanging} + +\setuphanging + [\c!distance=.5em] + +\unexpanded\def\starthanging + {\noindent\bgroup + \dowithnextboxcs\spac_hanging_finish\hbox} + +\def\spac_hanging_finish + {\setbox\nextbox\hbox + {\box\nextbox + \hskip\directhangingparameter\c!distance}% + \hangindent\wd\nextbox + \hangafter\plusone + \box\nextbox + \ignorespaces} + +\unexpanded\def\stophanging + {\endgraf + \egroup} + +\unexpanded\def\starthangaround + {\noindent\bgroup + \dowithnextboxcs\spac_hanging_around_finish\hbox} + +\def\spac_hanging_around_finish + {\ifdim\nextboxht>\strutht + \setbox\nextbox\tbox + {\box\nextbox}% + \fi + \setbox\nextbox\hbox + {\box\nextbox + \hskip\directhangingparameter\c!distance}% + \getboxheight\scratchdimen\of\box\nextbox + \getnoflines\scratchdimen + \ht\nextbox\strutht + \dp\nextbox\strutdp + \hangindent\wd\nextbox + \hangafter-\noflines + \llap{\box\nextbox}% + \ignorespaces} + +\unexpanded\def\stophangaround + {\endgraf + \egroup} + \protect \endinput diff --git a/tex/context/base/status-files.pdf b/tex/context/base/status-files.pdf index 5c835ba6f..2a6807dc6 100644 Binary files a/tex/context/base/status-files.pdf and b/tex/context/base/status-files.pdf differ diff --git a/tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf b/tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf index 9a2a5fefd..273b84d23 100644 Binary files a/tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf and b/tex/context/base/status-lua.pdf differ diff --git a/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua b/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua index 3da404199..094859290 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua +++ b/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.lua @@ -190,9 +190,9 @@ return { status = "okay", }, { - filename = "core-var", + filename = "core-ini", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", comment = "code might move from here", }, { @@ -279,13 +279,13 @@ return { -- { -- filename = "supp-vis", -- marktype = "mkiv", - -- status = "unknown", + -- status = "todo", -- comment = "will become a module (and part will stay in the core)", -- }, -- { -- filename = "supp-fun", -- marktype = "mkiv", - -- status = "unknown", + -- status = "todo", -- comment = "will be integrated elsewhere", -- }, { @@ -314,7 +314,8 @@ return { { filename = "page-ins", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "dealing with insertions might change", }, { filename = "file-syn", @@ -468,8 +469,8 @@ return { { filename = "pack-mrl", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "todo", - comment = "this is something to be done on a rainy day" + status = "okay", + comment = "endpar experimental code" }, { filename = "pack-bck", @@ -509,17 +510,18 @@ return { { filename = "strc-doc", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-num", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "still some rough edges", }, { filename = "strc-mar", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "strc-sbe", @@ -534,17 +536,17 @@ return { { filename = "strc-sec", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-pag", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-ren", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-xml", @@ -555,7 +557,7 @@ return { { filename = "strc-def", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-ref", @@ -566,7 +568,7 @@ return { { filename = "strc-reg", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-lev", @@ -611,12 +613,12 @@ return { { filename = "spac-def", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "spac-grd", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", comment = "needs thinking and redoing", }, { @@ -651,27 +653,27 @@ return { { filename = "strc-con", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-des", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-enu", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-ind", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "strc-lab", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "core-sys", @@ -682,7 +684,7 @@ return { { filename = "page-var", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "page-otr", @@ -698,7 +700,7 @@ return { { filename = "page-fac", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "page-brk", @@ -709,7 +711,8 @@ return { { filename = "page-col", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "helpers for columns", }, { filename = "page-inf", @@ -720,12 +723,13 @@ return { { filename = "page-grd", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "page-flt", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "will be extended when columns are redone", }, { filename = "page-bck", @@ -735,7 +739,7 @@ return { { filename = "page-not", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "page-one", @@ -757,6 +761,7 @@ return { filename = "page-txt", marktype = "mkvi", status = "okay", + comment = "a few things left", }, { filename = "page-sid", @@ -766,12 +771,12 @@ return { { filename = "strc-flt", marktype = "mkvi", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { - filename = "page-mis", + filename = "page-pst", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "page-mbk", @@ -782,12 +787,14 @@ return { { filename = "page-mul", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", + comment = "will be reimplemented", }, { filename = "page-set", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", + comment = "will be reimplemented", }, { filename = "pack-lyr", @@ -807,7 +814,8 @@ return { { filename = "page-lin", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "will probably be overhauled some day" }, { filename = "page-par", @@ -881,17 +889,18 @@ return { { filename = "page-imp", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "page-sel", - marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + marktype = "mkvi", + status = "okay", + comment = "maybe some extensions and maybe delayed loading, needs checking", }, { filename = "page-com", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "scrn-pag", @@ -903,7 +912,7 @@ return { filename = "scrn-wid", marktype = "mkvi", status = "okay", - comment = "namespace needs checking" + comment = "functionality needs checking" }, { filename = "scrn-but", @@ -937,7 +946,7 @@ return { { filename = "tabl-tab", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "delayed", }, { filename = "tabl-tbl", @@ -964,7 +973,7 @@ return { { filename = "tabl-ltb", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "delayed", comment = "will be redone when needed", }, { @@ -1237,22 +1246,24 @@ return { { filename = "page-flw", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "page-spr", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "page-plg", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "will be made better", }, { filename = "page-str", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "needs more work (and thinking)", }, { filename = "anch-pgr", @@ -1269,7 +1280,8 @@ return { { filename = "anch-tab", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "will stay experimental for a while", }, { filename = "anch-bar", @@ -1279,7 +1291,7 @@ return { { filename = "anch-snc", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "delayed", comment = "interesting old mechanism to keep around (module?)", }, { @@ -1296,7 +1308,7 @@ return { { filename = "math-for", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", }, { filename = "math-def", @@ -1307,12 +1319,14 @@ return { { filename = "math-ali", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + commend = "will be checked and improved", }, { filename = "math-arr", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "needs testing", }, { filename = "math-frc", @@ -1356,7 +1370,8 @@ return { { filename = "strc-mat", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "some more functionality will end up here", }, { filename = "chem-ini", @@ -1376,7 +1391,7 @@ return { -- { -- filename = "core-fnt", -- marktype = "mkiv", - -- status = "unknown", + -- status = "todo", -- }, { filename = "node-rul", @@ -1393,17 +1408,17 @@ return { { filename = "strc-not", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, { filename = "strc-lnt", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "todo", }, -- { -- filename = "core-mis", -- marktype = "mkiv", - -- status = "unknown", + -- status = "todo", -- }, { filename = "pack-com", @@ -1419,7 +1434,6 @@ return { filename = "grph-trf", marktype = "mkiv", status = "okay", - comment = "namespace has to be made consistent" }, { filename = "grph-inc", @@ -1465,12 +1479,12 @@ return { { filename = "bibl-bib", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "delayed", }, { filename = "bibl-tra", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "delayed", }, { filename = "meta-xml", @@ -1503,15 +1517,11 @@ return { marktype = "mkiv", status = "okay", }, - { - filename = "core-ini", - marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", - }, { filename = "core-def", marktype = "mkiv", - status = "unknown", + status = "okay", + comment = "will always be messy", }, { filename = "back-pdf", diff --git a/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex b/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex index 99c281c00..b01ba8c86 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex +++ b/tex/context/base/status-mkiv.tex @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ [\currentdate][MkIV Status / Page \pagenumber] % \showmakeup -\showallmakeup +% \showallmakeup \starttext @@ -51,13 +51,14 @@ name \stopitem \startitem the message system will be unified \stopitem \startitem maybe rename dowhatevertexcommand to fromluawhatevertexcommand \stopitem - + \startitem consider moving setups directly to lua end (e.g. in characterspacing, breakpoint, bitmaps etc.) \stopitem \stopitemize \stoptitle -\definehighlight[notabene][color=darkred, style=bold] -\definehighlight[notamark][color=darkblue,style=bold] +\definehighlight[notabenered] [color=darkred, style=bold] +\definehighlight[notabeneblue] [color=darkblue, style=bold] +\definehighlight[notabeneyellow][color=darkyellow,style=bold] \startluacode @@ -78,7 +79,8 @@ if loaded then - local nofunknown = 0 + local noftodo = 0 + local nofdelayed = 0 local nofloaded = #loaded local categories = { } @@ -90,7 +92,6 @@ local l = loaded[i] l.order = i local category = string.match(l.filename,"([^%-]+)%-") or "module" - -- print("unknown category",category) local c = categories[category] c[#c+1] = l end @@ -124,14 +125,17 @@ context.NC() context(module.filename) context.NC() if marktype == "mkvi" then - context.notamark(marktype) + context.notabeneblue(marktype) else context(marktype) end context.NC() - if status == "unknown" then - context.notabene(status) - nofunknown = nofunknown + 1 + if status == "todo" then + context.notabenered(status) + noftodo = noftodo + 1 + elseif status == "delayed" then + context.notabeneyellow(status) + nofdelayed = nofdelayed + 1 else context(status) end @@ -151,9 +155,16 @@ context.starttitle { title = string.format("summary of %s modules",what) } - context.starttabulate { "|B|l|" } + local nofdone = nofloaded - noftodo - nofdelayed + + context.starttabulate { "|B|r|" } + context.HL() + context.NC() context("done") context.NC() context(nofdone) context.NC() context.NR() + context.NC() context("todo") context.NC() context(noftodo) context.NC() context.NR() + context.NC() context("delayed") context.NC() context(nofdelayed) context.NC() context.NR() + context.HL() context.NC() context("loaded") context.NC() context(nofloaded) context.NC() context.NR() - context.NC() context("unknown") context.NC() context(nofunknown) context.NC() context.NR() + context.HL() context.stoptabulate() context.stoptitle() diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-flt.mkvi b/tex/context/base/strc-flt.mkvi index 000b74831..06fd02bdc 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-flt.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-flt.mkvi @@ -595,7 +595,7 @@ \splitfloat{\strc_floats_place_next_box_normal}} \unexpanded\def\strc_floats_place_next_box_normal - {\ifsomefloatwaiting + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_some_waiting % this was \checkwaitingfloats spread all over \doifinsetelse\v!always\floatlocation {\showmessage\m!floatblocks5\empty} @@ -703,19 +703,15 @@ % documenteren in details \def\strc_floats_analyze_variables_one - {\doifelse{\floatparameter\c!local}\v!yes % fout keyword - \globalcenterfloatboxtrue - \globalcenterfloatboxfalse - \ifglobalcenterfloatbox - \localcenterfloatboxtrue + {\doifelse{\floatparameter\c!local}\v!yes\settrue\setfalse\c_page_floats_center_box_global % fout keyword + \ifconditional\c_page_floats_center_box_global + \settrue\c_page_floats_center_box_local \else - \doifinsetelse\v!local\floatlocation - \localcenterfloatboxtrue - \localcenterfloatboxfalse + \doifinsetelse\v!local\floatlocation\settrue\setfalse\c_page_floats_center_box_local \fi \doifnotcommon{\v!always,\v!here,\v!force}\floatlocation % ! ! ! ! ! ! - {\globalcenterfloatboxfalse - \localcenterfloatboxfalse}} + {\setfalse\c_page_floats_center_box_global + \setfalse\c_page_floats_center_box_local}} \let\naturalfloatheight\!!zeropoint \let\naturalfloatwidth \!!zeropoint @@ -817,7 +813,7 @@ \global\insidefloatfalse} % \def\strc_floats_set_local_hsize -% {\iflocalcenterfloatbox +% {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_center_box_local % \seteffectivehsize % \hsize\localhsize % \else @@ -830,7 +826,7 @@ \newdimen\availablefloatheight \def\strc_floats_set_local_hsize - {\iflocalcenterfloatbox + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_center_box_local % also available check here? \seteffectivehsize \hsize\localhsize @@ -1171,7 +1167,7 @@ \dostoptagged \blank[\rootfloatparameter\c!spaceafter]% \strc_floats_end_text_group - \doinsertfloatinfo} + \page_floats_report_total} \def\borderedfloatbox {\begingroup @@ -1756,6 +1752,8 @@ % test \placefigure{\input zapf\relax}{\externalfigure[cow.pdf][frame=on,grid=depth]} test \page % \stoptext +% This might move to page-flt: + \newif\ifpostponecolumnfloats \postponecolumnfloatsfalse % don't change \setnewconstant\postcenterfloatmethod\plusone @@ -1774,9 +1772,9 @@ \global\setbox\floatbox\hbox to \scratchdimen % {\hfill\box\floatbox\hfill}} % geen \hss, gaat mis in kolommen ! % {\hss \box\floatbox\hss }} % wel \hss, anders mis in colset - {\ifglobalcenterfloatbox + {\ifconditional\c_page_floats_center_box_global \donetrue - \else\iflocalcenterfloatbox + \else\ifconditional\c_page_floats_center_box_local \donetrue \else \donefalse @@ -1909,7 +1907,7 @@ {\ctxcommand{analysefloatmethod("#1")}} \def\somesomewherefloat[#1]% - {\dofloatssavesomewherefloat\s!somewhere{#1}} + {\page_floats_save_somewhere_float\s!somewhere{#1}} \def\strc_floats_get_box {\ifvisible @@ -2072,45 +2070,49 @@ %D Local floats: -\def\setuplocalfloats - {\getparameters[\??lf]} +\installcorenamespace{localfloats} +\installcorenamespace{localfloatstack} + +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??localfloats {localfloats} \setuplocalfloats [%\c!before=\blank, %\c!after=\blank, \c!inbetween=\blank] -\initializeboxstack{localfloats} +\initializeboxstack\??localfloatstack -\newcounter\noflocalfloats +\newcounter\c_strc_localfloats_n -\def\resetlocalfloats - {\doglobal\newcounter\noflocalfloats - \initializeboxstack{localfloats}} +\unexpanded\def\resetlocalfloats + {\global\c_strc_localfloats_n\zerocount + \initializeboxstack\??localfloatstack} -\def\somelocalfloat - {\doglobal\increment\noflocalfloats - \savebox{localfloats}{\noflocalfloats}{\box\floatbox}} +\unexpanded\def\somelocalfloat + {\global\advance\c_strc_localfloats_n\plusone + \savebox\??localfloatstack{\number\c_strc_localfloats_n}{\box\floatbox}} -\def\getlocalfloats - {\dorecurse\noflocalfloats +\unexpanded\def\getlocalfloats + {\dorecurse\c_strc_localfloats_n {\ifnum\recurselevel=\plusone % 1\relax - \getvalue{\??lf\c!before}% + \directlocalfloatsparameter\c!before \else - \getvalue{\??lf\c!inbetween}% + \directlocalfloatsparameter\c!inbetween \fi - \dontleavehmode\hbox{\foundbox{localfloats}\recurselevel}% - \ifnum\recurselevel=\noflocalfloats\relax - \getvalue{\??lf\c!after}% + \dontleavehmode\hbox{\foundbox\??localfloatstack\recurselevel}% + \ifnum\recurselevel=\c_strc_localfloats_n\relax + \directlocalfloatsparameter\c!after \fi}} \def\flushlocalfloats {\getlocalfloats \resetlocalfloats} -\unexpanded\def\getlocalfloat#1{\expanded{\foundbox{localfloats}{\number#1}}} +\unexpanded\def\getlocalfloat#1% + {\normalexpanded{\foundbox{\??localfloatstack}{\number#1}}} -\def\forcelocalfloats{\let\forcedfloatmethod\v!local} +\unexpanded\def\forcelocalfloats + {\let\forcedfloatmethod\v!local} \installfloatmethod \s!singlecolumn \v!local \somelocalfloat \installfloatmethod \s!multicolumn \v!local \somelocalfloat diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-ind.mkiv b/tex/context/base/strc-ind.mkiv index 4b65c7407..0098bff7d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-ind.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-ind.mkiv @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ \newcount\c_strc_indentedtexts_nesting \newdimen\d_strc_indentedtexts_width +\newdimen\d_strc_indentedtexts_distance \appendtoks \setuevalue {\e!start\currentindentedtext}{\strc_indentedtexts_start{\currentindentedtext}\c_strc_indentedtexts_nesting}% @@ -67,12 +68,13 @@ \setuevalue{\v!sub\v!sub\currentindentedtext}{\strc_indentedtexts_direct{\currentindentedtext}{2}}% \to \everydefineindentedtext -\unexpanded\def\strc_indentedtexts_start#1#2% +\unexpanded\def\strc_indentedtexts_start#1#2% we need to get rid of \spr {\par \begingroup - \c_strc_indentedtexts_nesting#2\relax \edef\currentindentedtext{#1}% + \c_strc_indentedtexts_nesting#2\relax \indentedtextparameter\c!before + \d_strc_indentedtexts_distance\indentedtextparameter\c!distance\relax \doifnothing{\indentedtextparameter\c!sample} {\setindentedtextparameter\c!sample{\indentedtextparameter\c!text}}% \assignwidth @@ -81,15 +83,15 @@ {\useindentedtextstyleandcolor\c!headstyle\c!headcolor \indentedtextparameter\c!sample \spr{\indentedtextparameter\c!separator}} - {\indentedtextparameter\c!distance}% - \advance\d_strc_indentedtexts_width \indentedtextparameter\c!distance + {\d_strc_indentedtexts_distance}% + \advance\d_strc_indentedtexts_width \d_strc_indentedtexts_distance \setbox\scratchbox\hbox to \d_strc_indentedtexts_width {\useindentedtextstyleandcolor\c!headstyle\c!headcolor \strut \indentedtextparameter\c!text \hss \spr{\indentedtextparameter\c!separator}% - \hskip\indentedtextparameter\c!distance}% + \hskip\d_strc_indentedtexts_distance}% \parindent\zeropoint \hskip\c_strc_indentedtexts_nesting\d_strc_indentedtexts_width \advance\c_strc_indentedtexts_nesting\plusone diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-mat.mkiv b/tex/context/base/strc-mat.mkiv index a6763e27e..7cdc68a73 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-mat.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-mat.mkiv @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ \defineconversionset [\v!formula] - [numbers,characters] + [numbers,characters] % no \v! ? \strc_counter_preset_using_parameter\setupformulas\sharedcounterparameter @@ -68,22 +68,22 @@ \appendtoks \normalexpanded{\definelist[\currentformula]}% is expansion needed? - \setuevalue{\e!start\currentformula\v!formula}{\dostartformula{\currentformula}}% - \setuevalue{\e!stop \currentformula\v!formula}{\dostopformula}% + \setuevalue{\e!start\currentformula\v!formula}{\strc_formulas_start_formula{\currentformula}}% + \setuevalue{\e!stop \currentformula\v!formula}{\strc_formulas_stop_formula}% \to \everydefineformula \definelist[\v!formula] -\setuvalue{\e!start\v!formula}{\dostartformula{}} -\setuvalue{\e!stop \v!formula}{\dostopformula} +\setuvalue{\e!start\v!formula}{\strc_formulas_start_formula{}} +\setuvalue{\e!stop \v!formula}{\strc_formulas_stop_formula} -\let\dostartformula\relax % defined later -\let\dostopformula \relax % defined later +\let\strc_formulas_start_formula\relax % defined later +\let\strc_formulas_stop_formula \relax % defined later -\unexpanded\def\defineformulaalternative % this might change ... start and stop can become keys - {\dotripleargument\dodefineformulaalternative} % to the general define .. s!startcommand +\unexpanded\def\defineformulaalternative % this might change ... start and stop can become keys + {\dotripleargument\strc_formulas_define_alternative} % to the general define .. s!startcommand -\def\dodefineformulaalternative[#1][#2][#3]% +\def\strc_formulas_define_alternative[#1][#2][#3]% {\setvalue{\e!start#1\v!formula}{#2}% \setvalue{\e!stop #1\v!formula}{#3}} @@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ % implementation -\def\storecurrentformulanumber#1#2#3#4#5% ref, todo:str, \sync % todo: title etc (like float) - {\settrue\handleformulanumber +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_store_number#1#2#3#4#5% ref, todo:str, \sync % todo: title etc (like float) + {\settrue\c_strc_formulas_handle_number \strc_counters_register_component {formula}% \setupcurrentformula \formulaparameter \detokenizedformulaparameter @@ -143,68 +143,66 @@ % modes: 0=unset, 1=forced, 2=none, 3=reference -\newconstant\placeformulanumbermode -\newconstant\formulasnumbermode -\newconstant\subformulasnumbermode -\newconstant\nestedformulanumbermode +\newconstant\c_strc_formulas_place_number_mode +\newconstant\c_strc_formulas_number_mode +\newconstant\c_strc_formulas_sub_number_mode +\newconstant\c_strc_formulas_nested_number_mode \appendtoks - \placeformulanumbermode \zerocount - \formulasnumbermode \zerocount - \subformulasnumbermode \zerocount - \nestedformulanumbermode\zerocount + \c_strc_formulas_place_number_mode \zerocount + \c_strc_formulas_number_mode \zerocount + \c_strc_formulas_sub_number_mode \zerocount + \c_strc_formulas_nested_number_mode\zerocount \to \everyresetformulas -\newconditional\handleformulanumber -\newconditional\incrementformulanumber - -\newconditional\insideplaceformula -\newconditional\insideplacesubformula -\newconditional\insideformulas -\newconditional\insidesubformulas +\newconditional\c_strc_formulas_handle_number +\newconditional\c_strc_formulas_increment +\newconditional\c_strc_formulas_inside_place +\newconditional\c_strc_formulas_inside_place_sub +\newconditional\c_strc_formulas_inside_formulas +\newconditional\c_strc_formulas_inside_formulas_sub \appendtoks - \global\setfalse\insideplaceformula - \global\setfalse\insideplacesubformula + \global\setfalse\c_strc_formulas_inside_place + \global\setfalse\c_strc_formulas_inside_place_sub \to \everyresetformulas -\def\handleplaceformulanumbering % place formula - {\settrue\handleformulanumber - \docheckformulareference\placeformulanumbermode\currentplaceformulareference - \glet\doplaceformulanumber \doplaceformulanumberindeed - \glet\donestedformulanumber\donestedformulanumberindeed} +\def\strc_formulas_place_numbering % place formula + {\settrue\c_strc_formulas_handle_number + \strc_formulas_check_reference\c_strc_formulas_place_number_mode\currentplaceformulareference + \glet\strc_formulas_place_number\strc_formulas_place_number_indeed + \glet\strc_formulas_place_number_nested\strc_formulas_place_number_nested_indeed} -\def\handleformulasnumbering % formulas - {\docheckformulareference\formulasnumbermode\currentformulareference} +\def\strc_formulas_handle_number % formulas + {\strc_formulas_check_reference\c_strc_formulas_number_mode\currentformulareference} -\def\handlesubformulasnumbering % sub formulas - {\docheckformulareference\subformulasnumbermode\currentsubformulasreference +\def\strc_formulas_handle_sub_number % sub formulas + {\strc_formulas_check_reference\c_strc_formulas_sub_number_mode\currentsubformulasreference \strc_counters_increment\v!formula - \storecurrentformulanumber + \strc_formulas_store_number \currentsubformulasreference \empty \currentsubformulasnumber \currentsubformulassynchronize - \currentsubformulasattribute - } + \currentsubformulasattribute} -\let\dotraceformulareferencestate\relax -\let\doshowformulareferencestate \relax +\let\strc_formulas_reference_trace\relax +\let\strc_formulas_reference_show \relax -% \def\dotraceformulareferencestate +% \def\strc_formulas_reference_trace % {\rlap{\hbox{\quad\tt\txx[% -% \number\placeformulanumbermode,% -% \number\formulasnumbermode,% -% \number\subformulasnumbermode,% -% \number\nestedformulanumbermode +% \number\c_strc_formulas_place_number_mode,% +% \number\c_strc_formulas_number_mode,% +% \number\c_strc_formulas_sub_number_mode,% +% \number\c_strc_formulas_nested_number_mode % ]}}} -% \def\doshowformulareferencestate +% \def\strc_formulas_reference_show % {\writestatus{\v!formula}% -% {place: \number\placeformulanumbermode,\space -% formula: \number\formulasnumbermode,\space -% subformula: \number\subformulasnumbermode,\space -% nested: \number\nestedformulanumbermode]}} +% {place: \number\c_strc_formulas_place_number_mode,\space +% formula: \number\c_strc_formulas_number_mode,\space +% subformula: \number\c_strc_formulas_sub_number_mode,\space +% nested: \number\c_strc_formulas_nested_number_mode]}} \unexpanded\def\placecurrentformulanumber {\rm % nodig ? @@ -216,12 +214,12 @@ \namedtaggedlabeltexts \t!formulalabel \v!formula \t!formulanumber\v!formula - {\ignorespaces\doplacecurrentformulanumber\removeunwantedspaces}% + {\ignorespaces\strc_formulas_place_current_number\removeunwantedspaces}% \formulaparameter\c!right}% \doif{\formulaparameter\c!location}\v!left{\hskip\formulaparameter\c!distance}} -\def\doplacecurrentformulanumber - {\dohandlecurrentformulareferences +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_place_current_number + {\strc_formulas_handle_current_references \labeltexts\currentformula{\convertedcounter[\v!formula][]}} % \def\theboxdestinationattribute#1{\iflocation\ifx#1\relax\else\ifx#1\empty\else attr \destinationattribute#1\fi\fi\fi} @@ -281,10 +279,10 @@ % currently we do the number, some day we will do the (sub) formula -\def\dohandlecurrentformulareferences - {\doshowformulareferencestate - \ifnum\placeformulanumbermode=\plusthree - \storecurrentformulanumber +\def\strc_formulas_handle_current_references + {\strc_formulas_reference_show + \ifnum\c_strc_formulas_place_number_mode=\plusthree + \strc_formulas_store_number \currentplaceformulareference \empty \currentplaceformulanumber @@ -294,8 +292,8 @@ \glet\currentplaceformulasynchronize\relax \theformuladestinationattribute\currentplaceformulaattribute \fi - \ifnum\formulasnumbermode=\plusthree - \storecurrentformulanumber + \ifnum\c_strc_formulas_number_mode=\plusthree + \strc_formulas_store_number \currentformulasreference \empty \currentformulasnumber @@ -305,12 +303,12 @@ \glet\currentformulassynchronize\relax \theformuladestinationattribute\currentformulasattribute \fi - \ifnum\subformulasnumbermode=\plusthree + \ifnum\c_strc_formulas_sub_number_mode=\plusthree \currentsubformulassynchronize \glet\currentsubformulassynchronize\relax \fi - \ifnum\nestedformulanumbermode=\plusthree - \storecurrentformulanumber + \ifnum\c_strc_formulas_nested_number_mode=\plusthree + \strc_formulas_store_number \currentnestedformulareference \empty \currentnestedformulanumber @@ -323,55 +321,55 @@ % needs checking ... too many: -\def\dohandleformulanumbering +\def\strc_formulas_handle_numbering {\strc_counters_increment\v!formula \doiftext\currentplaceformulasuffix{\strc_counters_setown_sub\v!formula\plustwo\currentplaceformulasuffix}% \placecurrentformulanumber} -\def\dohandlesubformulanumbering +\def\strc_formulas_handle_sub_numbering {\doiftextelse\currentsubformulasuffix {\strc_counters_setown_sub\v!formula\plustwo\currentsubformulasuffix} {\strc_counters_increment_sub\v!formula\plustwo}% - \placecurrentformulanumber} + \placecurrentformulanumber} -\def\dododoformulanumber - {\ifconditional\handleformulanumber +\def\strc_formulas_number_indeed + {\ifconditional\c_strc_formulas_handle_number \hbox\bgroup % main counter - \ifconditional\insidesubformulas + \ifconditional\c_strc_formulas_inside_formulas_sub % nothing \else - \ifcase\formulasnumbermode - \ifcase\placeformulanumbermode - \dohandleformulanumbering + \ifcase\c_strc_formulas_number_mode + \ifcase\c_strc_formulas_place_number_mode + \strc_formulas_handle_numbering \or - \dohandleformulanumbering + \strc_formulas_handle_numbering \or % nothing \or - \dohandleformulanumbering + \strc_formulas_handle_numbering \fi \or - \dohandleformulanumbering + \strc_formulas_handle_numbering \or % nothing \or - \dohandleformulanumbering + \strc_formulas_handle_numbering \fi \fi % subcounter - \ifconditional\insidesubformulas - \ifcase\subformulasnumbermode + \ifconditional\c_strc_formulas_inside_formulas_sub + \ifcase\c_strc_formulas_sub_number_mode % nothing \or - \dohandlesubformulanumbering + \strc_formulas_handle_sub_numbering \or % nothing \or - \dohandlesubformulanumbering + \strc_formulas_handle_sub_numbering \fi \fi - \dotraceformulareferencestate + \strc_formulas_reference_trace \egroup \fi} @@ -393,10 +391,10 @@ %D %D Otherwise we get a missing \type {$$} error reported. -\def\resetdisplaymatheq +\unexpanded\def\resetdisplaymatheq % when used? {\let\normalleqno\gobbleoneargument \let\leqno\gobbleoneargument \let\normalreqno\gobbleoneargument \let\eqno \gobbleoneargument - \let\doplaceformulanumber\empty} + \let\strc_formulas_place_number\relax} %D \macros %D {startsubformulas} @@ -431,28 +429,36 @@ % we don't use the skip's -\def\forgetdisplayskips % to do +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_forget_display_skips {\abovedisplayskip \zeropoint \belowdisplayskip \zeropoint \abovedisplayshortskip\zeropoint \belowdisplayshortskip\zeropoint} -\def\predisplaysizethreshhold{2em} % was 3em +% \def\predisplaysizethreshhold{2\emwidth} % was 3\emwidth -\def\leftdisplayskip {\leftskip} -\def\rightdisplayskip {\rightskip} -\def\leftdisplaymargin {\formulaparameter\c!leftmargin} -\def\rightdisplaymargin {\formulaparameter\c!rightmargin} +\newdimen\d_strc_formulas_display_skip_left +\newdimen\d_strc_formulas_display_skip_right +\newdimen\d_strc_formulas_display_margin_left +\newdimen\d_strc_formulas_display_margin_right +\newdimen\d_strc_formulas_display_pre_threshold +\newskip \d_strc_formulas_display_skip_par -\def\beforedisplayspace - {\doifnot{\formulaparameter\c!spacebefore}\v!none{\blank[\formulaparameter\c!spacebefore]}} +\unexpanded\def\beforedisplayspace + {\edef\p_spacebefore{\formulaparameter\c!spacebefore}% + \ifx\p_spacebefore\v!none \else + \blank[\p_spacebefore]% + \fi} -\def\afterdisplayspace - {\doifnot{\formulaparameter\c!spaceafter }\v!none{\blank[\formulaparameter\c!spaceafter ]}} +\unexpanded\def\afterdisplayspace + {\edef\p_spacebefore{\formulaparameter\c!spaceafter}% + \ifx\p_spaceaftere\v!none \else + \blank[\p_spaceafter]% + \fi} -\def\setdisplaydimensions - {\displayindent\leftdisplayskip - \advance\displayindent\leftdisplaymargin +\unexpanded\def\setdisplaydimensions + {\displayindent\d_strc_formulas_display_skip_left + \advance\displayindent\d_strc_formulas_display_margin_left \displaywidth\hsize %\setlocalhsize %\displaywidth\localhsize @@ -461,15 +467,14 @@ \else \advance\displaywidth\hangindent \fi - \advance\displaywidth\dimexpr-\displayindent-\rightdisplayskip-\rightdisplaymargin\relax + \advance\displaywidth\dimexpr-\displayindent-\d_strc_formulas_display_skip_right-\d_strc_formulas_display_margin_right\relax \hsize\displaywidth} % new, else overfull in itemize -\unexpanded\def\dostartformula#1% - {\dodoubleempty\dodostartformula[#1]} +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_start_formula#1% + {\dodoubleempty\strc_formulas_start_formula_indeed[#1]} -\newskip\formulaparskip -\newskip\formulastrutht -\newskip\formulastrutdp +% \newskip\formulastrutht +% \newskip\formulastrutdp %D \startbuffer %D \startformula[9pt] x = 1 \stopformula @@ -478,38 +483,56 @@ %D %D \typebuffer \getbuffer -\def\dodostartformula[#1][#2]% setting leftskip adaption is slow ! +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_start_formula_indeed[#1][#2]% setting leftskip adaption is slow ! {\bgroup % HERE \def\currentformula{#1}% \dostarttagged\t!formula\currentformula \the\everybeforedisplayformula - \formulaparskip\parskip - \formulastrutdp\strutdepth - \formulastrutht\strutheight - \doifsomething{#2}{\switchtoformulabodyfont[#2]}% - \parskip\formulaparskip - % may look better in itemizations - \doif{\formulaparameter\c!option}\v!middle - {\def\leftdisplayskip{\zeropoint}% - \def\rightdisplayskip{\zeropoint}}% - % this was an experiment - \doifsomething{\formulaparameter\c!margin}% so we test first - {\dosetleftskipadaption{\formulaparameter\c!margin}% - \edef\leftdisplaymargin{\the\leftskipadaption}}% overloaded - \long\def\dostartformula##1{\bgroup\dostarttagged\t!subformula\def\dostopformula{\dostoptagged\egroup}}% - \freezedimenmacro\leftdisplayskip - \freezedimenmacro\rightdisplayskip - \freezedimenmacro\leftdisplaymargin - \freezedimenmacro\rightdisplaymargin - \freezedimenmacro\predisplaysizethreshhold - \forgetdisplayskips + \d_strc_formulas_display_skip_par\parskip\relax + %\formulastrutdp\strutdepth + %\formulastrutht\strutheight + \edef\p_option {\formulaparameter\c!option}% + \edef\p_margin {\formulaparameter\c!margin}% + \edef\p_bodyfont{#2}% + %\ifx\p_bodyfont\empty + % \edef\p_bodyfont{\formulaparameter\c!bodyfont}% + %\fi + \ifx\p_bodyfont\empty \else + \switchtoformulabodyfont[#2]% + \fi + \parskip\d_strc_formulas_display_skip_par\relax + \ifx\p_option\v!middle + \d_strc_formulas_display_skip_left \zeropoint + \d_strc_formulas_display_skip_right\zeropoint + \else + \d_strc_formulas_display_skip_left \leftskip + \d_strc_formulas_display_skip_right\rightskip + \fi + \d_strc_formulas_display_margin_left \formulaparameter\c!leftmargin \relax + \d_strc_formulas_display_margin_right\formulaparameter\c!rightmargin\relax + \ifx\p_margin\empty \else + \dosetleftskipadaption\p_margin + \d_strc_formulas_display_margin_left\leftskipadaption + \fi + \let\strc_formulas_start_formula\strc_formulas_start_formula_nested + %\freezedimenmacro\predisplaysizethreshhold + \strc_formulas_forget_display_skips \getvalue{\e!start\formulaparameter\c!alternative\v!formula}} +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_start_formula_nested#1% + {\bgroup + \let\strc_formulas_stop_formula\strc_formulas_stop_formula_nested + \dostarttagged\t!subformula} + +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_stop_formula_nested + {\dostoptagged + \egroup} + % tagging of formulanumbers is not ok (we get two display maths blobs) -\unexpanded\def\dostopformula +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_stop_formula {\dostarttagged\t!formulacaption\empty - \doplaceformulanumber + \strc_formulas_place_number \dostoptagged \dostarttagged\t!formulacontent\empty \getvalue{\e!stop\formulaparameter\c!alternative\v!formula}% @@ -520,27 +543,31 @@ \egroup \hangafter\minusone % added for side floats \hangindent\zeropoint % added for side floats - \setfalse\handleformulanumber + \setfalse\c_strc_formulas_handle_number \the\everyresetformulas \dorechecknextindentation} % here ? % experiment: \appendtoks - \edef\currentformulagrid{\formulaparameter\c!grid}% - \ifx\currentformulagrid\empty \else - \spac_grids_snap_value_auto\currentformulagrid + \edef\p_grid{\formulaparameter\c!grid}% + \ifx\p_grid\empty \else + \spac_grids_snap_value_auto\p_grid \fi \to \everybeforedisplayformula -\def\switchtoformulabodyfont{\switchtobodyfont} +\unexpanded\def\switchtoformulabodyfont + {\switchtobodyfont} -\setuvalue{\v!formula}{\dosingleempty\doformula} +\setuvalue{\v!formula}{\dosingleempty\strc_formulas_formula} -\def\doformula[#1]#2% todo: tagged +\def\strc_formulas_formula[#1]#2% todo: tagged {\begingroup - \doifsomething{#1}{\switchtoformulabodyfont[#1]}% - % not : \def\doformula[##1]##2{\mathematics{##2}}% + \edef\p_bodyfont{#1}% + \ifx\p_bodyfont\empty \else + \switchtoformulabodyfont[\p_bodyfont]% + \fi + % not : \def\strc_formulas_formula[##1]##2{\mathematics{##2}}% \mathematics{#2}% \endgroup} @@ -558,7 +585,7 @@ \beforedisplayspace \par \ifvmode - \prevdepth-\maxdimen % texbook pagina 79-80 + \prevdepth-\maxdimen % texbook pagina 79-80 \fi \noindent % else funny hlist with funny baselineskip $$% \Ustartdisplaymath @@ -601,26 +628,26 @@ % \fakewords{20}{40} \unexpanded\def\startsubformulas - {\dosingleempty\dostartsubformulas} + {\dosingleempty\strc_formulas_start_sub_formulas} -\def\dostartsubformulas[#1]% +\def\strc_formulas_start_sub_formulas[#1]% {\edef\currentsubformulasreference{#1}% - \global\settrue\insidesubformulas - \handlesubformulasnumbering} + \global\settrue\c_strc_formulas_inside_formulas_sub + \strc_formulas_handle_sub_number} \unexpanded\def\stopsubformulas {\nonoindentation \useindentnextparameter\subformulaparameter \the\everyresetformulas % to be checked - \global\setfalse\insidesubformulas + \global\setfalse\c_strc_formulas_inside_formulas_sub \dorechecknextindentation} % here ? %D Named subformulas (to be redone) \unexpanded\def\startnamedsubformulas - {\dosingleempty\dostartnamedsubformulas} + {\dosingleempty\strc_formulas_start_named_sub_formulas} -\def\dostartnamedsubformulas[#1]#2% +\def\strc_formulas_start_named_sub_formulas[#1]#2% {\setformulalistentry{#2}% \startsubformulas[#1]} @@ -639,19 +666,19 @@ %D \typebuffer \getbuffer \unexpanded\def\startformulas - {\dosingleempty\dostartformulas} + {\dosingleempty\strc_formulas_start_formulas} -\def\dostartformulas[#1]#2\stopformulas % new / to be internationalized +\def\strc_formulas_start_formulas[#1]#2\stopformulas % new / to be internationalized {\bgroup \dostarttagged\t!formulaset\empty - \global\settrue\insideformulas + \global\settrue\c_strc_formulas_inside_formulas \edef\currentformulasreference{#1}% - \handleformulasnumbering + \strc_formulas_handle_number \let\currentformula\empty - \forgetdisplayskips + \strc_formulas_forget_display_skips \startdisplaymath \setlocalhsize - \long\unexpanded\def\startformula##1\stopformula + \unexpanded\def\startformula##1\stopformula {\advance\scratchcounter\plusone}% \scratchcounter\zerocount #2% preroll @@ -660,122 +687,135 @@ \fi \hbox to \localhsize \bgroup \hss - \def\normalstartformula{\vskip-\strutdepth\Ustartdisplaymath}% i hate this - \def\normalstopformula {\Ustopdisplaymath}% - \unexpanded\def\startformula {\Ustartmath\vcenter\bgroup\normalstartformula}% - \unexpanded\def\stopformula {\normalstopformula\egroup\Ustopmath\hss}% + \let\startformula\strc_formulas_nested_formula_start + \let\stopformula \strc_formulas_nested_formula_stop #2% \egroup \stopdisplaymath - \global\setfalse\insideformulas + \global\setfalse\c_strc_formulas_inside_formulas \dostoptagged \egroup \the\everyresetformulas \hangafter\minusone % added for side floats \hangindent\zeropoint} % added for side floats +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_nested_formula_start + {\Ustartmath + \vcenter\bgroup + \vskip-\strutdepth + \Ustartdisplaymath} + +\unexpanded\def\strc_formulas_nested_formula_stop + {\Ustopdisplaymath + \egroup + \Ustopmath + \hss} + % place -\def\inhibitformulanumberflag{-} -\def\forceformulanumberflag {+} +\def\m_strc_formulas_flag_inhibit{-} +\def\m_strc_formulas_flag_force {+} -\def\docheckformulareference#1#2% +\def\strc_formulas_check_reference#1#2% {#1\unless\ifx\namedformulaentry\empty % \relax % new 29/8/2010 \plusthree \else\ifx#2\empty \zerocount - \else\ifx#2\forceformulanumberflag + \else\ifx#2\m_strc_formulas_flag_force \plusone - \else\ifx#2\inhibitformulanumberflag + \else\ifx#2\m_strc_formulas_flag_inhibit \plustwo \else \plusthree \fi\fi\fi\fi} -\unexpanded\def\formulanumber{\doformulanumber} % for the moment +\unexpanded\def\formulanumber + {\strc_formulas_number} % for the moment -\def\doformulanumber - {\dosingleempty\dodoformulanumber} +\def\strc_formulas_number + {\dosingleempty\strc_formulas_number_again} -\def\dodoformulanumber[#1]% +\def\strc_formulas_number_again[#1]% {\def\currentformulareference{#1}% - \dosinglegroupempty\dododoformulanumber} - -\def\redoformulanumber#1% - {\def\currentformulasuffix{#1}% - \dododoformulanumber} + \dosinglegroupempty\strc_formulas_number_indeed} \unexpanded\def\placeformula - {\global\settrue\insideplaceformula - \settrue\incrementformulanumber - \dosingleempty\doplaceformula} + {\global\settrue\c_strc_formulas_inside_place + \settrue\c_strc_formulas_increment + \dosingleempty\strc_formulas_place} \unexpanded\def\placesubformula - {\global\settrue\insideplacesubformula - \setfalse\incrementformulanumber - \dosingleempty\doplaceformula} + {\global\settrue\c_strc_formulas_inside_place_sub + \setfalse\c_strc_formulas_increment + \dosingleempty\strc_formulas_place} -\def\doplaceformula[#1]% +\def\strc_formulas_place[#1]% {\def\currentplaceformulareference{#1}% \let\currentplaceformulasuffix\empty - \doifnextbgroupelse\moreplaceformula\redoplaceformula} % [ref]{} + \doifnextbgroupelse\strc_formulas_place_yes\strc_formulas_place_nop\strc_formulas_place_nop} % [ref]{} -\def\moreplaceformula#1% +\def\strc_formulas_place_yes#1% {\def\currentplaceformulasuffix{#1}% - \redoplaceformula} + \strc_formulas_place_nop} -\def\redoplaceformula - {\doifnextcharelse$\dispplaceformula\dodoplaceformula} % [ref]$$ [ref]\start +\def\strc_formulas_place_nop + {\doifnextcharelse$\strc_formulas_place_pickup\strc_formulas_place_indeed} % [ref]$$ [ref]\start -\def\dodoplaceformula - {\handleplaceformulanumbering} +\def\strc_formulas_place_indeed + {\strc_formulas_place_numbering} -\def\dispplaceformula$$#1$$% - {\handleplaceformulanumbering - \dostartformula{}#1\dostopformula} +\def\strc_formulas_place_pickup$$#1$$% + {\strc_formulas_place_numbering + \strc_formulas_start_formula{}#1\strc_formulas_stop_formula} \let\startplaceformula\placeformula \let\stopplaceformula \relax % to be checked -\let\doplaceformulanumber \relax -\let\donestedformulanumber\gobbletwoarguments +\let\strc_formulas_place_number \relax +\let\strc_formulas_place_number_nested\gobbletwoarguments -\def\donestedformulanumberindeed#1#2% +\def\strc_formulas_place_number_nested_indeed#1#2% {\def\currentnestedformulareference{#1}% \def\currentnestedformulasuffix{#2}% - \glet\doplaceformulanumber\relax - \docheckformulareference\nestedformulanumbermode\currentnestedformulareference - \ifcase\nestedformulanumbermode + \glet\strc_formulas_place_number\relax + \strc_formulas_check_reference\c_strc_formulas_nested_number_mode\currentnestedformulareference + \ifcase\c_strc_formulas_nested_number_mode % nothing \or - \doformulanumber + \strc_formulas_number % hm, looks ahead for [] \or % nothing \or - \doformulanumber + \strc_formulas_number % hm, looks ahead for [] \fi} -\def\doplaceformulanumberindeed - {\glet\doplaceformulanumber\relax +\def\strc_formulas_place_number_indeed + {\glet\strc_formulas_place_number\relax \doifelse{\formulaparameter\c!location}\v!left - {\normalleqno{\dododoformulanumber}} - {\normalreqno{\dododoformulanumber}}} + {\normalleqno{\strc_formulas_number_indeed}} + {\normalreqno{\strc_formulas_number_indeed}}} % todo \unexpanded\def\placenamedformula - {\dosingleempty\doplacenamedformula} + {\dosingleempty\strc_formulase_place_named} -\def\doplacenamedformula[#1]#2% +\def\strc_formulase_place_named[#1]#2% {\iffirstargument - \def\next{\placeformula[#1]}% + \expandafter\strc_formulase_place_named_yes \else - \let\next\placeformula - \fi - \setformulalistentry{#2}% - \next} + \expandafter\strc_formulase_place_named_nop + \fi} + +\def\strc_formulase_place_named_yes[#1]#2% + {\setformulalistentry{#2}% + \placeformula[#1]} + +\def\strc_formulase_place_named_nop[#1]#2% + {\setformulalistentry{#2}% + \placeformula} \let\namedformulaentry\empty % \relax % this will become a key/value so that we can do bookmarks diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-num.mkiv b/tex/context/base/strc-num.mkiv index 9c08693be..52e4960fa 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-num.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-num.mkiv @@ -507,22 +507,18 @@ % \m_strc_counters_last_registered_attribute % \m_strc_counters_last_registered_synchronize -\newconditional\hascountercaption -\newconditional\hascountertitle -\newconditional\hascounternumber - \unexpanded\def\strc_counters_register_component#1#2#3#4#5#6#7[#8][#9]% maybe also nolist {\begingroup % #2[\s!haslevel=1,#8]% - \edef\hascounterlevel {#3\s!haslevel}% - \edef\hascountercaption{#3\s!hascaption}% - \edef\hascountertitle {#3\s!hastitle}% - \edef\hascounternumber {#3\s!hasnumber}% + \edef\p_haslevel {#3\s!haslevel}% + \edef\p_hascaption{#3\s!hascaption}% + \edef\p_hastitle {#3\s!hastitle}% + \edef\p_hasnumber {#3\s!hasnumber}% % - \edef\askedprefixsegments{#3\c!prefixsegments}% - \ifx\askedprefixsegments\v!auto - \edef\askedprefixsegments{\autostructureprefixsegments#3}% + \edef\p_prefixsegments{#3\c!prefixsegments}% + \ifx\p_prefixsegments\v!auto + \edef\p_prefixsegments{\autostructureprefixsegments#3}% \fi % \edef\currentname{#3\c!name}% @@ -534,7 +530,7 @@ \let\currentcounter\currentname \fi % - \ifx\hascountercaption\v!yes + \ifx\p_hascaption\v!yes \xdef\currentstructurecomponentname {#3\c!name}% \xdef\currentstructurecomponentlevel {#3\c!level}% \edef\currentstructurecomponentexpansion {#3\c!expansion}% @@ -613,7 +609,7 @@ list = \!!bs\detokenize\expandafter{\currentstructurecomponentlist}\!!es, \fi }, - \ifx\hascounternumber\v!yes + \ifx\p_hasnumber\v!yes prefixdata = { prefix = "#3\c!prefix", separatorset = "#3\c!prefixseparatorset", @@ -621,7 +617,7 @@ conversionset = "#3\c!prefixconversionset", set = "#3\c!prefixset", % segments = "#3\c!prefixsegments", - segments = "\askedprefixsegments", + segments = "\p_prefixsegments", connector = \!!bs#3\c!prefixconnector\!!es, }, numberdata = { @@ -637,7 +633,7 @@ userdata = \!!bs\detokenize{#9}\!!es % will be converted to table at the lua end } }}% - \xdef\m_strc_counters_last_registered_attribute {\ctxlua {tex.write(structures.references.setinternalreference(nil,nil,\nextinternalreference))}}% + \xdef\m_strc_counters_last_registered_attribute {\ctxcommand {setinternalreference(nil,nil,\nextinternalreference)}}% \xdef\m_strc_counters_last_registered_synchronize{\ctxlatecommand{enhancelist(\m_strc_counters_last_registered_index)}}% \else \glet\m_strc_counters_last_registered_index \relax diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-pag.mkiv b/tex/context/base/strc-pag.mkiv index e3828464c..cb7cd8b23 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-pag.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-pag.mkiv @@ -123,8 +123,10 @@ \savecurrentpagestate \to \everyshipout -\def\pushpagestate{\setxvalue{\??nm:\s!userpage:\c!state}{\counterparameter\s!userpage\c!state}} -\def\poppagestate {\normalexpanded{\setuppagenumber[\c!state=\getvalue{\??nm:\s!userpage:\c!state}]}} +\installcorenamespace{pagestatestack} % no level yet + +\unexpanded\def\pushpagestate{\setxvalue{\??pagestatestack\c!state}{\counterparameter\s!userpage\c!state}} +\unexpanded\def\poppagestate {\normalexpanded{\setuppagenumber[\c!state=\getvalue{\??pagestatestack\c!state}]}} \setuppagenumber [\c!way=\v!by\v!text, @@ -249,25 +251,28 @@ % Page numbers: (can move to lua) ... inconsistent names +\installcorenamespace{pagenumberinc} +\installcorenamespace{pagenumberdec} + \def\dodecrementpagenumber {\global\userpageno\strc_counters_decremented\s!userpage\relax} \def\doincrementpagenumber {\global\userpageno\strc_counters_incremented\s!userpage\relax} \def\decrementsubpagenumber{\global\subpageno \strc_counters_decremented\s!subpage \relax} \def\incrementsubpagenumber{\global\subpageno \strc_counters_incremented\s!subpage \relax} -\def\dosynchronizepagenumber{\global\let\@@pnstate\v!start} +\def\dosynchronizepagenumber{\global\userpagenumberstate\plustwo} % start and visible -\def\decrementpagenumber{\csname\??pn-\counterparameter\s!userpage\c!state\endcsname} -\def\incrementpagenumber{\csname\??pn+\counterparameter\s!userpage\c!state\endcsname} +\def\decrementpagenumber{\csname\??pagenumberdec\counterparameter\s!userpage\c!state\endcsname} +\def\incrementpagenumber{\csname\??pagenumberinc\counterparameter\s!userpage\c!state\endcsname} -\letvalue{\??pn-\v!start}\dodecrementpagenumber -\letvalue{\??pn-\v!none }\dodecrementpagenumber -\letvalue{\??pn-\v!empty}\dodecrementpagenumber +\letvalue{\??pagenumberdec\v!start}\dodecrementpagenumber +\letvalue{\??pagenumberdec\v!none }\dodecrementpagenumber +\letvalue{\??pagenumberdec\v!empty}\dodecrementpagenumber -\letvalue{\??pn+\v!start}\doincrementpagenumber -\letvalue{\??pn+\v!none }\doincrementpagenumber -\setvalue{\??pn+\v!empty}{\doincrementpagenumber\dosynchronizepagenumber} -\letvalue{\??pn+\v!keep }\dosynchronizepagenumber +\letvalue{\??pagenumberinc\v!start}\doincrementpagenumber +\letvalue{\??pagenumberinc\v!none }\doincrementpagenumber +\setvalue{\??pagenumberinc\v!empty}{\doincrementpagenumber\dosynchronizepagenumber} +\letvalue{\??pagenumberinc\v!keep }\dosynchronizepagenumber % Control: @@ -281,18 +286,14 @@ % Setup general page numbering -\newtoks\everysetuppagenumbering - -\unexpanded\def\setuppagenumbering - {\dosingleempty\dosetuppagenumbering} +\installcorenamespace{pagenumbering} -\def\dosetuppagenumbering[#1]% - {\getparameters[\??nm][#1]\the\everysetuppagenumbering} +\installdirectcommandhandler \??pagenumbering {pagenumbering} \appendtoks \singlesidedfalse \setfalse\layoutisdoublesided \doublesidedfalse \setfalse\layoutissinglesided - \normalexpanded{\noexpand\processallactionsinset[\@@nmalternative]} + \normalexpanded{\processallactionsinset[\directpagenumberingparameter\c!alternative]} [ \v!singlesided=>\singlesidedtrue\settrue\layoutissinglesided, \v!doublesided=>\doublesidedtrue\settrue\layoutisdoublesided]% \ifdefined\trackingmarginnotestrue @@ -314,8 +315,13 @@ \let\dosetpagenumberlocation\relax \fi -\def\flushfinallayoutpage - {\doifsomething\@@nmpage{\doifnot\@@nmpage\v!no{\page[\@@nmpage]}}} +\unexpanded\def\flushfinallayoutpage + {\edef\p_page_numbering_page{\directpagenumberingparameter\c!page}% + \ifx\p_page_numbering_page\empty \else + \ifx\p_page_numbering_page\v!no \else + \page[\p_page_numbering_page] + \fi + \fi} % The numbered location handler is there because we need to be downward % compatible. So, in fact there can be multiple handlers active at the @@ -326,11 +332,13 @@ \unexpanded\def\placelocationpagenumber {\ifnum\userpagenumberstate=\plustwo \ifnum\overallpagenumberstate=\plusone - \doif\@@nmstrut\v!yes\strut + \doif{\directpagenumberingparameter\c!strut}\v!yes\strut \begingroup - \dousestyleparameter\@@nmstyle - \dousecolorparameter\@@nmcolor - \@@nmcommand{\@@nmleft\labeltexts\v!pagenumber{\prefixedpagenumber}\@@nmright}% + \usepagenumberingstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color + \directpagenumberingparameter\c!command + {\directpagenumberingparameter\c!left + \labeltexts\v!pagenumber\prefixedpagenumber + \directpagenumberingparameter\c!right}% \endgroup \fi \fi} @@ -338,7 +346,9 @@ \unexpanded\def\completepagenumber {\ifnum\userpagenumberstate=\plustwo \ifnum\overallpagenumberstate=\plusone - \@@nmleft\labeltexts\v!pagenumber\prefixedpagenumber\@@nmright + \directpagenumberingparameter\c!left + \labeltexts\v!pagenumber\prefixedpagenumber + \directpagenumberingparameter\c!right \fi \fi} @@ -382,7 +392,7 @@ \to \everysetupsubpagenumber \appendtoks % todo: set state: none, start, stop, reset - \doifelse\@@nmstate\v!start + \doifelse{\directpagenumberingparameter\c!state}\v!start {\overallpagenumberstate\plusone }% {\overallpagenumberstate\zerocount}% \to \everysetuppagenumbering diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua b/tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua index 2d6e0a1fe..16cb91373 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-ref.lua @@ -1670,7 +1670,6 @@ function references.setandgetattribute(kind,prefix,tag,data,view) -- maybe do in return attr end -commands.setinternalreference = references.setinternalreference commands.setreferenceattribute = references.setandgetattribute function references.getinternalreference(n) -- n points into list (todo: registers) diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi b/tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi index 760a6babb..c11b49bd3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-ref.mkvi @@ -118,10 +118,10 @@ %D These are implemented in a low level form as: -\def\strc_references_text_reference [#labels]{\strc_references_set_named_reference\s!text{#labels}{}} -\def\strc_references_page_reference [#labels]{\strc_references_set_named_reference\s!page{#labels}{}{}} -\def\strc_references_full_reference [#labels]{\strc_references_set_named_reference\s!full{#labels}{}} -\def\strc_references_set_reference[#labels][#settings]{\strc_references_set_named_reference\s!user{#labels}{#settings}{}} +\unexpanded\def\strc_references_text_reference [#labels]{\strc_references_set_named_reference\s!text{#labels}{}} +\unexpanded\def\strc_references_page_reference [#labels]{\strc_references_set_named_reference\s!page{#labels}{}{}} +\unexpanded\def\strc_references_full_reference [#labels]{\strc_references_set_named_reference\s!full{#labels}{}} +\unexpanded\def\strc_references_set_reference[#labels][#settings]{\strc_references_set_named_reference\s!user{#labels}{#settings}{}} %D Actually there is not much difference between a text and a %D full reference, but it's the concept that counts. The low @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ \def\dofinishsomereference#kind{\executeifdefined{dofinish#{kind}reference}\gobbletwoarguments} -\def\strc_references_set_named_reference +\unexpanded\def\strc_references_set_named_reference {\ifreferencing \expandafter\strc_references_set_named_reference_indeed \else @@ -1449,14 +1449,18 @@ %D %D \showsetup{setupurl} -\unexpanded\def\setupurl - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??ur]} +\installcorenamespace{url} + +\installdirectcommandhandler \??url {url} + +\setupurl + [\c!style=\v!type, + \c!color=] \unexpanded\def\url[#label]% move \hyphenatedurl to lua end (is already lua) {\dontleavehmode \begingroup - \dousestyleparameter\@@urstyle - \dousecolorparameter\@@urcolor + \useurlstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color \hyphenatedurl{\ctxcommand{geturl("#label")}}% \endgroup} @@ -1526,8 +1530,9 @@ % also lua, like urls and files -\unexpanded\def\setupprograms - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??pr]} +\installcorenamespace{programs} + +\installdirectcommandhandler \??programs {programs} \unexpanded\def\defineprogram {\dotripleargument\strc_references_define_program} @@ -1538,9 +1543,8 @@ \def\program[#name]% incompatible, more consistent, hardy used anyway {\dontleavehmode \begingroup - \dousestyleparameter\@@prstyle - \dousecolorparameter\@@prcolor - \ctxcommand{getprogram("#name","\@@pralternative","\@@prspace")}% + \useprogramsstyleandcolor\c!style\c!color + \ctxcommand{getprogram("#name","\directprogramsparameter\c!alternative","\directprogramsparameter\c!space")}% \endgroup} %D As we can see, we directly use the special reference @@ -1665,10 +1669,6 @@ \c!separator=\nonbreakablespace, \c!export=\v!no] -\setupurl - [\c!style=\v!type, - \c!color=] - \setupprograms [\c!directory=, \c!style=\v!type, diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-reg.mkiv b/tex/context/base/strc-reg.mkiv index e36556949..7ac21761d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-reg.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-reg.mkiv @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ % \index[pageclass::key]{textclass::entry} %D Parameters ... we set up levels so we need a slightly different command handler here .. okay, we -%D can use the childs for that ... but then we need to tweak the name in order to distinguis: +%D can use the childs for that ... but then we need to tweak the name in order to distinguish: %D register -> register:1 (i.e. prefix) \let\currentregister\empty diff --git a/tex/context/base/strc-tag.mkiv b/tex/context/base/strc-tag.mkiv index 84d6fb2d3..b84efc92c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/strc-tag.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/strc-tag.mkiv @@ -332,4 +332,12 @@ \unexpanded\def\settaggedmetadata[#1]% {\ctxlua{structures.tags.registermetadata(\!!bs#1\!!es)}} +%D An overload: + +\let\strc_tagged_saved_bpar\bpar +\let\strc_tagged_saved_epar\epar + +\unexpanded\def\bpar{\dostarttagged\t!paragraph\empty\strc_tagged_saved_bpar} +\unexpanded\def\epar{\strc_tagged_saved_epar\dostoptagged} + \protect diff --git a/tex/context/base/supp-mat.mkiv b/tex/context/base/supp-mat.mkiv index 21871e80d..0c2402671 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/supp-mat.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/supp-mat.mkiv @@ -91,7 +91,12 @@ %D %D An example of usage of the following can be found in the MathML module: -\unexpanded\def\displaymathematics#1{\relax\ifmmode#1\else\dostartformula{}#1\dostopformula\fi} +\ifdefined\strc_formulas_start_formula \else + \def\strc_formulas_start_formula{\normalstartdmath} + \def\strc_formulas_stop_formula {\normalstopdmath } +\fi + +\unexpanded\def\displaymathematics#1{\relax\ifmmode#1\else\strc_formulas_start_formula{}#1\strc_formulas_stop_formula\fi} \unexpanded\def\inlinemathematics {\dontleavehmode\mathematics} \unexpanded\def\automathematics {\relax\ifhmode\expandafter\inlinemathematics\else\expandafter\displaymathematics\fi} diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv b/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv index 092b5b227..0de742bd3 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-aux.mkiv @@ -60,12 +60,12 @@ %D As we don't have namespace definers yet, we use a special one: -\newcount\c_syst_helpers_n_of_namespaces +\newcount\c_syst_helpers_n_of_namespaces \c_syst_helpers_n_of_namespaces\pluseight % 1-8 reserved for catcodes \def\v_interfaces_prefix_template_system{\number \c_syst_helpers_n_of_namespaces>>} %def\v_interfaces_prefix_template_system{\characters\c_syst_helpers_n_of_namespaces>>} % no \characters yet -\unexpanded\def\installsystemnamespace#1% +\unexpanded\def\installsystemnamespace#1% maybe move this to syst-ini {\ifcsname ??#1\endcsname \writestatus\m!system{duplicate system namespace '#1'}\wait \else @@ -2428,37 +2428,37 @@ {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_one_yes#1}% {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_one_nop#1}} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_one#1[#2]% +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_one_yes#1[#2]% {\firstargumenttrue \doifnextoptionalelse {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_two_yes#1{#2}}% {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_two_nop#1{#2}}} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_two#1#2[#3]% +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_two_yes#1#2[#3]% {\secondargumenttrue \doifnextoptionalelse {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_three_yes#1{#2}{#3}}% {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_three_nop#1{#2}{#3}}} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_three#1#2#3[#4]% +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_three_yes#1#2#3[#4]% {\thirdargumenttrue \doifnextoptionalelse {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_four_yes#1{#2}{#3}{#4}}% {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_four_nop#1{#2}{#3}{#4}}} -\def\syst_helpers_seventupleempty_four#1#2#3#4[#5]% +\def\syst_helpers_seventupleempty_four_yes#1#2#3#4[#5]% {\fourthargumenttrue \doifnextoptionalelse {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_five_yes#1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}% {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_five_nop#1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}}} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_five#1#2#3#4#5[#6]% +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_five_yes#1#2#3#4#5[#6]% {\fifthargumenttrue \doifnextoptionalelse {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_six_yes#1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}% {\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_six_nop#1{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_six#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]% +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_six_yes#1#2#3#4#5#6[#7]% {\sixthargumenttrue \doifnextoptionalelse {\seventhargumenttrue#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][{#7}]}% @@ -2537,18 +2537,18 @@ \expandafter\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_seven_normal \fi} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_spaced_two #1#2{#1[{#2}][][][][][][] } -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_normal_two #1#2{#1[{#2}][][][][][][]} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_spaced_three #1#2#3{#1[{#2}][{#3}][][][][][] } -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_normal_three #1#2#3{#1[{#2}][{#3}][][][][][]} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_spaced_four #1#2#3#4{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][][][][] } -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_normal_four #1#2#3#4{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][][][][]} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_spaced_five #1#2#3#4#5{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][][][] } -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_normal_five #1#2#3#4#5{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][][][]} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_spaced_six #1#2#3#4#5#6{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][][] } -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_normal_six #1#2#3#4#5#6{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][][]} -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_spaced_seven#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][{#7}][] } -\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_normal_seven#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][{#7}][]} +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_two_spaced #1#2{#1[{#2}][][][][][][] } +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_two_normal #1#2{#1[{#2}][][][][][][]} +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_three_spaced #1#2#3{#1[{#2}][{#3}][][][][][] } +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_three_normal #1#2#3{#1[{#2}][{#3}][][][][][]} +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_four_spaced #1#2#3#4{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][][][][] } +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_four_normal #1#2#3#4{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][][][][]} +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_five_spaced #1#2#3#4#5{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][][][] } +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_five_normal #1#2#3#4#5{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][][][]} +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_six_spaced #1#2#3#4#5#6{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][][] } +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_six_normal #1#2#3#4#5#6{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][][]} +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_seven_spaced#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][{#7}][] } +\def\syst_helpers_seventuple_empty_seven_normal#1#2#3#4#5#6#7{#1[{#2}][{#3}][{#4}][{#5}][{#6}][{#7}][]} %D \macros %D {strippedcsname} @@ -6592,6 +6592,39 @@ \unexpanded\def\signalcharacter{\char\zerocount} % \zwj +%D A few secial variants of commands defined here. Some more will be moved here (e.g. +%D from table modules. + +\def\dodirectdoubleempty#1#2% used in math (lookahead issues) + {\ifx#2[% + \expandafter\syst_helpers_direct_double_empty_one_yes + \else + \expandafter\syst_helpers_direct_double_empty_one_nop + \fi#1#2} + +\def\syst_helpers_direct_double_empty_one_yes#1[#2]#3% + {\ifx#3[\else\expandafter\syst_helpers_direct_double_empty_two_nop\fi#1[#2]#3} + +\def\syst_helpers_direct_double_empty_one_nop#1{#1[][]} +\def\syst_helpers_direct_double_empty_two_nop#1[#2]{#1[#2][]} + +%D Used in math definitions (in an type {\edef}): + +%D \startbuffer +%D [\docheckedpair{}] +%D [\docheckedpair{a}] +%D [\docheckedpair{a,b}] +%D [\docheckedpair{a,b,c}] +%D \stopbuffer +%D +%D \typebuffer \startlines \getbuffer \stoplines + +\def\docheckedpair#1% + {\syst_helpers_checked_pair#1,,\_o_e_p_} + +\def\syst_helpers_checked_pair#1,#2,#3\_o_e_p_ + {#1,#2} + %D Here are some nasty helpers. They can be used to fill often expanded token %D lists efficiently (see tabulate for an example). diff --git a/tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv b/tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv index b459ffffd..4dcc134ea 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/syst-ini.mkiv @@ -376,14 +376,16 @@ %D More allocations: -\newskip \zeroskip \zeroskip = 0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt -\newdimen\zeropoint \zeropoint = 0pt -\newdimen\onepoint \onepoint = 1pt -\newdimen\halfapoint \halfapoint = 0.5pt -\newdimen\maxdimen \maxdimen = 16383.99999pt -\newdimen\onebasepoint \onebasepoint = 1bp -\newdimen\scaledpoint \scaledpoint = 1sp -\newdimen\thousandpoint \thousandpoint = 1000pt +\newskip \zeroskip \zeroskip = 0pt plus 0pt minus 0pt +\newdimen \zeropoint \zeropoint = 0pt +\newdimen \onepoint \onepoint = 1pt +\newdimen \halfapoint \halfapoint = 0.5pt +\newdimen \maxdimen \maxdimen = 16383.99999pt +\newdimen \onebasepoint \onebasepoint = 1bp +\newdimen \scaledpoint \scaledpoint = 1sp +\newdimen \thousandpoint \thousandpoint = 1000pt +\newmuskip\zeromuskip \zeromuskip = 0mu +\newmuskip\onemuskip \onemuskip = 1mu \let\points \onepoint \let\halfpoint\halfapoint @@ -822,7 +824,13 @@ \def\begcsname#1\endcsname{\ifcsname#1\endcsname\csname#1\endcsname\fi} -%D Now come a few macros that might be needed in successive loading: +%D Now come a few macros that might be needed in successive loading. We redefine the +%D \type {\par} primitive pretty soon so that we get the equivalents right. + +\newtoks\everyendpar + +\normalprotected\def\endpar{\the\everyendpar\normalpar} +\normalprotected\def\par {\endpar} \let\endgraf\par \let\endline\cr diff --git a/tex/context/base/tabl-ntb.mkiv b/tex/context/base/tabl-ntb.mkiv index 4d2f8cc15..fca724b71 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/tabl-ntb.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/tabl-ntb.mkiv @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ \newcount\c_tabl_level -\def\tabl_ntb_table_push +\unexpanded\def\tabl_ntb_table_push {\ifnum\m_tabl_tbl_level>\plusone \tabl_ntb_parameters_reset % we need a proper count push/pop @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ \global\intabletrue \fi} -\def\tabl_ntb_table_pop +\unexpanded\def\tabl_ntb_table_pop {\ifnum\m_tabl_tbl_level>\plusone \globalpopmacro\m_tabl_ntb_saved_row\global\c_tabl_ntb_row\m_tabl_ntb_saved_row \globalpopmacro\m_tabl_ntb_saved_col\global\c_tabl_ntb_col\m_tabl_ntb_saved_col @@ -175,11 +175,11 @@ \global\intablefalse \fi} -\def\tabl_tnb_next_level +\unexpanded\def\tabl_tnb_next_level {\advance\c_tabl_level\plusone \edef\m_tabl_tbl_level{\the\c_tabl_level}} -\def\tabl_tnb_prev_level +\unexpanded\def\tabl_tnb_prev_level {\advance\c_tabl_level\minusone \edef\m_tabl_tbl_level{\the\c_tabl_level}} diff --git a/tex/context/base/tabl-tab.mkiv b/tex/context/base/tabl-tab.mkiv index b50be8531..20ea1d766 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/tabl-tab.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/tabl-tab.mkiv @@ -854,11 +854,8 @@ \lineskiplimit\zeropoint \lineskip \zeropoint \tabskip \zeropoint - \doifelsenothing\@@titextwidth - {\halign} - {\doifelse\@@titextwidth\v!max - {\halign to \hsize} - {\halign to \@@titextwidth}}% + \edef\p_tabl_table_textwidth{\directtablesparameter\c!textwidth}% + \halign \ifx\p_tabl_table_textwidth\empty \else to \ifx\p_tabl_table_textwidth\v!max \hsize \else \p_tabl_table_textwidth \fi\fi % \the\!taTableSpread \bgroup \span @@ -1330,26 +1327,38 @@ \newconditional\tablerepeathead \newconditional\tablerepeattail - \unexpanded\def\starttable {\bgroup \dodoubleempty\dostarttable} \unexpanded\def\dostarttable[#1][#2]% preamble optional-settings {\ifsecondargument - \getparameters[\??ti][#2]% + \setupcurrenttables[#2]% \fi \let\stoptable\dostoptable - \doif\@@tisplit\v!auto - {\ifinsidesplitfloat\let\@@tisplit\v!yes\fi}% - \doifinsetelse\@@tisplit{\v!yes,\v!repeat} - {\unexpanded\def\stoptable{\stoptables\egroup}% - \starttables} - {\doifelsenothing\@@tiframe - {\ifinsidefloat\else\startbaselinecorrection\fi} - {\startframedcontent[\@@tiframe]}% - \postponenotes - \firststagestarttable}% + \edef\p_tabl_table_split{\directtablesparameter\c!split}% + \edef\p_tabl_table_frame{\directtablesparameter\c!frame}% + \ifx\p_tabl_table_split\v!auto + \ifinsidesplitfloat + \let\p_tabl_table_split\v!yes + \lettablesparameter\c!split\v!yes % might be used later, best make a proper mode + \fi + \fi + \ifx\p_tabl_table_split\v!yes + \unexpanded\def\stoptable{\stoptables\egroup}% + \starttables + \else\ifx\p_tabl_table_split\v!repeat + \unexpanded\def\stoptable{\stoptables\egroup}% + \starttables + \else + \ifx\p_tabl_table_frame\empty + \ifinsidefloat\else\startbaselinecorrection\fi + \else + \startframedcontent[\p_tabl_table_frame]% + \fi + \postponenotes + \firststagestarttable + \fi\fi [#1]} % We cannot define \unexpanded\def\dostoptable a ssomehow lookahead @@ -1365,12 +1374,14 @@ \globalletempty\dotabletail \stoptablenoalign \dofinishtable - \doifelsenothing\@@tiframe - {\ifinsidefloat\else + \ifx\p_tabl_table_frame\empty + \ifinsidefloat\else \stopbaselinecorrection \goodbreak % compensates all the nobreaks - \fi} + \fi + \else \stopframedcontent + \fi \egroup} %D Before we can grab the argument, we have to make sure that @@ -1465,7 +1476,7 @@ % \def\doverysimpletableHL % todo % {\starttablenoalign -% \expandafter\donormaltablefullrule\@@tiHLheight +% \normalexpanded{\noexpand\donormaltablefullrule\m_tabl_table_HLheight}% % \stoptablenoalign} \def\dorestarttable#1% @@ -1565,9 +1576,14 @@ {\bgroup \let\stoptables\dostoptables \splittablestrue - \doifelse\@@tisplit\v!repeat - {\settrue \tablerepeathead\settrue \tablerepeattail} - {\setfalse\tablerepeathead\setfalse\tablerepeattail}% + \edef\p_tabl_table_split{\directtablesparameter\c!split}% + \ifx\p_tabl_table_split\v!repeat + \settrue\tablerepeathead + \settrue\tablerepeattail + \else + \setfalse\tablerepeathead + \setfalse\tablerepeattail + \fi \flushnotes \setbox\tablecontentbox\vbox\bgroup \forgetall @@ -1899,7 +1915,7 @@ \def\dotablevrulecommand#1% global assignments {\doifnumberelse{#1} {\global\tablevrulethicknessfactor#1\relax - \global\multiply\tablevrulethicknessfactor\@@tiVLwidth\relax} + \global\multiply\tablevrulethicknessfactor\m_tabl_table_VLwidth\relax} {\xdef\tablecurrentvrulecolor{#1}}} \unexpanded\def\dotableVL @@ -1909,7 +1925,7 @@ \def\dodotableVL[#1]% {\global\let\tablecurrentvrulecolor\empty - \global\tablevrulethicknessfactor\@@tiVLwidth\relax + \global\tablevrulethicknessfactor\m_tabl_table_VLwidth\relax \iffirstargument \rawprocesscommalist[#1]\dotablevrulecommand \fi @@ -1933,7 +1949,7 @@ \def\dotablehrulecommand#1% global assignments {\doifnumberelse{#1} {\global\tablehrulethicknessfactor#1\relax - \global\multiply\tablehrulethicknessfactor\@@tiHLheight\relax} + \global\multiply\tablehrulethicknessfactor\m_tabl_table_HLheight\relax} {\xdef\tablecurrenthrulecolor{#1}}} \unexpanded\def\dotableHL @@ -1953,7 +1969,7 @@ \writestatus\m!TABLE{change \string\MR\space into \string\SR}% \fi\fi \bgroup - \global\tablehrulethicknessfactor\@@tiHLheight\relax + \global\tablehrulethicknessfactor\m_tabl_table_HLheight\relax \iffirstargument \global\let\tablecurrenthrulecolor\empty \rawprocesscommalist[#1]\dotablehrulecommand @@ -2007,7 +2023,7 @@ \dosingleempty\dotableTB} \def\dotableTB[#1]% - {\blank[\iffirstargument#1\else\@@tiNL\fi]% + {\blank[\iffirstargument#1\else\directtablesparameter\c!NL\fi]% \nobreak \stoptablenoalign} @@ -2056,7 +2072,7 @@ \global\tabledrulespan#1\relax \else \global\tablehrulethicknessfactor#1\relax - \global\multiply\tablehrulethicknessfactor\@@tiVLwidth\relax + \global\multiply\tablehrulethicknessfactor\m_tabl_table_VLwidth\relax \fi} {\xdef\tablecurrenthrulecolor{#1}}} @@ -2074,7 +2090,7 @@ \writestatus\m!TABLE{change \string\MR\space into \string\SR}% \fi\fi \dosettableaction\tableunknownstate - \global\tablehrulethicknessfactor\@@tiHLheight\relax + \global\tablehrulethicknessfactor\m_tabl_table_HLheight\relax \global\tabledrulespan\zerocount \iffirstargument \global\let\tablecurrenthrulecolor\empty @@ -2136,17 +2152,28 @@ \let\REF \dotablereformat \to \localtabledefinitions -\setvalue{\??ti:\c!distance:\v!none }{\dotableOpenUp00\def\LOW{\Lower6 }} -\setvalue{\??ti:\c!distance:\v!small }{\dotableOpenUp00\def\LOW{\Lower6 }} % == baseline -\setvalue{\??ti:\c!distance:\v!medium}{\dotableOpenUp11\def\LOW{\Lower7 }} -\setvalue{\??ti:\c!distance:\v!big }{\dotableOpenUp22\def\LOW{\Lower8 }} +\installcorenamespace{tables} +\installcorenamespace{tabledistance} +\installcorenamespace{tablealign} + +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??tables {tables} % some day we can have named tables + +\setvalue{\??tabledistance\v!none }{\dotableOpenUp00\def\LOW{\Lower6 }} +\setvalue{\??tabledistance\v!small }{\dotableOpenUp00\def\LOW{\Lower6 }} % == baseline +\setvalue{\??tabledistance\v!medium}{\dotableOpenUp11\def\LOW{\Lower7 }} +\setvalue{\??tabledistance\v!big }{\dotableOpenUp22\def\LOW{\Lower8 }} \appendtoks - \getvalue{\??ti:\c!distance:\@@tidistance}% + \expandcheckedcsname\??tabledistance{\directtablesparameter\c!distance}\v!medium \to \localtabledefinitions +\setvalue{\??tablealign\v!right }{\def\dotableparalignment{\raggedright}} +\setvalue{\??tablealign\v!left }{\def\dotableparalignment{\raggedleft}} +\setvalue{\??tablealign\v!middle }{\def\dotableparalignment{\raggedcenter}} +\setvalue{\??tablealign\s!unknown}{\def\dotableparalignment{\notragged}} + \appendtoks - \doifelse\@@tidistance\v!none + \doifelse{\directtablesparameter\c!distance}\v!none {\tablerowfactor\zerocount} {\tablerowfactor\plustwo }% \to \localtabledefinitions @@ -2160,31 +2187,28 @@ \@EAEAEA\dotextmodebar \fi\fi} -\unexpanded\def\setuptables - {\dosingleargument\dosetuptables} - -\def\dosetuptables[#1]% - {\getparameters[\??ti][#1]% - \processaction % we have a command for this - [\@@tialign] - [ \v!right=>\def\dotableparalignment{\raggedright}, - \v!left=>\def\dotableparalignment{\raggedleft}, - \v!middle=>\def\dotableparalignment{\raggedcenter}, - \s!default=>\def\dotableparalignment{\notragged}, - \s!unknown=>\def\dotableparalignment{\notragged}]% - \assignalfadimension\@@tiVL\@@tiVLwidth 246% - \assignalfadimension\@@tiHL\@@tiHLheight246} +\appendtoks + \expandcheckedcsname\??tablealign{\directtablesparameter\c!align}\s!unknown + \assignalfadimension{\directtablesparameter\c!VL}\m_tabl_table_VLwidth 246% + \assignalfadimension{\directtablesparameter\c!HL}\m_tabl_table_HLheight246% +\to \everysetuptables \def\dolocaltablesetup - {\@@ticommands\relax - \doifsomething\@@tibodyfont{\switchtobodyfont[\@@tibodyfont]}% - \tablelinethicknessunit\dimexpr\@@tirulethickness/\tablelinethicknessfactor\relax - \doifelse\@@tiheight\v!strut - {\let\tablestrutheightfactor\tablestrutheightfactor} - {\let\tablestrutheightfactor\@@tiheight}% - \doifelse\@@tidepth\v!strut - {\let\tablestrutdepthfactor\tablestrutdepthfactor} - {\let\tablestrutdepthfactor\@@tidepth}% + {\directtablesparameter\c!commands\relax + \doifsomething{\directtablesparameter\c!bodyfont}{\switchtobodyfont[\directtablesparameter\c!bodyfont]}% + \tablelinethicknessunit\dimexpr\directtablesparameter\c!rulethickness/\tablelinethicknessfactor\relax + \edef\p_tabl_table_height{\directtablesparameter\c!height}% + \edef\p_tabl_table_depth{\directtablesparameter\c!depth}% + \ifx\p_tabl_table_height\v!strut + \let\tablestrutheightfactor\tablestrutheightfactor + \else + \let\tablestrutheightfactor\p_tabl_table_height + \fi + \ifx\p_tabl_table_depth\v!strut + \let\tablestrutdepthfactor\tablestrutdepthfactor + \else + \let\tablestrutdepthfactor\p_tabl_table_depth + \fi \edef\tablestrutheightfactor{\withoutpt\the\dimexpr10\dimexpr\tablestrutheightfactor\points}% \edef\tablestrutdepthfactor {\withoutpt\the\dimexpr10\dimexpr\tablestrutdepthfactor \points}% \tablestrutunit\dimexpr\normalbaselineskip/12\relax % 12 is default bodyfont @@ -2243,9 +2267,9 @@ %D \stopcombination \setuptables - [HL=\v!medium, - VL=\v!medium, - NL=\v!small, + [\c!HL=\v!medium, + \c!VL=\v!medium, + \c!NL=\v!small, \c!frame=, \c!align=\v!right, \c!depth=.40, % \v!strut @@ -2256,8 +2280,8 @@ \c!distance=\v!medium, \c!bodyfont=, \c!commands=, - \c!background=\v!screen, - \c!backgroundscreen=\@@rsscreen, + \c!background=\v!screen, % huh? + \c!backgroundscreen=\defaultbackgroundscreen, \c!backgroundcolor=, \c!split=\v!auto] diff --git a/tex/context/base/tabl-tsp.mkiv b/tex/context/base/tabl-tsp.mkiv index 34d3df780..5777059a5 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/tabl-tsp.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/tabl-tsp.mkiv @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ \def\splitfloatcommand{#2}% \global\settrue \onlyonesplitofffloat \global\setfalse\somenextsplitofffloat - \dopushsavedfloats + \page_floats_push_saved \floatsplittingparameter\c!before \let\next} % \bgroup @@ -156,8 +156,8 @@ \fi \else \floatsplittingparameter\c!after - \dopopsavedfloats - \doflushsavedfloats + \page_floats_pop_saved + \page_floats_flush_saved \fi \global\settrue\splitfloatfirstdone} diff --git a/tex/context/base/typo-brk.mkiv b/tex/context/base/typo-brk.mkiv index 029f4402f..62fd72fce 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/typo-brk.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/typo-brk.mkiv @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ \def\typo_breakpoints_define_character[#1][#2][#3]% name char settings {\begingroup - \getparameters[\??bp][\c!type=1,\c!nleft=3,\c!nright=3,\s!language=,\c!left=,\c!right=,\c!middle=,#3]% - \ctxcommand{definebreakpoint("#1", "#2", "\reallanguagetag\@@bplanguage", { - type = \@@bptype, - nleft = "\@@bpnleft", - nright = "\@@bpnright", - right = "\@@bpright", - left = "\@@bpleft", - middle = "\@@bpmiddle" + \getdummyparameters[\c!type=1,\c!nleft=3,\c!nright=3,\s!language=,\c!left=,\c!right=,\c!middle=,#3]% + \ctxcommand{definebreakpoint("#1", "#2", "\reallanguagetag{\directdummyparameter\s!language}", { % maybe deal with #3 at the lua end + type = \directdummyparameter\c!type, + nleft = "\directdummyparameter\c!nleft", + nright = "\directdummyparameter\c!nright", + right = "\directdummyparameter\c!right", + left = "\directdummyparameter\c!left", + middle = "\directdummyparameter\c!middle" } )}% \endgroup} diff --git a/tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv b/tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv index 28ced7c42..feab6b35d 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/typo-cap.mkiv @@ -183,21 +183,22 @@ %D %D \showsetup{setupcapitals} -\let\normalsmallcapped\smallcapped +\installcorenamespace{capitals} -\definesystemvariable{kk} +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??capitals {capitals} -\unexpanded\def\setupcapitals - {\dosingleempty\typo_capitals_setup} +\let\normalsmallcapped\smallcapped -\def\typo_capitals_setup[#1]% todo: don't use grouping just a switch - {\getparameters[\??kk][#1]% - \doifelse\@@kktitle\v!yes - {\definealternativestyle[\v!capital ][\normalsmallcapped][\normalsmallcapped]% - \definealternativestyle[\v!smallcaps][\sc ][\sc ]} - {\definealternativestyle[\v!capital ][\normalsmallcapped][\normalWORD ]% - \definealternativestyle[\v!smallcaps][\sc ][\normalWORD ]}% - \doifelse\@@kksc\v!yes\userealcaps\usepseudocaps} +\appendtoks + \doifelse{\directcapitalsparameter\c!title}\v!yes + {\definealternativestyle[\v!capital ][\normalsmallcapped][\normalsmallcapped]% + \definealternativestyle[\v!smallcaps][\sc ][\sc ]} + {\definealternativestyle[\v!capital ][\normalsmallcapped][\normalWORD ]% + \definealternativestyle[\v!smallcaps][\sc ][\normalWORD ]}% + \doifelse{\directcapitalsparameter\s!sc}\v!yes + \userealcaps + \usepseudocaps +\to \everysetupcapitals \let\uppercased\normalWORD \let\lowercased\normalword diff --git a/tex/context/base/typo-del.mkiv b/tex/context/base/typo-del.mkiv index b2213db65..7c36ef3c8 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/typo-del.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/typo-del.mkiv @@ -17,14 +17,19 @@ % THIS IS OBSOLETE: -\unexpanded\def\setuphyphenmark - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??kp]} +\installcorenamespace{hyphenmarksign} % let's not waste a setuphandler (yet) \unexpanded\def\setuphyphenmark[#1]% sign=normal|wide - {\dodoubleargument\getparameters[\??kp][#1]% - \doifelse\@@kpsign {\v!normal}% was inset? - {\let\textmodehyphen\normalhyphen \let\textmodehyphendiscretionary\normalhyphendiscretionary} - {\let\textmodehyphen\composedhyphen\let\textmodehyphendiscretionary\composedhyphendiscretionary}} + {\getdummyparameters[#1]% + \expandcheckedcsname\??hyphenmarksign{\dummyparameter\c!sign}\v!normal} + +\setvalue{\??hyphenmarksign\v!normal}% + {\let\textmodehyphen\normalhyphen + \let\textmodehyphendiscretionary\normalhyphendiscretionary} + +\setvalue{\??hyphenmarksign\v!wide}% + {\let\textmodehyphen\composedhyphen + \let\textmodehyphendiscretionary\composedhyphendiscretionary} \setuphyphenmark[\c!sign=\v!wide] @@ -32,19 +37,19 @@ \definesymbol[\c!righthyphen] [\languageparameter\c!righthyphen] \definesymbol[\c!hyphen] [\languageparameter\c!hyphen] -\def\normalhyphen +\unexpanded\def\normalhyphen {\hbox{\directsymbol\empty\c!hyphen}} -\def\composedhyphen +\unexpanded\def\composedhyphen {\hbox{\directsymbol\empty\c!compoundhyphen}} -\def\normalhyphendiscretionary +\unexpanded\def\normalhyphendiscretionary {\discretionary {\hbox{\directsymbol\empty\c!righthyphen}} {\hbox{\directsymbol\empty\c!lefthyphen}} {\hbox{\directsymbol\empty\c!hyphen}}} -\def\composedhyphendiscretionary +\unexpanded\def\composedhyphendiscretionary {\discretionary {\hbox{\directsymbol\empty\c!rightcompoundhyphen}} {\hbox{\directsymbol\empty\c!leftcompoundhyphen}} @@ -219,8 +224,10 @@ [\c!middlespeech] [\leftboundarycharacter\c!middlespeech{speech}] -\appendtoks\def\quotation#1{"#1"}\to\simplifiedcommands -\appendtoks\def\quote #1{'#1'}\to\simplifiedcommands +\appendtoks + \def\quotation#1{"#1"}% + \def\quote #1{'#1'}% +\to \everysimplifycommands %D The next features was so desperately needed by Giuseppe %D Bilotta that he made a module for it. Since this is a diff --git a/tex/context/base/typo-spa.mkiv b/tex/context/base/typo-spa.mkiv index 0cfe44610..df2dab47c 100644 --- a/tex/context/base/typo-spa.mkiv +++ b/tex/context/base/typo-spa.mkiv @@ -25,7 +25,12 @@ \installcorenamespace{characterspacing} -\definesystemvariable{cs} % maybe a dummy namespace +\installsetuponlycommandhandler \??characterspacing {_p_characterspacing} % private + +\setup_p_characterspacing + [\c!left=0, + \c!right=0, + \c!alternative=0] \unexpanded\def\definecharacterspacing[#1]% {\ctxcommand{definecharacterspacing("#1")}} @@ -35,11 +40,11 @@ \def\typo_characterspacing_setup[#1][#2][#3]% todo: #2 list {\begingroup - \getparameters[\??cs][\c!left=0,\c!right=0,\c!alternative=0,#3]% - \ctxcommand{setupcharacterspacing("#1",\number#2, { - left = \@@csleft, - right = \@@csright, - alternative = \@@csalternative + \setupcurrent_p_characterspacing[#3]% + \ctxcommand{setupcharacterspacing("#1",\number#2, { % todo: just pass #3 to the lua end + left = \direct_p_characterspacingparameter\c!left, + right = \direct_p_characterspacingparameter\c!right, + alternative = \direct_p_characterspacingparameter\c!alternative })}% \endgroup} diff --git a/tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua b/tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua index 609b93658..5d05b55fe 100644 --- a/tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua +++ b/tex/generic/context/luatex/luatex-fonts-merged.lua @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -- merged file : luatex-fonts-merged.lua -- parent file : luatex-fonts.lua --- merge date : 06/30/12 12:32:51 +-- merge date : 07/04/12 10:42:10 do -- begin closure to overcome local limits and interference -- cgit v1.2.3